REVISED
UNITED STATES
ARMY REGULIATIONS
OF
1861.
AN APPENDEX CONTAINING THE CHANGES AND LAWS AFFECTING ARMY REGULATIONS AND ARTICLES OF WAR TO JUNE 25, 1863.
WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1863.
WAR DEPARTMENT, WASHINGTON, AUGUST 10, 1861. WHEREAS, it has been found expedient to revise the Regulations for the Army, and the same having been approved by the President of the United States, he commands that they be published for the information and government of the military service, and that, from and after the date hereof, they shall be strictly observed as the sole and standing authority upon the matter therein contained. Nothing contrary to the tenor of these Regulations will be enjoined in any part of the forces of tile United States by any commander whatsoever. SIMON CAMERON, Secretary of War.
il
CON T ENTS. A TFRULL INDEX WILL BE FOUND AT IRE END OF THIS WORK. ARTICLE I. MILITARY DISCIPLINE..................................................................... ARTICLE II. RANK AND COMMAND.................................................................... ARTICLE III. SUCCESSION IN COMMAND OR DUTY................................................... ARTICLE IV. APPOINTMENT AND PROMOTION OF.COMMISSIONED OFFICERS.................... ARTICLE V. RESIGNATIONS OF OFFICERS............................................................. ARTICLE VI. EXCHANGE OR TRANSFER OF OFFICERS................................................ ARTICLE VII. APPOINTMENTS ON THE STAFF................................................... 1 ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTION OF THE TROOPS......................................................... ARTICLE IX. CARE OF FORTIFICATIONS............................................................... ARTICLE X. CARE OF ARMAMENT OF FORTIFICATIONS........................................... A2 6 RAGX * 9 9 11 11 12 12 13 13 . 13 . 15
6(3~ ~CONTENTS. ARTICLE XI. ARTILLERY PRACTICE.................................................................... ARTICLE XII. REGIMENTS................................................................................. ARTICLE XIII. COMPANIES................................................................................ ARTICLE XIV. ORDNANCE SERGEANTS.................................................................... ARTICLE XV. TRANSFER OF SOLDIERS........................................................... ARTICLE XVI. DECEASED OFFICERS....................................................................... ARTICLE XVII. DECEASED SOLDIERS...................................................................... ARTICLE XVIII. DESERTERS................................................................................... ARTICLE XIX. DISCHARGES............................................................................... ARTICLE XX. TRAVELING ON DUTY.................................................................... ARTICLE XXI. LEAYES OF ABSENCE TO OFFICERS................................................ ARTICLE XXII. FURLOUGHS TO ENLISTED MEN....................................................... ARTICLE XXIII. COUNCILS OF ADMINISTRATION........................................................ ARTICLE XXIV. CHAPLAINS................................................................................. ARTICLE XXV. SUTLERS.................................................................................... PAGE 16 18 21 24 27 28 28 . 29 . 30 . 31 . 31 . 34 . 34 .'36 ..37
CONTENTS. 7 -.... ~ ARTICLE XXVI. PAG5 MILITARY DISCUSSIONS AND PUBLICATIONS..................................... 38 ARTICLE XXVII. ARRESTS AND CONFINEMENTS........................................................... 38 ARTICLE XXVIII. HOURS OF SERVICE AND ROLL-CALLS....................................... 39 ARTICLE XXIX. HONORS TO BE PAID BY THE TROOPS................................ 40 ARTICLE XXX. INSPECTIONS OF THE TROOPS............................................................ 46 ARTICLE XXXI. MUSTERS...................................................................................... 49 ARTICLE XXXII. FORMS OF PARADE................................................................. 50 ARTICLE XXXIII. GUARDS............................................................................ 61 ARTICLE XXXIV. ORDERS AND CORRESPONDENCE.......................................................... 66 ARTICLE XXXV. RETURNS AND REPORTS............................................................... 69 ARTICLE XXXVI. TROOPS IN CAMPAIGN..................................................................... 71 ARTICLE XXXVII. TROOPS ON BOARD OF TRANSPORTS.................................................... 120 ARTICLE XXXVIII. COURTS-MARTIA L........................................................................................... 124 ARTICLE XXXIX. WORKING-PARTIES................................. 127 ARTICLE XL. RECRUITING SERVICE,................................128
8 CONTENTS. ARTICLE XLI. PAGI PUBLIC PROPERTY, MONEY, AND ACCOUNTS.............................. 147 ARTICLE XLII. QUARTERMASTER'S DEPARTMENT..................................................... 159 ARTICLE XLIII. SUBSISTENCE DEPARTMENT.............................................................. 241 ARTICLE XLIV. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT................................................................... 281 ARTICLE XLV. PAY DEPARTMENT..................................................................... 34J ARTICLE XLVI. CORPS OF ENGINEERS........................................................... Omitted. The Regutations for Engineers are fiurnished to offcers requiring them, by the Chief Engineer ARTICLE XLVII. ORDNANCE 1)EPARTMENT................................................................. 387 ARTICLE XLVIII. PROCEEDINGS IN CIVIL COURTS....................................................... 474 ARTICLE XLIX. ARMS OF THE UNITED STATES......................................................... 474 ARTICLE L. FLAGS, COLORS, STANDARDS, GUIDONS................................ 475 ARTICLE LI. UNIFORM, DRESS, AND HORSE EQUIPMENTS...................................... 476 ARTICLE LII. VOLUNTEERS AND MILITIA IN THE SERVICE OF THE UNITED STATES...... 495 APPENDIX. A. ARTICLES OF WAR..................................485 EXTRACTS FROM ACTS OF CONGRESS FROM 16TH MARCH, 1802, TO 25TH JULY, 1861...................................... 503 B. CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO ARMY REGULATIONS UP TO JUNE 25, 1863.................................................................................. 510 ABSTRACTS FROM ACTS OF CONGRESS FROM 29TIH JULY, 1861, TO 3D MARCH, 1863.................................... 525 AR.MY' PAY Tf;ET............................................. 544
REVISED REGULATIONS FOR THE ARMY. ARTICLE I. MILITARY DISCIPLINE. 1. ALL inferiors are required to obey strictly, and to execute with alacrity and good faith, the lawful orders of the superiors appointed over them. 2. Military authority is to be exercised with firmness, but with kindness and justice to inferiors. Punishments shall be strictly conformable to military law. 3. Superiors of every grade are forbidden to injure those under them by tyrannical or capricious conduct, or by abusive language. ARTICLE II. RANK AND COMMAND. 4. Rank of officers and non-commissioned officers: 1st. Lieutenant-General. 2d. Major-General. 3d. Brig,adier-General. 4th. Colonel. 5th. Lieutenant-(Colonel. 6th. Major. 7th. Captain. 8th. First Lieutenant. 9th. Second Lieutenant. Cadet. Sergeant-Major. Quartermaster-Sergeant of a Regiment. Ordnance Sergeant and Hos pital Steward. First Sergeant. Sergeant. Corporal. And in each grade by date of commission or appointment. 5. When commissions are of the same date, the rank is to be decided, between officers of the same regiment or corps by the order of appointment; between officers of different regiments or corps: lst. by rank in .Ct.Ue,i service when appointed; 2d. by former rank and service in the 14th. I 15th. 16th.
REVISED REGULATIONS Rank.- Command. army or marine corps; 3d. by lottery among such as have not been in the military service of the United States. In case of equality of rank by virtue of a brevet commission, reference is had' to commissions not brevet. 6. Officers having brevets, or commissions of a prior date to those of the regiment in which they serve, may take place in courts-martial and on detachments, when composed of diff( rent corps, according to the ranks given them in their brevets or dates of their former commissions; but in the regiment, troop, or company to which such officers belong, they shall do duty and take rank both in courts-martial and on detachments which shall be composed only of their own corps, according to the commissions by which they are mustered in the said corps.-(61st Art. of War.) 7. If, upon marches, guards, or in quarters, different corps of the army shall happen to join, or do duty together, the'officer highest in rank of the line of the army, marine corps, or militia, by commission, there on duty or in quarters, shall command the whole, and give orders for what is needful to the service, unless otherwise specially directed by the President of the United States, according to the nature of the case.- (62d Art. of War.) 8. An officer not having orders from competent authority cannot put himself on duty by virtue of his commission alone. 9. Officers serving by commission from any state of the Union take rank next after officers of the like grade by commission from the United States. 10. Brevet rank takes effect only in the following cases: 1st. by special assignment of the President in commands composed of different corps; 2d. on courts-martial or detachments composed of different corps. Troops are on detachment, only when sent out temporarily to perform a special service. 11. In regularly constituted commands, as garrisons, posts, departments; companies, battalions, regiments; corps, brigades divisions, army corps, or the army itself, brevet rank cannot be exercised except by special assignment. 12. The officers of Engineers are not to assume nor to be ordered oa any duty beyond the line of their immediate profession, except by the special order of the President. 13. An officer of the Pay or Medical Department cannot exercise commnand except in his own department; but, by virtue of their commissions, officers of these departments may command all enlisted men, like othei commissioned officers. 14. Officers of the corps of Engineers or Ordnance, or of the Adju. taint-General's, Inspector-General's, Quartermaster-General's, or Subsistenco Department, though eligible to command according te the rank they 10
FOR THE ARMY. ii Succession in Duties.-Appointments. hold in the army of the United States, shall not assume the command of troops unless put on duty under orders which specially so direct by authority of the President. ARTICLE III. SUCCESSION IN COMMAND OR DUTY. 15. The functions assigned to any officer in these regulations by title of office, devolve on the officer acting in his place, except as specially excepted. 16. During the absence of the Adjutant-General, or of the chief of any military bureau of the War Department, his duties in the bureau, prescribed by law or regulations, devolve on the officer of his department empowered by the President to perform them in his absence. 17. An officer who succeeds to any command or duty, stands in regard to his duties in the same situation as his predecessor. The officer relieved shall turn over to his successor all orders in force at the time, and all the public property and funds pertaining to his command or duty, and shall receive therefor duplicate receipts, showing the condition of each article. 18. An officer in a temporary command shall not, except in urgent cases, alter or annul the standing orders of the regular or permanent commander without authority from the next higher commander. ARTICLE IV. APPOINTMENT AND PROMOTION OF COMMISSIONED OFFICERS. 19. All vacancies in established regiments and corps, to the rank of Colonel, shall be filled by promotion according to seniority, except in case of disability or other incompetency. 20. Promotions to the rank of Captain shall be made regimentally; to Major and Lieutenant-Colonel and Colonel, according to the arm, as infantry, artillery, &c., and in the Staff Departments and in the Engineers, Topographical Engineers,. and Ordnance, according to corps. 21. Appointments to the rank of Brigadier-General and Major-General will be made by selection from the army. 22. The graduates of the Military Academy are appointed to vacancies of the lowest grade, or attached by brevet to regiments or corps, not to exceed one brevet to each company; and meritorious non-commissioned officers, examined by an Army Board, and found qualified for the duties ii 'FOR THE ARMY.
REVISED REGULATIONS Resignations.-Exchanges. cf commissioned officers, will, in like manner, be attached to regiments its Brevet Second Lieutenants. 23. Whenever the public service may require the appointment of any citizen to the army, a Board of Officers will be instituted, before which the applicant will appear for an examination into his physical ability, moral character, attainments, and general fitness for the service. If the Board report in favor of the applicant, he will be deemed eligible for a commission in the army. ARTICLE V. RESIGNATIONS OF OFFICERS. 24. No officer will be considered out of service on the tender of his resignation, until it shall have been'duly accepted by the proper authority. Any officer who, having tendered his resignation, shall, prior to due notice of the acceptance of the same by the proper authority, and, without leave, quit his post or proper duties with the intent to remain permanently absent therefrom, shall be registered as a deserter, and punished as such. 25. Resignations will be forwarded by the commanding officer to the Adjutant-General of the army for decision of the War Department; and with them, where leave is given, the officer's address. 26. Resignations tendered under charges, when forwarded by any commander, will always be accompanied by a copy of the charges; or, in the absence of written charges, by a report of the case, for the information of the Secretary of War. 27. Before presenting the resignation of any officer, the AdjutantGeneral will ascertain and report to the War Department the state of such officer's accounts of money, as well as of public property, for which he may have been responsible. 28. In time of war, or with an army in the field, resignations shall take effect within thirty days from the date of the order of acceptance. 29. Leaves of absence will not be granted by commanding officers to officers on tendering their resignation, unless the resignation be unconditional and immediate. ARTICLE VI. EXCHANGE OR TRANSFER OF OFFICERS. 30. The transfer of officers from one regiment or corps to another will be maple only by the War Department, on the mutual application of the parties desiring the exchange. 12 - , 1,
—,F T R Staff Appointments.-Care of Fortifications. 31. An officer shall not be transferred from one regiment or corps to another with prejudice to the rank of any officer of the regiment or corps to which he is transferred. 32. Transfers will be seldom granted-never except for cogent reasons. ARTICLE VII. APPOINTMENTS ON THE STAFF. 33. As far as practicable, all appointments and details on the staff will be equalized among the several regiments.: 34. General Officers appoint their own Aides-de-camp. 35. Brevet Brigadier and Major Generals on duty as such, may, with the special sanction of the War Department, be allowed the aides-de-camp of their brevet grades. 36. An officer shall not fill any staff appointment, or other situation, the duties of which will detach him from his company, regiment, or corps, until he has served at least three years with his regiment or corps; nor shall any officer (aides-de-camp excepted) so remain detached longer than four years. 37. An officer of a mounted corps shall not be separated from his regiment, except for duty connected with his particular arm. 38. The senior Lieutenant present, holding the appointment of Assistant Commissary of Subsistence, is entitled to perform the duties. ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTION OF THE TROOPS. 39. The military geographical departments will be established by the War Department. In time of peace, brigades or divisions will not be formed, nor the stations of the troops changed, without authority from the War Department. ARTICLE IX. CARE OF FORTIFICATIONS. 40. No person shall be permitted to walk upon any of the slopes of a fortification, excepting the ramps and glacis. If, in any case, it be necessary to provide for crossing them, it should be done by placing wooden steps or stairs against the slopes. The occasional walking of persons on a parapet will do no harm, provided it be not allowed to cut the surface into paths. B FOR THE ARMY. i3.
REVISED REGULATIONS Care of Fortifications. 41. No cattle, horses, sheep, goat, or other animal, shall ever be permitted to go upon the slopes, the ramparts, or the parapets, nor upon the glacis, except within fenced limits, which should not approach the crest nearerthan 30 feet. 42. All grassed surfaces, excepting the glacis, will be carefully and frequently mowed (except in dry weather), and the oftener the better, while growing rapidly-theigrass never being allowed to be more than a few inches high. In order to cut the grass even and close, upon small slopes a light one-handed scythe should be used; and in mowing the steep slopes, the mower should stand on a light ladder resting against the slope, and not upon the grass. Crops of hay may be cut on the glacis; or, if fenced, it may be used as pasture; otherwise it should be treated as of her slopes of the fortification. On all the slopes, spots of dead grass will be cut out and replaced by fresh sods. All weeds will be eradicated. A very little labor, applied steadily and judiciously, will maintain the grassed surfaces, even of the largest of our forts, in good condition. 43. The burning of grass upon any portion of a fortification is strictly forbidden. 44. Particular attention is required to prevent the formation of gullies in the parade, terreplein, and ramps, and especially in slopes where grass is not well established. If neglected, they soon involve heavy expense. 45. Earth, sand, or ashes must not be placed against wood-work; a free ventilation must be preserved around it; and all wooden floors, platforms, bridges, &c., will be kept clean swept. 46. The machinery of draw-bridges, gates, and posterns must be kept in good working order by proper cleaning and oiling of the parts; the bridges will be raised, and the gates and posterns opened as often as once a week. 47. The terrepleins of forts, the floors of casemates, caponniers, storerooms, barracks, galleries, posterns, magazines, &c., and the sidewalks in front of quarters and barracks, as well as other walks, are sometimes paved with bricks or stones, or formed of concrete. These surfaces must be preserved from injury with great care. In transporting guns and carriages, and in mounting them, strong way-planks will be used, and neither the wheels nor any other part of the carriages, nor any machinery, such as shears, gins, &c., nor any handspike or other implements, will be allowed to touch those surfaces. Unless protected in a similar manner, no wheelbarrow or other vehicle, no barrels, hogsheads, &c., will be rolled upon these surfaces. No violent work will be suffered to be done upon them, such as cutting wood, breaking coal, &c., and no heavy weight be thrown or permitted to fall thereon. In using machines, as gins, &c., in casemates, care must be taken not to injure the arch or ce!.1ing, as well as the 4
F()R Tli ARMY. 15 Care of Armament of Fortifications. floor. Neglect of these precautions may cause injuries slight in appearance but serious in effect from the leaking of water into masonry and casemates, and expensive to repair. 48. The doors and windows of all store-rooms and unoccupied case mates, quarters, barracks, &c., will be opened several times a week for thorough ventilation. 49. The masonry shot-furnaces will be heated only on the approach of an enemy. For ordinary practice with hot shot, iron furnaces are provided. 50. The foregoing matters involve but little expense; the labor is within the means of every garrison, and no technical knowledge is called for beyond what will be found among soldiers. Other repairs requiring small disbursements, such as repainting exposed wood or iron work, can be also executed by the garrison; but reports, estimates, and requisitions may be necessary to obtain the materials. 51. No alteration will be made in any fortification, -or: in its casemates, quarters, barracks, magazines, store-houses, or any other building belonging to it; nor will any building of any kind, or work of earth, masonry, or timber be erected within the fortification, or on its exterior within half a mile, except under the superintendence of the Engineer Department, and by the authority of the Secretary of War. ARTICLE X. CARE OF ARMAMENT OF FORTIFICATIONS. 52. At each permanent post with a fired battery, and garrisoned by not more than one company, there will be kept mounted, for purposes of instruction and target practice, three heavy guns, and at posts garrisoned by more than one company, at the rate of two for each of the companies composing its garrison. The other guns dismounted will be properly placed (see page 21, Ordnance Manual for 1850) within their own traverse circles, and the carriages preserved from the weather. 53. All guns should be sponged clean and their vents examined to see hat they are clear. The chassis should be traversed and left in a different position, the. top carriage moved backward and forward and left alternately over the front and rear transoms of the chassis; the elevating screws or machines wiped clean, worked and oiled if required, and the nuts of all bolts screwed up tight. This should all be done regularly once in every week. 54. When tarpaulins, or pent houses, are placed over the guns, they should be removed once a week when the weather is fair, the carriages and guns brushed off, and, if damp, allowed to dry. 55. An old sponge-staff and head should be used for drill. The new . 15 F <),It T 11 JE A R.Nl Y.
REVISED REGULATIONS Artillery Practice. sponges should never be used unless the gun is fired. The implements should be kept in store, under cover, and be examined, wiped clean or brushed at least once a month. In the case of leather equipments, the directions for the preservation of harness in the Ordnance Manual should be followed. 56. The magazine should be frequently examined to see that the powder is well preserved. It should be' opened every other day when the air is dry and clear. Barrels of powder should be turned and rolled occasionally. Under ordinary circumstances, only a few cartridges should be kept filled. If the paper body of the cartridge becomes soft or loses its sizing, it is certain that the magazine is very damp, and some means should be found to improve the ventilation. Cartridge bags may be kept in the magazine ready for filling; also port-fires, fuzes, tubes, and primers. Stands of gral)e, canisters, and wads for barbette guns, should be kept in store with the implements. For casemate guns, wads may be hung in bundles, and grape and canisters placed near the guns. Shot, well lacquered and clean, may be placed in piles near the guns. ARTICLE XI. ARTILLERY PRACTICE. 57. At all posts with fixed batteries, the position of every gun, mounted or to be mounted, will have its number, and this number be placed on the gun when in position. 58. For every such work a post-book of record will be kept, under the direction of the commander of the post, in which will be duly enteredthe number of each mounted gun, its calibre, weight, names of founder and its inspector, and other marks; the description of its carriage and date of reception at the post; where from; and the greatest field of fire of-the gun in its position. 59. Every commander of a fort or other fixed battery will, before enterijg on artillery practice, carefully reconnoitre and cause to be sketched for his record-book, the water-channels with their soundings, and other approaches to the work. B13uoys,or marks will be placed at the extreme and intermediate ranges of the guns, and these marks be numerically noted on the sketch. A buoy at every five hundred yards may suffice. 60. At the time of practice, a distinct and careful note will be made "or the record-book of every shot or shell that may be thrown, designating the guns fired by their numbers, the charges of powder used, the times of flight of shots and shells, the ranges and ricochets, and the positions of guns in respect to the horizontal and vertical lines. 61. The time of flight of a shell may be noted with sufficient accuracy t-,"6
FOR THE ARMY.,' Artillery Practice. by a stop-watch, or by counting the beats (previously ascertaining their value) of other watches, and the range may sometimes be computed by the time of flight. Other modes of ascertaining the range will readily occur to officers of science. 62. When charged shells with fuzes are thrown, the time of bursting will be noted. If they are intended to fall on land, only a blowing charge will be given to the shells, so that they may be picked up for further use. 63. On filling from the barrel, the proof range of powder will be marked on the cartridges. 64. The general objects of this practice are-to give to officers and men the ready and effective use of batteries; to preserve on record the more important results for the benefit of the same, or future commanders, and to ascertain the efficiency of guns and carriages. 65. Commanders of field artillery will also keep registers of their practice, so that not a shot or shell shall be thrown in the Army, for instruction, without distinct objects, such as range, accuracy of aims number of ricochets, time of bursting, in the case of shells, &c. 66. Every company with a field battery will be allowed for annuai practice as many blank cartridges for the instruction and drill as may be necessary for the purpose, on requisitions duly approved at the proper Departments. Companies with fixed batteries will be allowed 100 cartridges each, with seventy-five shots or shells. This ammunition will be expended in equal parts in the three months designated below, and if the company be mounted, eight blank cartridges will be allowed for each of the other months in the year. This allowance is intended only for companies permanently serving with batteries. The firing with field-guns by other Artillery companies must be confined to blank cartridges. 67. For all Artillery there will be annually three periods of practice in firing-April, June, and October for the latitude of Washington and south; and fIay, July, and,September north of that latitude. 68. At the termination of each period of practice, the commanding officers.of posts will transmit to the Adjutant-General full reports of the esults, in order that proper tabular statements may be prepared for the War Department. 69. To determine accuracy of aim in firing shot and shell, butts or targets will be used. Where no natural butt presents itself, targets will be erected. A form for floating targets will be sent to the commanders' of the several forts. 70. As practice in gunnery is a heavy expense to government, commanders of companies and their immediate superiors are charged with 17 B 2 2
REVISED REGULATIONS Regiments.-Non-Commissioned Officers. the strict execution of the foregoing details; and all officers authorized to make tours of inspection will report, through the prescribed channels, on such execution. ARTICLE XII: REGIMENTS. 71. On the organization of a regiment, the companies receive a permanent designation by letters beginning with A, and the officers are assigned to companies; afterward, company officers succeed to companies, as promoted to fill vacancies. Companies take place in the battalion according to the rank of their captains. 72. Captains should be with their companies. Therefore, although subject to the temporary details of service, as for courts-martial, military boards, &c., they shall not, except for urgent reasons, be detailed upon any duty which may separate them for any considerable time from their companies. 73.- The commander of a regiment will appoint the adjutant from the subalterns of the regiment. He will nominate the regimental quartermaster to the Secretary of War for appointment if approved. Ite will appoint the non-commissioned staff of the regiment; and, upon the recommendation of the company commanders, the sergeants and corporals of companies. 74. In cases of vacancy, and till a decision can be had from regimental head-quarters, the company commanders may make temporary appointments of non-commissioned officers. 75. Commanders of regiments are enjoined to avail themselves of every opportunity of instructing both officers and men in the exercise and management of field artillery; and all commanders ought to encourage useful occupations, and manly exercises and diversions among their men, and to repress dissipation and immorality. 76. Regiments serving on foot, being usually employed as light troops, will be habitually exercised in the system of U. S. Tactics for light infantry and riflemen adopted by the War Department, May 1, 1861. NON-COMMISSIONED OFFICERS. 77. A board, to consist of the Professors of Mathematics and Ethics and the Commandant of Cadets, will convene at the Military Academy, on the first Monday of September in every year, for the examination of such non-commissioned officers, for promotion, as have already passed the regimental examination prescribed in General Orders No. 17, of October 4 1854. is
FOR THE ARMY. 19 FOR THE ARMY. Non-Commissioned oficers. 78. It is enjoined upon all officers to be cautious'u reproving noncommissioned officers in the presence or hearing of privates, lest their authority be weakened; and non-commissioned officers are not to be sent to the guard-room and mixed with privates during confinement, but to be considered as placed in arrest, except in aggravated cases, where escape may be apprehended. 79. Non-commissioned officers may be reduced to the ranks by the sentence of a court-martial, or by order of the commander of the regiment on the application of the company commander. If reduced to the rank by garrison courts, at posts not the head-quarters of the regiment, the company commander will immediately forward a transcript of the order to the regimental commander. 80. Every non-commissioned officer shall be furnished with a certificate or warrant of his rank, signed by the colonel and countersigned by the adjutant. Blank warrants, on parchment, are furnished from the Adjutant-General's office. The first, or orderly sergeant, will be selected by the captain from the sergeants. 81. When it is desired to have bands of music for regiments, there will be allowed for each, sixteen privates to act as musicians, in addition to the chief musicians authorized by law, provided the total number of privates in the regiment, including the band, does not exceed the legal standard. Regimental commanders will without delay designate the proportion to be subtracted from each company for a band, and the "number of recruits required" will be reported accordingly. The companies from which the non-commissioned officers of bands for artillery regiments shall be deducted, will in like manner be designated, and vacancies left accordingly. At the artillery school, Fort Monroe, the non-commnissioned officers and privates of the band, will be apportioned among the companies serving at the post. 82. The musicians of the band will, for the time being, be dropped from company muster-rolls, but they will be' instructed as soldiers, and liable to serve in the ranks on any occasion. They will be mustered in a separate squad under the chief musician, with the non-commissioned staff, and be included in the aggregate in all regimental returns. 83. When a regiment occupies several stations, the band will be kept at the head-quarters, provided troops (one or more companies) be serving there. The field music belonging to companies not stationed at regimental head-quarters will not be separated from their respective companies. 84. No man, unless he be a carpenter, joiner, carriage-maker, ]lacksmith, saddler, or harness-maker, will be mustered as an "artificer." 85. Every article, excepting- arms and accoutrements, belonging to the regiment, is to be marked with the number and name of the regiment. 19
R E VIS E D REGULAT I ON Non-Commissioned Officers.-Post Books. 86. Such articles as belong to companies are to be marked with the letter of the company, and, number and name of the regiment; and such as belong to men, with their individual numbers, and the letter of the company. 87. All orders and circulars from general, department, division, or brigade head-quarters, will be tied together in book form, and properly indexed as they are received; and afterwards bound in volumes of convenient size. 88. The books for each regiment shall be as follows: 1. Regimental Order Book, of three quires of paper, 16 inches by 10~ inches, to contain regimental orders, with an index. 2. Letter Book, of three quires of paper, 16 inches by 10~ inches, to contain the correspondence of the commanding officer on regi mental subjects, with an index. 3. An index of letters required to be kept on file, ill the following form: No. Name of writer. Date. Subject. Captain A. B..... July 15, 1860 Appoiatm't of non-com. officers. Adjt. Gen. R. J.. Sept. 4, 1860 Recruiting service. Captain F. G..... Oct. 11, 1860 Error in company return. Lieutenant C. )D. Nov. 2, 1860 Application for leave. The date of receipt should be indorsed on all letters. They should be numbered to correspond with the index, and filed in regular order, for easy reference. 4. Descrtitive Book, of five quires of paper, 16 inches by 10~ inches, to contain a list of the officers of the regiment, with their rank, and dates of appointment, and promotions; transfers, leaves of absence, and places and dates of birth. To contain, also, the names of all enlisted soldiers, entered according to priority of enlistments, giving their description, the dates and periods of their enlistment; and, under the head of remarks, the cause of discharge, character, death, desertion, transfer, actions in which en gaged, &c.; in short, every thing relating to their military history. This book to be indexed, and when filled, and no longer needed with the company, to be forwarded to the Adjutant-General's office. One copy of the monthly returns will be filed. POST BOOKS. 89. The following books will be kept at each post: a Morning Report 13ook, a Guard Report Book, an Order Book, a Lette~ Book, each two quires f(olicap; also copies of the monthly post returns 20 1 2 3 4
FOR THE ARMY. Companies. ARTICLE XIII. COMPANIES. 90. The captain will cause the men of the company to be numbered, in a regular series, including the non-commissioned officers, and divided into four squads, each to be put under the charge of a non-commissioned officer. 91. Each subaltern officer will be charged with a squad for the supervision of its order and cleanliness; and captains will require their lieutenants to assist them in the performance of all company duties. 92. As far as practicable, the men of each squad will be quartered together. 93. The utmost attention will be paid by commanders of companies to the cleanliness of their men, as to their persons, clothing, arms, accoutrements, and equipments, and also as to their quarters or tents. 94. The name of each soldier will be labeled on his bunk, and his com pany number will be placed against his arms and accoutrements. 95. The arms will be placed in the arm-racks, the stoppers in the muzzles the cocks let down, and the bayonets in their scabbards; the accoutrements suspended over the arms and the swords hung up by the belts on pegs. 96. The knapsack of each man will be placed on the lower shelf of his bunk, at its foot, packed with his effects, and rqady to be slung; the great-coat on the same shelf, rolled and strapped; the coat, folded inside out, and placed under the knapsack; the cap on the second or upper shelf; and the boots well cleaned. 97. Dirty clothes will be kept in an appropriate part of the knapsack; no article of any kind to be put under the bedding. 98. Cooking utensils and table equipage will be cleaned and arranged in closets or recesses; blacking and brushes out of view; the fuel in boxes. 99. Ordinarily the cleaning will be on Saturdays. The chiefs of squads will cause bunks and bedding to be overhauled; floors dry rubbed; tables and benches scoured; arms cleaned; accoutrements whitened and polished, and every thing put in order. 100. Where conveniences for bathing are to be had, the men should bathe once or twice a week. The feet to be washed at least twice a week. The hair kept short, and beard neatly trimmed. 101. Non-commissioned officers, in command of squads, will be held more immediately responsible that their men observe what is prescribed above; that they wash their hands and faces daily; that they brush or 21:
R EVISED REGULATIONS Companies. comb their heads; that those who are to go on duty put-their arms, accoutrements, dress, &c., in the best order, and that such as have permission to pass the chain of sentinels are in the dress that may be ordered. 102. Commanders of companies and squads will see that the arms and' accoutrements in possession of the men are always kept in good order, and that proper care be taken in cleaning them. 103. When belts are given to a soldier, the captain will see that they are properly fitted to the body; and it is forbidden to cut any belt without his sanction. 104. Cartridge-boxes and bayonet-scabbards will be polished with blacking; varnish is injurious to the leather, and will not be used. 105. All arms in the hands of the troops, whether browned or bright, will be kept in the state in which they are issued by the Ordnance Department. Arms will not be taken to pieces without permission of a commissioned officer. Bright barrels will be kept clean and free from rust without polishing them; care should be taken in rubbing not to bruise or bend the barrel. After firing, wash out the bore; wipe it dry, and then pass a bit of cloth, slightly greased, to the bottom. In these operations, a rod of wood with a loop in one end is to be used instead of the rammer. The barrel, when not in use, will be closed with a stopper. For exercise, each soldier should keep himself provided with a piece of sole leather to fit the cup or countersink of the hammer. (For care of arms in service, see Ordnance Manual, page 185, &c.) 106. Arms shall not be left loaded in quarters or tents, or when the men are off duty, except by special orders. 107. Ammunition issued will be inspected frequently. Each man will be made to pay for the rounds expended without orders, or not in the way of duty, or which may be damaged or lost by his neglect. 108. Ammunition will be frequently exposed to the dry air, or sunned. 109. Special care shall be taken to ascertain that no ball-cartridges are mixed with the blank cartridges issued to the men. 110. All knapsacks are to be painted black. Those for the artillery will be marked in the centre of the cover with the number of the regiment only, in figures of' one inch and a half in length, of the character called full face, with yellow paint. Those for the infantry will be marked in the same way, in white paint. Those for the ordnance will be marked with two cannon, crossing; the cannon to be seven and a half inches in length, in yellow paint, to resemble those on the cap. The knapsack straps will be black. 111. The knapsacks will also be marked upon the inner side with the letter of the company and the number of the soldier, on such part as may be readily observed at inspections 22
FOR THE ARlMY. Soldiers' Mess. 112. Haversacks will be marked upon the flap with the number and name of the regiment, the letter of the company, and number of the soldier, in black letters and figures. And each soldier must, at all times, *be provided with a haversack and canteen, and will exhibit them at all inspections. It will be worn on the left side on marches, guard, and when paraded for detached service-the canteen outside the haversack. 113. The front of the drums will be painted with the arms of the United States, on a blue field for the infantry, and on a red field for the artillery. The letter of the company and number of the regiment, under the arms, in a scroll. 114. Officers at their stations, in camp or in garrison, will always wear their proper uniform. 115. Soldiers will wear the prescribed uniform in camp or garrison, and will not be permitted to keep in their possession any other clothing. When on fatigue parties, they will wear the proper fatigue dress. 116. In camp or barracks, the company officers must visit the kitchen daily and inspect the kettles, and at all times carefully attend to the messing and economy of their respective companies. The commanding officer of the post or regiment will make frequent inspections of the kitchens and messes. These duties are of the utmost importance-not to be neglected. 117. The bread must be thoroughly baked, and not eaten until it is cold. The soup must be boiled at least five hours, and the vegetables always cooked sufficiently to be perfectly soft and digestible. 118. Ilesses will be prepared by privates of squads, including private musicians, each taking his tour. The greatest care will be observed in washing and scouring the cooking utensils; those made of brass and copper should be lined with tin. 119. The messes of prisoners will be sent to them by the cooks. 120. No persons will be allowed to visit or remain in the kitchens, except such as may come on duty, or be occupied as cooks. The kitchen should always be under the particular charge of a non-commissioned officer. 121. Those detailed for duty in the kitchens will also be required to keep the furniture of the mess-room in order. 122. On marches and in the field, the only mess furniture of the soldier will be one tin plate, one tin cup, one knife, fork, and spoon, to each man, to be carried by hilmself on the march. 123. Tradesmen may be relieved from ordinary military duty to make, to alter, or to mend soldiers' clothing, &c. Company commanders wiL fix the rates at which work shall be done, and cause the men, for whose benefit it is done, to pay for it at the next pay day. 23,
REVISED REGULATIONS Employment of Soldiers as Clerks, &c. 124. Each company officer, serving with his company,,nay take from it one soldier as waiter, with his consent and the consent of his captain. No other officer shall take a soldier as a waiter. Every soldier so employed shall be so reported and mustered. 125. Soldiers taken as officers' waiters shall be acquainted with their military duty, and at all times be completely armed and clothed, and in every respect equipped according to the rules of the service, and have all their necessaries complete and in good order. They are to fall in with their respective companies at all reviews and inspections, and are liable to such drills as the commanding officer shall judge necessary to fit them for service in the ranks. 126. Non-commissioned officers will, in no case, be permitted to act as waiters; nor are they, or private soldiers, not waiters, to be employed in any menial office, or made to perform any service not military, for the private benefit of any officer or mess of officers. COMPANY BOOKS. 127. The following books are allowed to each company: one descriptive book, one clothing book, one order book, one morning report book, each one quire, sixteen inches by ten. One page of the descriptive book will be appropriated to the list of officers; two to the non-commissioned officers; two to the register of men transferred; four to register of men discharged; two to register of deaths; four to register of deserters-the rest to the company description list. LAUNDRESS. 128. Four women will be allowed to each company as washerwomen, and will receive one ration per day each. 129. The price of washing soldiers' clothing, by the month, or bythe piece, will be determined by the Council of Administration. 130. Debts due the laundress by soldiers, for washing, will be paid, or collected at the pay-table, under the direction of the captain. ARTICLE XIV. ORDNANCE SERGEANTS. 131. The Secretary of War selects from the sergeants of the line of the army, who may have faithfully served eight years (four years in the grade of non-commissioned officer), as many Ordnance Sergeants as the service may ~equire, not exceeding one to each military post. 132. Captains will report to their colonels such sergeants as, by their eondilet and service, merit such appointment, setting forth the descrip 24
FOR THE ARMY. Ordnance Sergeants. tion, length of'serv ice of the sergeant, the portion of his service he was a non-commissioned officer, his general character as to fidelity and sobriety, his qualifications as a clerk, and his fitness for the duties to be performed by an ordnance sergeant. These reports will be forwarded to the Adjutant-General, to be laid before the Secretary of War, with an application in the following form: Head- Quarters, &c. To the Adjutant- General: SIR:-I forward, for consideration of the proper authority, an applcaion for the appointment of Ordnance Sergeant. Length of Service. . O same and Regiment. v As nen-commissioned Officer. In the Army. Remarks. o Years. Monthso. Years. Months. _. ~~~~~~~~~I Inclosed herewith you will receive the report of, the officer commanding the company in which the sergeant has been serving, to which I add the following remarks: . ~ Commanding - Regiment. 133. When a company is detached from the head-quarters of the regiment, the reports of the commanding officer in this matter will pass to the regimental head-quarters through the commanding officer of the post or detachment, and be accompanied by his opinion as to the fitness of the candidate. 134. Ordnance Sergeants will be assigned to posts when appointed, and are not to be transferred to other stations except by orders from the Adjutant-General's office. 135. At the expiration of their term of service, Ordnance Sergeants may be re-enlisted, provided they shall have conducted themselves in a becoming manner, and performed their duties to the satisfaction of the commanding officer. If the commanding officer, however, shall not think proper to re-enlist the Ordnance Sergeant of his post, he will communi C 2,',)
REVISED REGULATIONS Ordnance Sergeants. cate to the Adjutant-General his reasons for declining to re-enlist him, in time to receive the decision of the War Department before the Sergeant may lawfully claim to re-enlist.. 136. The officers interested must be aware, from the nature of the duties assigned to Ordnance Sergeants, that the judicious selection of them is of no small importance to the interests of the service; and that while the law contemplates, in the appointment of these non-commissioned officers, the better preservation of the ordnance and ordnance stores in deposit in the several forts, there is the further motive of offering a reward to those faithful and well-tried sergeants who have long served their country, and of thus giving encouragement to tle soldier in the ranks to emulate them in conduct, and thereby secure substantial promotion. Colonels and Captains cannot, therefore, be too particular in investigating the characters of the candidates, and in giving their testimony as to their merits. 137. The appointment and removal of Ordnance Sergeants, stationed at military posts, in pursuance of the above provisions of law, shall be reported by the Adjutant-General to the chief of the Ordnance Department. 138. When a non-commissioned officer receives the appointment of Ordnance Sergeant, he shall be dropped from the rolls of the regiment or company in which he may be serving at the time. 139. The duty of Ordnance Sergeants relates to the care of the ordnance, arms, ammunition, and other military stores at the post to which they may be attached, under the direction of the commanding officer, and according to the regulations of the Ordnance Department. 140. If a post be evacuated, the Ordnance Sergeant shall remain on duty at the station, under the direction of the chief of the Ordnance Department, in charge of the ordnance and ordnance stores, and of such other public property as is not in charge of some officer or agent of other departments; for which ordnance stores and other property he will account to the chiefs of the proper departments until otherwise directed. 141. An Ordnance Sergeant in charge of ordnance stores at a post where there is no commissioned officer shall be held responsible for the safe-keeping of the property, and he shall be governed by the regulations of the Ordnance Department in making issues of the same, and in preparing and furnishing the requisite returns. If the means at his disposal are not sufficient for the preservation of the property, he shall report the circumstances to the chief of the Ordnance Department. 142. Ordnance Sergeants are to be considered as belonging to the non commissioned staff of the post, under the orders of the commanding 26
FOR THE ARMY. 27 O(dnance Sergeants.-Transfers. officer. They are to wear the uniform of the Ordnance Department, with the distinctive badges prescribed for the non-commissioned staff of' regiments of artillery; and they are to appear under arms with the troops at all reviews and inspections, monthly and weekly. 143. When serving at any post which may be the head-quarters of a regiment, Ordnance Sergeants shall be reported by name on the post returns, and mustered with the non-commissioned staff' of the regiment; and at all other posts they shall be mustered and reported in some company stationed at the post at which they serve; be paid on the muster. roll, and be charged with the clothing and all other supplies previously received from any officer, or subsequently issued to them by the commanding officer of the company for the time being. Whenever the company may be ordered from the post, the Ordnance Sergeant will be transferred to the rolls of any remaining company, by the order of the commanding officer of the post. 144. In the event of the troops being all withdrawn from a post at which there is an Ordnance Sergeant, he shall be furnished with his descriptive roll and account of clothing and pay, signed by the proper officer last in command, accompanied by the remarks necessary for his military history; and on his exhibiting such papers to any Paymaster, with a letter from the Ordnance Office acknowledging the receipt of his returns, and that they are satisfactory, he will be paid on a separate account the amount which may be due him at the date of the receipt of the returns mentioned in such letter, together with commutation of rations, according to the regulations of the Subsistence Department. A certified statement of his pay account will be furnished the Ordnance Sergeant by the Paymaster by whom he may be last paid. When there are no troops at the post, the Ordnance Sergeant will report to the A djutant-General's office, by letter, on the last day of every month. ARTICLE XV. TRANSFER OF SOLDIERS. 145. No non-commissioned officer or soldier will be transferred from one regiment to another without the authority of the commanding general. 146. The colonel may, upon] the application of the captains, transfer a non-commissioned officer or soldier from one company to another of his regiment-with consent of the department commander in case of change of post. 147. When soldiers are authorized tc be transferred, the transfer will take place on the first of a month, with, a view to the more convenient settlement of their accounts. 27 FOR THE A-RMY. t
REV1SED REGULATION8 'Deceased Officers and Soldiers. 148. In all cases of transfer, a complete descriptive roll will accompany the soldier transferred, which roll will embrace an account of his pay, clothing, and other allowances; also, all stoppages to be made on account of the government, and debts due the laundress, as well as such other acts as may be necessary to show his character and military history. ARTICLE XVI. DECEASED OFFICERS. 149. Whenever an officer dies, or is killed at any military post or station, or in the vicinity of the same, it will be the duty of the commanding officer to report the fact direct to the Adjutant-General, with the date, and any other information proper to be communicated. If an officer die at a distance from a military post, any officer having intelligence of the same will in like manner communicate it, specifying the day of his decease; a duplicate of the report will be sent to Department Head-Quarters. 150. Inventories of the effects of deceased officers, required by the 94th Article of War, will be transmitted to the Adjutant-General. 151. If a legal administrator or family connection be present, and take charge of the effects, it will be so stated to the Adjutant-General. ARTICLE XVII. DECEASED SOLDIERS. 152. Inventories of the effets of deceased non-commissioned officers and soldiers, required by the 95th Article of War, will be forwarded to the Adjutant-General, by the commander of the company to which the deceased belonged, and a duplicate of the same to the colonel of the regiment. Final statements of pay, clothing, &c., will be sent with the inventories. When a soldier dies at a post or station absent from his company, it will be the duty of his immediate commander to furnish the required inventory, and, at the same time, to forward to the commanding officer of the company to which the soldier belonged, a report of his death, specifying the date, place, and cause; to what time he was last paid, and the money or other effects in his possession at the time of his decease; which report will be noted on the next muster-roll of the company to which the man belonged. Each inventory will be indorsed, "Inventory of the effects of, late of company (-) -- regiment of -—, who died at, the day of a, 186-." If a legal representative receive the effects, it will be stated in the report. If the 4oldier leave no effects, the fact will be reported. 153 Should the effects of a deceased non-commissioned officer or 2-8 t
FOR THE ARMY. Deserters. soldier not be administered upon within a-short period after his decease, they shall be disposed of by a Council of Administration, under the authority of the commanding officer of the post, and the proceeds depo. sited with the Paymaster, to the credit of the United States, until they shall be claimed by the legal representatives of the deceased. 154. In all such cases of sales by the Council of Administration, a statement in detail, or account of the proceeds, duly certifiedby the Council and oommanding officer, accompanied by the Paymaster's receipt for the proceeds, will be forwarded by the commanding officer to the Adjutant-General. The statement will be endorsed, "Report of the proceeds of the effects of, late of company (-) - regiment of, who died at, the day of,2 186-." ARTICLE XVIII. DESERTERS. 155. If a soldier desert from, or a deserter be received at, any post other than the station of the company or detachment to which he belonged, he shall be promptly reported by the commanding officer of such post to the commander of his company or detachment. The time of deoertion, apprehension, and delivery will be stated. If the man be a recruit, unattached, the required report will be made to the AdjutantGeneral.'When a report is received o~ the apprehension or surrender of a deserter at any post other than the station of the company or detachmeRt to which he belonged, the commander of such company or detachmenit shall immediately forward his description and account of clothing to the officer making the report. 156. A reward of five dollars will be paid for the apprehension and delivery of a deserter to an officer of the army at the most convenient post or recruiting station. Rewards thus paid will be promptly reported by the disbursing officer to the officer commanding the company in which the deserter is mustered, and to the authority competent to order his trial. The reward of five dollars will include the remuneration for all expenses incurred for apprehending, securing, and delivering a deserter. 157. When non-commissioned officers or soldiers are sent min pursuit of a deserter, the expenses necessarily incurred will be paid whether he be apprehended or not, and reported as in case of rewards paid. 158. Deserters shall make good the time lost by desertion, unless dis charged by competent authority. 159. No deserter shall be restored to duty without trial, except by authority competent to order the trial. 02 29 i
REVISED REGULATIONS Discharges. 160. Rewards and expenses paid for apprehending a deserter will be set against his pay, when adjudged by a court-martial, or when he is restored to duty without trial on such condition. 161. In reckoning the time of service, and the pay and allowances of deserter, he is to be considered as again in service when delivered up as a deserter to the proper authority. 162. An apprehended deserter, or one who surrenders himself, shall receive no pay while waiting trial, and only such clothing as may be actually necessary for him. ARTICLE XIX. DISCHARGES. 163. No enlisted man shall be discharged before the expiration of his term of enlistment without authority of the War Department, except by sentence of a general court-martial, or by the commander of the Department or of an army in the field, on certificate of disability, or on application of the soldier after twenty years' service. 164. When an enlisted man is to be discharged, his company commander shall furnish him certificates of his account, usually called final statements, according to Form. 4, Pay Department. And to ensure his being at the post to get these, no leave of absence, terminating with his service, will be given to him. HIe may, however, be discharged in advance of the latter, under the circumstances and conditions described in General Orders No. 24, from the War Department, of November 30, 1859. 165. Blank discharges on parchment will We furnished from the Adjutant-General's office. No discharge shall be made in duplicate, nor any certificate given in lieu of a discharge. 166. The cause of discharge will be stated in the body of the discharge, and the space at foot for character cut off, unless a recommendation is given. 167. Whenever a non-commissioned officer or soldier shall be unfit for the military service in consequence of wounds, disease, or infirmity, his captain shall forward to the commander of the Department or of the army in the field, through the commander of the regiment or post, a statement of his case, with a certificate of his disability signed by the senior surgeon of the hospital, regiment, or post, according to the form prescribed in the Medical Regulations. 168. If the recommendation for the discharge of the invalid be approved, the authority therefor will I e indorsed on the "certificate of disability," which will be sent back to be completed and signed by the so
FOR THE ARMY. 3] Traveling on Duty.-Leaves of Absence to Officers. commanding officer, who will then send the same to the Adjutant-General's office. 169. Insane soldiers will not be discharged, but sent, under proper protection, by the Department commander to Washington for the order of the War Department for their admission into the Government Asylum. The history of the cases, with the men's descriptive list, and accounts of pay and clothing, will be sent with them. 1 170. The date, place, and cause of discharge of t soldier absent from his company will be reported by the commander of the post to his company commander. 171. Company commanders are required to keep the blank discharges and all certificates relating to discharge carefully in their own custody. 172. No volunteer will be discharged upon Surgeon's certificate of disability until the certificate shall have been submitted to the Medical Director, and shall have been approved and countersigned by him ARTICLE XX. TRAVELING ON DUTY. 173. Whenever an officer traveling under orders arrives at his post, he will submit to the commanding officer a report, in writing, of the time occupied in the travel, with a copy of the orders under which the journey was performed, andy an explanation of any delay in the execution of the orders; which report the commanding officer shall transmit, with his opinion on it, to Department Head-Quarters. If the officer be superior in rank to the commander, the required report will be made by the senior himself. 174. Orders detaching an officer for a special duty, imnply, unless otherwise stated, that he is thereafter to join his proper station. ARTICLE XXI. LEAVES OF ABSENCE TO OFFICERS. 175. In no case will leaves of absence be granted, so that a company be left without one of its commissioned officers, or that a garrisoned post be left without two commissioned officers and competent medical attendance; nor shall leave of absence be granted to an (;fficer during the season of active operations, except on urgent necessity. 176. When not otherwise specified, leaves of absence will be considered as commenting on the day that the officer is relieved from d-ty at his post. Hie will report, monthly, his address for the next thirty days, to the commander of his post and of his regiment or corps. and to FOR THE ARMY. 31
REVISED REGULATIONS leaves of Absence to Officers. the Adjutant-General, together with every change of address; and in his first report state the day when his leave of absence commenced. Tho expiration of his leave must find him at his station. 177. In time of peace, commanding officers may grant leaves of absence as follows: the commander of a post not to exceed seven days at one time, or in the same month; the commander of a geographical department not to exceed sixty days. Applications for leaves of absence for more than four months, or to officers of engineers, ordnance, or of the general staff, or serving on it (aides-de-camp excepted), for more than thirty days, must be referred to the Adjutant-General for the decision of the Secretary of War. In giving a permission to apply for the extension of a leave of absence, the term of the extension should be stated. The term of the extension approved by the Departnent commander will be regulated by the season and the usual opportunities for reaching the officer's station, so that he may not be absent during the time for active operations. 178. The War Department will not grant leaves to officers on applications made out of the proper military channel; or longer extensions of leave than are recommended by the competent authority. 179. The immediate commander of the officer applying for leave of absence, and all intermediate commanders, will indorse their opinion on the application before forwarding it. 180. The commander of a post may take leave of absence not to exceed seven days at one time, or in the same month, reporting the fact to his next superior. 181. Three months' leave of absence will be allowed to graduates, from the time of quitting (as cadet) the Military Academy. 182. No leave of absence exceeding seven days, except on extraordi nary occasions, when the circumstances must be particularly stated (and except as provided in the preceding paragraph), shall be granted to any officer until he has joined his regiment or corps, and served therewith at least two years. 183. Officers will not leave the United States, to go beyond sea, without permission from the War Department. 184. All leaves of absence to Chaplains and Schoolmasters employed at military posts will be granted Dy the commanding officer, on the recommendation of the post Counci of Administration, not to exceed four months. 185. An application for leave of absence on account of sickness must be accompanied by a certificate of the senior medical officer present, in the following form: 32
38 Leaves of Absence to Officers. of the regiment of, having. applied for a certifcate on which to ground an application for leave of absence, I do hereby certify that I have carefully examined this officer, and find that[Here the nature of the disease, wound, or disability is to be fully stated, and the period during which the officer has suffered under its effects.] And that, in consequence thereof, he is, in my opinion, unfit for duty. 1 further declare my belief that he will not be able to resume his duties in a less period than -- [Here state candidly and explicitly the opinion as to the period which will probably elapse before the officer will be able to resume his duties. When there is no reason to expect a recovery, or when the prospect of recovery is distant and uncertain, or when a change of climate is recommended, it must be so stated.] Dated at this day of Signature of the Medical Officer. 186. Leaves of absence on account of sickness will not be granted to officers to go beyond the limits of the Military Department within which they are stationed, unless the certificate of the medical officer shall explicitly state that a greater change is necessary to save life, or prevent permanent disability. Nor will sick leaves to go beyond the Department limits be given in any case, except of immediate urgency, without the previous sanction of the War Department; 187. On the expiration of a leave of absence given on account of sickness, if the officer be able to travel, he will forthwith proceed to his post, although his disability may not have been removed. Exceptions to this general rule must be made in each case by the War Department on full and explicit medical certificates setting forth the reasons for delay and the length of time delay is considered necessary. 188. When an officer is prevented by sickness from joining his station, he will transmit certificates in the above form monthly, to the commanding officer of his post and regiment or corps, and to the Adjutant-General; and when he cannot procure the certificates of a medical officer of the army, he will substitute his own certificate on honor to his condition, and a full statement of his case. If the officer's certificate is not satisfactory, and whenever an officer has been absent on account of sickness for one year, he shall be examined by a medical board, and the case specially reported to the President. 189. In all reports of absence, or applications for leave of absenice on account of sickness, the officer shall state how long he has been absent already on that account, and by whose permission. FOR THE ARMY.
REVISED REGULATIONS Furloughs to Enlisted Men. Councils of Administration. ARTICLE XXII. FURLOUGHS TO ENLISTED MEN. 190. Furloughs will be granted only by the commanding officer of the post, or the commanding officer of the regiment actually quartered with it. Furloughs may be prohibited at the discretion of the officer in command, and are not to be granted to soldiers about to be discharged. 191. Soldiers on furlough shall not take with them their arms or accoutrements. 192. Form of furlough: TO ALL WHOM IT MAY CONCERN. The bearer hereof, a Sergeant (corporal, or private, as the case may be) of Captain- company, regiment of, aged -years, - feet - inches high, - complexion, eyes, - hair, and by profession a; born in the of - and enlisted at - in the of on the day of , eighteen hundred and -, to serve for the period of, is hereby permitted to go to, in the county of -, State of he having received a Furloughfrom the- day of, to the - day of , at which period he will rejoin his company or regiment at - or wherever it then may bet or be considered a deserter. Subsistence has been furnished to said to the -day of -.-, and pay to the - day of -, both inclusive. Given under my hand, at this - day of -, 18-. Signatu'e of the officer. giving the furlough. ) ARTICLE XXIII. COUNCILS OF ADMINISTRATION. 193. The commanding officer of every post shall, at least once in every two months, convene a Post Council of Administration, to consist of the three regimental or company officers next in rank to himself; or, if there be but two, then the two next; if but one, the one next; and if there be none other than himself, then he himself shall act. 194. The junior member will record the proceedings of the Council in a book, and submit the same to the commanding officer. If he disapprove the proceedings, and the Council, after a reconsideration, adhere to its decision, a copy of the whole shall be sent by the officer commanding to the next higher commander, whose decision shall be final, and entered 84
m,,~ ~FRTH RM.3 Council of Administration.- Post Fund. in the Council book, and the whole be published in orders for the information and government of all concerned. 195. The proceedings of Councils of Administration shall be signed by the president and recorder, and the recorder of each meeting, after entering the whole proceedings, together with the final order thereon, shaL deposit the book with the commanding officer. In like manner, the approval or objections of the officer ordering the Council will be signed with his own hand. 196. The Post Council shall prescribe the quantity and kind of clothing, small equipments, and soldiers' necessaries, groceries, and all articles which the sutlers may be required to keep on hand; examine the sutler's books and papers, and fix the tariff of prices of the said goods or commodities; inspect the sutler's weights and measures; fix the laundress' charges, and make regulations for the post school. 197. Pursuant to the 30th Article of War, commanding officers reviewIng the proceedings of the Council of Administration-will scrutinize the tariff of prices proposed by them, and take care that the stores actually furnished by the sutler correspond to the quality prescribed. POST FUND. 198. A Post Fund shall be raised at each post by a tax on the sutler, not to exceed 10 cents a month for every officer and soldier of the command, according to the average in each month to be ascertained by the Council, and from the saving on the flour ration, ordinarily 33 per cent., by baking the soldiers' bread at a post bakery. Provided, that when want of vegetables or other reasons make it necessary, the commanding officer may order the flour saved, or any part of it, issued to the men, after paying expenses of baking. 199. The commanding officer shall designate an officer to be post treasurer, who shall keep the account of the fund, subject to the inspection of the Council and commanding officer, and disburse the fund on the warrants of the commanding officer, drawn in pursuance of- specific resolves of the Council. 200. The following are the objects of expenditure of the post fund:1st. Expenses of the bake-house; 2d. support of a band; 3d. the post school for soldiers' children; 4th. for formation of a library. * 201. On the last day of April, August, and December, and when relieved from the duty, the treasurer shall make out his account with the fund since his last account, and submit it, with his vouchers, to the Council of Administration, to be examined by them, and recorded in the Council book, and then forwarded by the commanding officer to Depart ment Head-Quarters. 35 FOR THE ARMY.
REVISED REGULA IIONS Company Fund.-Chaplains. 202. At each settlement of the treasurer's account, the Council shall Distribute the unexpended balance of the post fund to the several companies and other troops in the ratio of their average force during the period. 203. When a company leaves the post, it shall then receive its distributive share of the accrued fund. 204. The regulations in regard to a post fund will, as far as practicable, be applied in the field to a regimental fund, to be raised, admi. nistered, expended, and distributed in like manner, by the regimental commander and a regimental council. COMPANY FUND. 205. The distributions from the post or regimental fund, and the savings from the company rations, constitute the Company Fund, to be disbursed by the captain for the benefit of the enlisted men of the company, pursuant to resolves of the Company Council, consisting of all the company officers present. In case of a tie vote in the Council, the commander of the post shall decide. The Council shall be convened once in two months by the captain, and whenever else he may think proper. 206. Their proceedings shall be recorded in a book, signed by all the Council, and open at all times to the inspection of the commander of the post. Every four months, and whenever another officer takes command of the company, and when the company leaves the post, the account of the company fund shall be made up, audited by the Council, recorded in the Council book, and submitted, with a duplicate, to the post commander, who shall examine it and forward the duplicate to Department Head-Quarters. 207. The supervision of the company fund by the post commander herein directed shall, in the field, devolve on the commander of the regiment. ARTICLE XXIV. CHAPLAINS. 208. One chaplain shall be allowed to each regiment of the army, to be appointed by the colonel, on the nomination of the company commanders. None but regularly ordained ministers of some Christian denomination, however, shall be eligible to appointment; and the wishes and wants of the sOldiers of the regiment shall be allowed their full and due weight in making the selection. The proceedings in each case will be immediately forwarded to the Adjutant-General's office, the name and denomination of the chaplain being in every case reported. Chaplains will only be allowed to regiments which are embodied and serving together as one whole-not to regiments of which the,ompanies are serving at different stations. 209. Chaplains, net to exceed thirty in number, are also allowed to 36
FOR THE ARMY. 37 Sutlers. posts. The posts at which chaplains may be employed will be announced by the War Department, but the appointment will be made by the Council of Administration. 210. The Council of the post will, however, report to the AdjutantGeneral, for the approval of the Secretary of War, the rate of pay allowel to the person selected to officiate as Chaplain and perform the duties of Schoolmaster; the decision of the Secretary on this point will be notified to the commanding officer of the post by the Adjutant-General. ARTICLE XXV. SUTLERS. 211. Every military post may have one Sutler, to be appointed by the Secretary of War. 212. A Sutler shall hold his office for a term of three years, unless sooner removed; but the commanding officer may, for cause, suspend a Sutler's privilege until a decision of the War Department is received in the case. 213. In case of vacancy, a temporary appointment may be made by the commanding officer upon,he nomination of the Council of Administration. 214. Troops in campaign, on detachment, or on distant service, will be allowed Sutlers, at the rate of one for every regiment, corps, or separate detachment; to be appointed by the commanding officer of such regiment, corps, or detachment, upon the recommendation of the Council of Administration, subject to the approval of the general or other officer in command. 215. No tax or burden in any shape, other than the authorized assessment for the post fund, will be imposed on the Sutler. If there be a spare building, the use of it may be allowed him, he being responsible that it is kept in repair. If there be no such building, he may be allowed to erect one; but this article gives the Sutler no claim to quarters, transportation for himself or goods, or to any military allowance whatever. 216. The tariff of prices fixed by the Council of Administration shall be exposed in a conspicuous place in the Sutler's store. No difference of prices will be allowed on cash or credit sales. 217. No Sutler shall sell to an enlisted man on credit to a sum exceeding one-third of his monthly pay, within the same month, without the written sanction of the company commander, or the commanding officer of the post or station, if the man does not belong to a company; and not exceeding one-half of the monthly pay with such permission. 218. Three days before the last of every month the Sutler shall render, D FOR THE ARMY. 37 -
REVISED REGUL&TIONS Military Discussions and Publications. Arrests and Confinements. for verification, to the company commander, or to the commanding officer, as the case may be, according to the meaning of the preceding paragraph, a written and separate account in each case of any charges he may have against enlisted men for collection, and the officer shall submit the account to the soldier for'acknowledgment and signature, and witness the same. In the case of death, desertion, or removal from the post (of the soldier), the account will be rendered immediately. If the soldier dispute the account and the Sutler insist, and in the case of death and desertion, the Sutler will be required to establish the account by affidavit indorsed on it before any officer authorized to administer an oath. Debts thus verified as due the Sutler are to be noted on the Muster Rolls, and will be paid by the Paymaster out of the arrearages due to the soldier at the time of death, desertion, discharge, or sentence of court-martial: the sums due the Government and laundress being first paid. Every facility will be afforded to the Sutler in the collection of the just debts contracted with him. Hie will, to this end, be allowed to take his place at the paytable with his books and accounts. 219. Sutlers shall not farm out or underlet the business and privileges granted by their appointment. ARTICLE XXVI. MILITARY DISCUSSIONS AND PUBLICATIONS. 220. Deliberations or discussions among any class of military'men, having the object of conveying praise, or censure, or any mark of approbation toward their superiors or others in the military service; and all publications relative to transactions between officers of a private or personal nature, whether newspaper, pamphlet, or hand-bill, are strictly prohibited. ARTICLE XXVII. ARRESTS AND CONFINEMENTS. 221. None but commanding officers have power to place officers under arrest except for offenses expressly designated in the 27th Article of War. 222. Officers are not to be put in arrest for light offenses. For these the censure of the commanding officer will, in most cases, answer the purposes of discipline. 223. An officer in arrest may, at the discretion of his commanding officer, have larger limits assigned him than his tent or quarters, on written application to that effect. Close confinement is not to be resorted 'o unless under circumstances of an aggravated character. 224. In ord-nary cases, and where inconvenience to the service would 38
FOR THE ARMY. Hours of Service and Roll-Calls.-Signals. result from it, a medical officer will not be put in arrest until the court martial for his trial convenes. 225. The arrest of an officer, or confinement of a soldier, will, as soon as practicable, be notified to his immediate commander. 226. All prisoners under guard, without written charges, will be released by the officer of the day at guard-mounting, unless orders to the contrary be given by the commanding officer. 227. On a march, company officers and non-commissioned officers in arrest will follow in the rear of their respective companies, unless otherwise particularly ordered. 228. Field officers, commissioned and non-commissioned staff officers, under the same circumstances, will follow in the rear of their respective regiments. 229. An officer under arrest will not wear a sword, or visit officially his commanding or other superior officer, unless sent for; and in case of business, he will make known his object in writing. ARTICLE XXVIII. HOURS OF SERVICE AND ROLL-CALLS. 230. In garrison, reveille will be sounded immediately after day-break; and retreat at sunset; the troop, suryeon's call, signals for breakfast and dinner at the hours prescribed by the commanding officer, according to climate and season. In the cavalry, stable-calls immediately after reveille, and an hour and a half before retreat; water-calls at the hours directed b)y the commanding officer. 231. In camp, the commanding officer prescribes the hours of reveille, reports, roll-calls, guard-mounting, meals, stable-calls, issues, fatigues, &ea 1. To go for fuel-poing stroke and ten-stroke roll. 2. To go for water-two strokes and a fiam. 3. For fatigue party-ioneer's march. 4. Adjutant's call-firstpart of the troop. 5. First sergeant's call-one roll and four taps. 6. Sergeant's call —one roll and three taps. 7. Corporal's call-one roll and two taps. 8, For the drummers-the drummer's call. 233. The drummer's call shall be beat by the drums of the police guard five minutes before the time of beating the stated calls, when the drummers will assemble before the colors of their respective regiments, 39, 232. SIGNALS.
REVISED REGULATIONS Roll-Calls. Honors to be paid by the Troops. and as soon as the beat begins on the right, it will be immediately taken up along the line. ROLL-CALLS. 234. There shall be daily at least three roll-calls, viz., at reveille, retreat, and tattoo. They will be irade on the company parades by the first sergeants, superintended by a commissioned officer of the company. The captains will report the absentees without leave to the colonel or commanding officer. 235. Immediately after reveille roll-call (after stable-duty in the cavalry), the tents or quarters, and the space around them, will be put in order by the men of the companies, superintended by the chiefs of squads, and the guard-house or guard-tent by the guard or prisoners. 236. The morning reports of companies, signed by the captains and First Sergeants, will be handed to the Adjutant before eight o'clock in the morning, and will be consolidated by the Adjutant within the next hour, for the information of the Colonel; and if the consolidation is to be sent to higher authority, it will be signed by the Colonel and th6 Adjutant. ARTICLE XXIX. HONORS TO BE PAID BY THE TROOPS. 237. The President or Vice-President is to be saluted with the highest honors-all standards and colors dropping, officers and troops saluting. drums beating and trumpets sounding. 238. A General commanding-in-chief is to be received-by cavalry, with sabres presented, trumpets sounding the march, and all the officers saluting, standards dropping; by infantry, with drums beating the march, colors dropping, officers saluting, and arms presented. 239. A Major- General is to be received-by cavalry, with sabres presented, trumpets sounding twice the trumpet-flourish, and officers salut-. ing; by infantry, with three ruffles, colors dropping, officers saluting, and arms presented. 240. A Brigadier-General is to be received-by cavalry, with sabres presented, trumpets sounding once the trumpet-flourish, and officers saluting; by infantry, with two ruffles, colors dropping, officers saluting, and arms presented. 241. An Adjutant- General or Inspector. General, if under the rank of a General officer, is to be received at a review or inspection of the troops under arms-by cavalry, with sabres presented, officers saluting; by in antry, officers saluting and arms presented. The same honors to be paid 40
~~~~FO TH RM.4 Honors to be paid by the Troops. to any field-officer authorized to review and inspect the troops. When the inspecting officer is junior to the officer commanding the parade, no compliments will be paid: he will be received only with swords drawn and arms shouldered. 242. All guards are to turn out and present arms to General officers as often as they pass them, except the personal guards of General officers, which turn out only to the Generals whose guards they are, and to officers of superior rank. 243. To commanders of regiments, garrison, r camp, their own guard turn out, and present arms once a day; after which, they turn out with shouldered arms. 244. To the members of the Cabinet; to the Chief Justice, the President of the Senate, and Speaker of the House of Representatives of the United States; and to Governors, within their respective States and Territories -the same honors will be paid as to a General commanding-in-chief. 245. Officers of a foreign service may be complimented with the honors due to their rank. 246. Amwerican and Foreign Envoys or Ministers will be received with the compliments due to a Major-General. 247. The colors of a regiment passing a guard are to be saluted, the trumpets sounding, and the drums beating a march. 248. When General officers, or persons entitled to salute, pass in the rear of a guard, the officer is only to make his men stand shouldered, and not to face his guard about, or beat his drum. 249. When General officers, or persons entitled to a salute, pass guards while in the act of relieving, both guards are to salute, receiving the word of command from the senior officer of the whole. 250. All guards are to be under arms when armed parties approach their posts; and to parties commanded by commissioned officers, they are to present their arms, drums beating a march, and officers saluting. 251. No compliments by guards or sentinels will be paid between retreat and reveille, except as prescribed for grand rounds. 252. All guards and sentinels are to pay the same compliments to the officers of the navy, marines, and militia, in the service of the United States, as are directed to be paid to the officers of the army, according to their relative ranks. 253. It is equally the duty of non-commissioned officers and soldiers, at all times and in all situations, to pay the proper compliments to officers of the navy and marines, and to officers of other rcgiments, when in uniform, as to officers of their own particular regiments and corps. 254. Courtesy among military men is indispensable to discipline. Respect to superiors will not be confined to obedience on duty, but will be D2 41 FOR THE ARMY.
REVISED REGULATIONS Salutes. extended to all occasions. It is always the duty of the inferior to accost or to offer first the customary salutation, and of the superior to return such complimentary notice. 255. Sergeants, with swords drawn, will salute by bringing them to a present —with muskets, by bringing the left hand across the body, so as to strike the musket near the right shoulder. Corporals out of the ranks, and privates not sentries, will carry their muskets at a shoulder as sergeants, and salute in like manner. 256. When a soldier without arms, or with side-arms only, meets an officer, he is to raise his hand to the right side of the visor of his cap, palm to the front, elbow raised as high as the shoulder, looking at the same time in a respectful and soldier-like manner at the officer, who will return the compliment thus offered. 257. A non-commissioned officer or soldier being seated, and without particular occupation, will rise on the approach of an officer, and make the customary salutation. If standing, he will turn toward the officer for the same purpose. If the parties remain in the same place or on the same ground, such compliments need not be repeated. SALUTES. 258. The national salute is determined by the number of States composing the Union, at the rate of one gun for each State. 259. The President of the United States alone is to receive a salute of twenty-one guns. 260. The Vice-President is to receive a salute of seventeen guns. 261. The Heads of the great Executive I)epartments of the National Government; the General commanding the army; the Governors of States and Territories, within their respective jurisdictions, fifteen guns. 262. A Major-General, thirteen guns. 263. A Brigadier-General, eleven guns. 264. Foreign ships of war will be saluted in return for a similar compliment, gun for gun, on notice being officially received of such intention. If there be several posts in sight of, or within six miles of each ot} er, the principal only shall-reciprocate compliments with ships passing. 265. Officers of the Navy will be saluted according to relative ran. 266. Foreign Officers invited to visit a fort or post may be salt ted according to their relative rank. 267. Envoys and Ministers of the United States and foreign po rers are to be saluted with thirteen guns. 268. A General officer will be saluted but once in a year at each! sjt and only when notice of his intention to visit the post has been give ~ 269. Salutes to individuals are to be fired on their arrival only. 1% 42
-~~~~O TH AIM.4 Escorts of Honor.-Funeral Honors. 270. A national salute will be fired at meridian on the anniversary of the Independence of the United States, at each military post and camp provided with artillery and ammunition. ESCORTS OF HONOR. 271. Escorts of honor may be composed of cavalry or infantry, or both, according to circumstances. They are guards of honor for the purpose of receiving and escorting personages of high rank, civil or military. The troops for this purpose will be selected for their soldierly appearance and superior discipline. 272. The escort will be drawn up in line, the centre opposite to the place where the personage presents himself, with an interval between the wings to receive him and his retinue. On his appearance, he will be re ceived with the honors due to his rank. When he has taken his place in the line, the whole will be wheeled into platoons or companies, as the case may be, and take up the march. The same ceremony will be observed, and the same honors paid, on his leaving the escort. 273. When the position of the escort is at a considerable distance from the point where he is expected to be received, as, for instance, where a court-yard or wharf intervenes, a double line of sentinels will be posted from that point to the escort, facing inward, and the sentinels will successively salute as he passes. 274. An officer will be appointed to attend hinim, to bear such communications as he may have to make to the commander of the escort. FUNERAL HONORS. 275. On the receipt of official intelligence of the death of the President of the United States, at any post or camp, the commanding officer shall, on the following day, cause a gun to be fired at every half hour, beginning at sunrise, and ending at sunset. When posts are contiguous, the firing will take place at the post only commanded by the superior officer. 276. On the day of the interment of a General commanding-in-chief, a gun will be fired at every half hour, until the procession moves, beginning at sunrise. 277. The funeral escort of a General commanding-in-chief shall consist of a regiment of infantry, a squadron of cavalry, and six pieces of artillery. 278. That of a 3Jajor-General, a regiment of infantry, a squadron of cavalry, and four pieces of artillery. 279. That of a Brigadier-General, a regiment of infantry, one comn pany of cavalry, and two pieces of artillery. FOR THE ARMY. 43
REVISED REGULATIONS Funeral Honors. 280 That of a Colonel, a regiment. 281. That of a Lieutenant-Colonel, six companies. 282 That of a Major, four companies. 283. That of a Captain, one company. 284. That of a Subaltern, half a company. 285. The funeral escort shall always be commanded by an officer of the same rank with the deceased; or, if none such be present, by one of the next inferior grade. 286. The funeral escort of a non-commissioned staff officer shall consist of sixteen rank and file, commanded by a Sergeant. 287. That of a Sergeant, of fourteen rank and file, commanded by a Sergeant. 288. That of a Corporal, of twelve rank and file, commanded by a Corporal; and, 289. That of a private, of eight rank and file, commanded by a Corporal. 290. The escort will be formed in two ranks, opposite to the quarters or tent of the deceased, with shouldered arms and bayonets unfixed; the artillery and cavalry on the right of the infantry. 291. On the appearance of the corpse, the officer commanding the escort will command, P)resent-ARMS! when the honors due to the deceased will be paid by the drums and trumpets. The music will then play an appropriate air, and the coffin will then be taken to the right, where it will be halted. The commander will next order, 1. Shoulder-ARMs! 2. BY company (or platoon), left wheel. 3. MARCH! 4. Reverse-ARMs! 5. Column, forward. 6. Guide right. 7. MARcH! The arms will be reversed at the order by bringing the firelock under the left arm, butt to the front, barrel downward, left hand sustaining the lock, the right steadying the firelock behind the back; swords are .reversed in a similar manner under the right arm. 292. The column will be marched in slow time to solemn music, and, on reaching the grave, will take a direction so as that the guides shall be next to the grave. When the centre of the column is opposite the grave, the commander will order, 1. Column. 2. HIIALT! 3. Right into line, wheel. 4. MARcH! The coffin is then brought along the front, to the opposite side of the grave, and the commnander then orders, 44
FOR THE ARMY. Funeral Honors. 1. Shoulder-ARMS! 2. Present-ARMS! And when the coffin reaches the grave, he adds, 1. Shoulder-ARMS! 2. Rest on-ARMS! I The rest on arms is done by placing the muzzle on the left foot, both hands on the butt, the head on the hands or bowed, right knee bent. 293. After the funeral service is performed, and the coffin is lowered into the grave, the commander will order, 1. Attention! 2. Shoulder-ARMS! 3. Load at will. 4. LOAD I When three rounds of small arms will be fired by the escort, taking care to elevate the pieces. 294. This being done, the commander will order, 1. By company (or platoon), right wheel. 2. MARCH! 3. Column, forward. 4. Guide left. 5. Quick-MARcH! The music will not begin to play until the escort is clear of the inclosure. 29' When the distance to the place of interment is considerable, the escort may march in common time and in column of route, after leaving the camp or garrison, and till it approaches the burial-ground. 296. The pall-bearers, six in number, will be selected from the grade of the deceased, or from the grade or grades next above or below it. 297. At the funeral of an officer, as many in commission of the army, division, brigade, or regiment, according to the rank of the deceased, as can conveniently be spared from other duties, will join in the procession in uniform, and with side-arms. The funeral of a non-commissioned officer or private will be attended, in like manner, by the non-commissioned officers or privates of the regiment or company, according to the rank of the deceased, with'side-arms only. 298. Persons joining in the procession follow the coffin in the inverse order of their rank. 299. The usual badge of military mourning is a piece of black crape around the left arm, above the elbow, and also upon the sword-hilt; and will be worn when in full or in undress. 300. As family mourning, crape will be worn by officers (when in uniform) only around the left arm. 301. The drums of a funeral escort will be covered with black crape, or thin black serge. 46
REVISED REGULATION S Inspections of the Troops.-Form of Inspection. 302. Funeral honors will be paid to deceased officers without military rank, according to their assimilated grades. ARTICLE XXX. INSPECTIONS OF THE TROOPS. 303. The inspection of troops, as a division, regiment, or other body composing a garrison or ommand, not less than a company, will generally be preceded by a review. 304. There will be cei.ain periodical inspections, to wit: 1. The commanders of regiments and posts will make an inspection of their commands on the last day of every month. 2. Captains will inspect their companies every Sunday morning. No soldier will be excused from Sunday inspection except the guard, the sick, and the necessary attendants in the hospital. 3. Medical officers having charge of hospitals will also make a thorough inspection of them every Sunday morning. 4. Inspection when troops are mustered for payment. 305. Besides these inspections, frequent visits will be made by the commanding officer, company and medical officers, during the month, to the men's quarters, the hospital, guard-house, &c. FORM OF INSPECTION. 306. The present example embraces a battalion of infantry. The inspecting officer and the field and staff officers will be on foot. 307. The battalion being in the order of battle, the Colonel will cause it to break into open column of companies, right in front. HIe will next order the ranks to be opened, when the color-rank and color-guard, under the direction of the Adjutant, will take post ten paces in front, and the band tpn paces in rear of the column. 308. The Colonel, seeing the ranks aligned, will command, 1. Officers and Seryeants to the front of your companies. 2. MARCH I The officers will form themselves in one rank, eight paces, and the noncommissioned officers in one rank, six paces, in advance, along the whole fronts of their respective companies, from right to left, in the order of' seniority; the pioneers and music of each company, in one rank, two paces behind the non-commissioned officers. 309. The Colonel will next command, Field and staf, to the front —MARCH! 46
FOR THE ARMY. 47 Form of Inspection. The commissioned officers thus designated will form themselves in one rank, on a line equal to the front of the column, six paces in front of the colors, from right to left, in the order of seniority; and the non-commissioned staff, in a similar manner, two paces in rear of the preceding rank. The Colonel, seeing the movement executed, will take post on the right of the Lieutenant-Colonel, and wait the approach of the inspecting officer But such of the field officers as may be superior in rank to the Inspector will not take post in front of the battalion. 310. The Inspector will commence in front. After inspecting the dress and general appearance of the field and commissioned staff under arms, the Inspector, accompanied by these officers, will pass down the open column, looking at every rank in front and rear. 311. The Colonel will now command, 1. Order Arms. 2. REST! when the Inspector will proceed to make a minute inspection of the several ranks or divisions, in succession, commencing in front. 312. As the Inspector approaches the non-commissioned staff, colorsank, the color-guard, and the band, the Adjutant will give the necessary orders for the inspection of arms, boxes, and knapsacks. The colors will be planted firm in the ground, to enable the color-bearers to display the contents of their knapsacks. The non-commissioned staff may be dismissed as soon as inspected; but the color-rank and color-guard will remain until the colors are to be escorted to the place from which they were taken. 313. As the Inspector successively approaches the companies, the Captains will command, 1. Attention. 2. Company. 3. Inspection-ARMs! The inspecting officer will then go through the whole company, and minutely inspect the arms, accoutrements, and dress of each soldier. After this is done, the Captain will command, Open-BOXES! when the ammunition and the boxes will be examined. 314. The Captain will then command, 1. Shoulder-ARMms! 2. Close order. FOR THE ARMY. 47 3. MARCH.! 4. Ord-Apms.1
48 REIE REUAIN Form of Inspection. 8. Frontrank-rABoUT-FAcE r 9. Unsling-Knapsacks. 10. Open —Knapsacks. 5. Stack —-ARMS! 6. To the rear, open order. 7. MARCH! 315. The Sergeants will face inward at the 2d command, and close upon the centre at the 3d, and stack their arms at the 5th command; at the 6th command they face outward, and resume their positions at the 7th. When the ranks are closed, preparatory to take arms, the Sergeants will also close upon the centre, and at the word, take their arms and resume their places. 316. The knapsacks will be placed at the feet of the men, the flaps from them, with the great-coats on the flaps,-and the knapsacks leaning on the great-coats. In this position the Inspector will examine- their contents, or so many of them as he may think necessary, commencing with the non-commissioned officers, the men standing at attention. 317. When the Inspector has passed through the company, the Captain will command, Repack-Knapsacks; when each soldier will repack and buckle up his knapsack, leaving it on the ground, the number upward, turned from him, and then stand at rest. 318. The Captain will then command, 1. Attention. 2. Company. 3. Sling-Knapsacks. At the word sling, each soldier will take his knapsack, holding it by the inner straps, and stand erect; at the last word he will replace it on his back. The Captain will continue, 4. Frontrank-ABOUT-FAcE! 5. Close order. 6. MARCH! 7. Take-ARMS! 8. Shoulder- ARM s! 9. Oficers and Sergeants, to your posts. 10. MARCH! and will cause the company to file off to their tents or quarters, except the company that is to re-escort the colors, which will await the further orders of the Colonel. 319. In an extensive column, some of the rearmost companies may, after the inspection of dress and general appearance, be permitted to stack arms until just before the Inspector approaches them, when they will be directed to take arms and resume their position. 320. The inspection of the troops being ended, the field and staff will REVISED REGULATIONS 48
OR THE ARMY. 4', Form of Inspection.-Musters. next accompany the Inspector to the hospital, magazine, arsenal, quarters, sutler's shop, guard-house, and such other places as he may think proper to inspect. The Captains and subalterns repair to their companies and sections to await the Inspector. 321. The hospital being at all times an object of particular interest, it will be critically and minutely inspected. 322. The men will be formed in the company quarters in front of their respective bunks, and on the entrance of the Inspector the word Attenf,ion! will be given by the senior non-commissioned officer present, when bthe whole will salute with the hand, without uncovering. 323. The Inspector, attended by the company officers, will examine the general arrangement of the interior of the quarters, the bunks, bedding, cooking and table utensils, and such other objects as may present themselves; and afterward the exterior. 3294 The Adjutant will exhibit to the Inspector the regimental books and papers, including those relating to the transactions of the Council of Administration. The company books and papers will also be exhibited, the whole together, generally at the Adjutant's office, and in the presence of the officers not otherwise particularly engaged. 325. The Inspector will examine critically the books and accounts of the administrative and disbursing officers of the command, and the money and property in their keeping. 326. The inspection of cavalry and artillery will conform to the principles laid down in the foregoing paragraphs, regard being had to the system of instruction for those arms of service respectively. ARTICLE XXXI. MUSTERS. 327. tiroops will be mustered for pay on the last day of February, April, June, August, October, and December. The musters will be made by an Inspector-General, if present, otherwise by an officer specially designated by the Commahder of the Army, Division, or Department; and in absence of either an Inspector-General or officer specially designated, the muster will be made by the commander of the post. 328. When one inspecting officer cannot muster all the troops himself on the day specified, the commanding officer will designate such other competent officers as may be necessary, to assist him. 329. All stated musters of the troops shall be preceded by a minute and careful inspection in tle prescribed mode; and if the command be of more than a company, by a review, before inspection. 330. The mustering officer having inspected the companies in succession, B ~~~~~~ 4 FOR THE ARMY. 4fo
5(0 REVISED REGULATIONS Forms of Parade. beginning on the right, returns to the first company to muster it. The company beii:g at or'dered arms, with open ranks, as when inspected, the Captain will, as the mustering offcer approaches, command, 1. Attention. 2. Company! 3. Sh7ouclder- kRMs! 4. Support-ARMS I The mustering officer will then call over the names on the roll, and each man, as his name is called, will distinctly answer, Jiere! and bring his piece to a carrey and to an order. 331. After each company is mustered, the Captain will order it to be mnarched to the company parade, and there dismissed to quarters to await the Inspector's visit. 332. After mustering the companies, the mustering officer, attended by the company commaaders, will visit the guard and hospital, to verify the presence of the men reported there. 333. The muster and pay rolls will be made on the printed forms furnished from the Adjutant-General's office, and according to the directions given on them. On the nmuster-rolls companies are designated by the name of the Captain, whether present or absent. The pay-roll is left blank, to be filled by the Paymaster. 334. One copy of each muster-roll will be transmitted by the mustering officer to the Adjutant-General's office in the War. Department within three days after the muster. ARTICLE XXXII. FORMS OF PARADE. 335. On all parades of ceremony, such as Reviews, Guard-mounting, at Troop or Retreat parades, instead of the word "Rest," which allows the men to move or change the position of their bodies, the coninmand will be "PARADE-REST!" At the last word of this command, the soldier will carry the right foot six inches in rear of the left heel, the left knee slightly bent, the body upright upon the right leg; the musket resting against the hollowv of the right shoulder, the hands crossed in front, the backs of them outward, and the left hand uppermost. At the word "ATTENTION!" the soldier will resume the correct position at ordered arms. In the positions here indicated, the soldier will remain silent and motionless; and it is particularly enjoined upon all officers to cause the commands above given, on the part of tale soldier, to be executed with great briskness and spirit.' 336. Officers on all duties under arms are to have their swords drawn, without waiting for any wors9 of command for that purpose
FOR TIlE ARMY. 51 Dress Parade. I. DRESS PARADE. 3,7. There shall be daily one dress parade, at troop or retreat, as the coimmanding officer may direct. 338. A signal will be beat or sounded half an hour before troop or retreat, for the music to assemble on the regimental parade, and each company to turn out under arms on its own parade, for roll-call and inspection by its own officers. 339. Ten minutes after that signal, the Adjuttant's call will be given, when the Captains will march their companies (the band playing) to the regimental parade, where they take their positions in the order of battle. When the line is formed, the Captain of the first company, on notice from the Adjutant, steps one pace to the front, and gives to his company the command, "Order-ARms! PIARAD-E-REST!" which is repeated by each Captain in succession to the left. The Adjutant takes post two paces on the right of the line; the Sergeant-major two paces on the left. The music will be formed in two ranks on the right of the Adjutant. The senior officer present will take the command of the parade, and will take post at a suitable distance in front, opposite the centre, facing the line. 340. When the companies have ordered arms, the Adjutant will order the music to beat o, when it will commence on the right, beat in front of the line to the left, and back to its place on the right. 341. When the music has ceased, the Adjutant will step two paces te the front, face to the left, and command, 1. Attention! 2. Battalion. 3. Shoulder-ARMS! 4. Prepare to open ranks! 5. To the rear, open order! 6..MARCH! At the sixth command, the ranks will be opened according to the system laid down in the Infantry Tactics, the commissioned officers marching to the front, the company officers four paces, field officers six paces, opposite to their positions in the order of battle, where they will halt and dress. The Adjutant, seeing the ranks aligned, will command, FRONT' and march along the front to the centre, face to the right, and pass the line of company officers eight or ten paces, where he will come to the right-about, and command, Present-ARMS! when arms will be presented, officeers saluting.
TEVISED REGULATIONS Dress Parade. 342'. Seeing this executel, he will face about to the commanding officer, salute, and rerort, "Sir, the parade is formed." The Adjutant will then, on intimation to that effect, take his station three paces on the left of the commanding officer, one pace retired, passing round hIis rear. 343. The commanding officer, having acknowledged the salute of th' line by touching his hat, will, after the Adjutant has taken his post draw his sword, and command, 1. Battalion. 2. Shoulder-ARMs! and add such exercises as he may think proper, concluding with Order-ARMS! then return his sword, and direct the Adjutant to receive the reports. 344. The Adjutant will now pass round the right of the commanding officer, advance upon the line, halt midway between him and the line of company officers, and command, 1. First Sergeants, to the front and centre. 2. MARCH! At the first command, they will shoulder arms as Sergeants, march two paces to the front, and face inward. At the second command, they will march to the centre, and halt. The Adjutant will then order, 1. Front-FACE. 2. Report. At the last word, each in succession, beginning on the right, will salute by bringing the left hand smartly across the breast to the right shoulder, and report the result of the roll-call previously made on the company parade. 345. The Adjutant again commands, 1. First Sergeants, outwar-FAcE! 2. To your posts-MARCH! when they will resume their places, and order arms. The Adjutant will now face to the commanding officer, salute, report absent officers, and give the result of the First Sergeants' reports. The commanding officer will next direct the orders to be read, when the Adjutant will face about and announce, Attention to Orders. He will then read the orders. 52
FOR THE ARMY. Dress Parade.-Review. 346. The orders having been read, the Adjutant will face to the commanding officer, salute, and report; when, on an intimation from the commander, he will face again to the line, and announce, Parade is dismissed. All the officers will now return their swords, face inward, and close on the Adjutant, he having taken position in their line, the field officers on thie flanks. The Adjutant commands, 1. Front-FACE! 2. Forward-MARCH! when they will march forward, dressing on the centre, the music playing, and when within six paces of the commander, the Adjutant will give the word, Halt! The officers will then salute the commanding officer by raising the hand to the cap, and there remain until he shall have communicated to them such instructions as he may have to give, or intimates that the ceremony is finished. As the officers disperse, the First Sergeants will close the ranks of their respective companies, and march them to the company parades, where they will be dismissed, the band continuing to play until the companies clear the regimental parade. 347. All field and company officers and men will be present at dress parades, unless especially excused, or on some duty incompatible with such attendance. 348. A dress parade once a day will not be dispensed with, except on extraordinary and urgent occasions. II. REVIEW OF A BATTALION OF INFANTRY. 349. Preparatory to a review, the Adjutant will cause a camp-color to be placed 80 or 100 paces, or more, according to the length of the line, in front of, and opposite to, where the centre of the battalion will rest, where the reviewing officer is supposed to take his station; and, although he may choose to quit that position, still the color is to be considered as the point to which all the movements and formations are relative. 350. The Adjutant will also cause points to be marked, at suitable distances, for the wheelings of the divisions; so that their right flanks, in marching past, shall only be about four paces from the camp-color, where it is supposed the reviewing officer places himself to receive the alate. 53 E2
REVISED REGULATIONS Review. 35]. The battalion being formed in the order of battle, at shouldered arms, the Colonel will command, 1. Battalion, prepare for review! 2. To the rear, open order. 3. MARCH! At the word MARCH, the field and staff officers dismount; the company officers and the color-rank advance four paces in front of the front rank, and place themselves opposite to their respective places, in the order of battle. The color-guard replace the color-rank. The staff officers place themselves, according to rank, three paces on the right of the rank of company officers, and one pace from each other; the music takes post as at parade. The non-commissioned staff take post one pace from each other, and three paces on the right of the front rank of the battalion. 352. When the ranks are aligned, the Colonel will command, FRONT! and place himself eight paces, and the Lieutenant-Colonel and Major will place themselves two paces, in front of the rank of company officers, and opposite to their respective places in the order of battle, all facing to the front. 353. When the reviewing officer presents himself before the centre, and is fifty or sixty paces distant, the Colonel will face about, and command, Present-ARMS! and resume his front. The men present arms, and the officers salute, so as to drop their swords with the last motion of the firelock. The noncommissioned staff salute by bringing the sword to a poise, the hilt resting on the breast, the blade in front of the face, inclining a little outward. The music will play, and all the drums beat, according to the rank of the reviewing officer. The colors only salute such persons as, from their rank and by regulation (see Article XXIX.), are entitled to that honor. If the reviewing officer be junior in rank to the commandant of the parade, no compliment will be paid to him, but he will be received with arms carried, and the officers will not salute as the column passes in review. 354. The reviewing officer having halted, and acknowledged the salute of the line by touching or raising his cap or hat, the Colonel will face about and command, Shoulder-ARMs! when the men shoulder their pieces; the officers and non-commissioned staff recover their swords with the last motion, and the Colonel faces to the front. 54
FOR TIHE ARMY. 55 _.........Review. Review. 355. The reviewing officer will then go toward the right, the whole remaining perfectly steady, without paying any further compliment, while he passes along the front of the battalion, and proceeds round the left 'flank, and along the rear of the file-closers, to the right. While the reviewing officer is going round the battalion, the band will play, and will cease when he has returned to the right flank of the troops. 356. When the reviewing officer turns off, to place himself by the camp-color in front, the Colonel will face to the line and commandI 1. Close Order. 2. MARCH! At the first command, the field and company officers will face to the right-about, and at the second command, all persons, except the Colonel, will resume their places in the order of battle; the field and staff officers mount. 357. The reviewing officer having taken his position near the campcolor, the Colonel will command, 1. By company, right wheel. 2. Quick-MARICH! 3. Pass in revtew 4. Column, forward. 5. Guide right. 6. MARCH! The battalion, in column of companies, right in front, will then, in common time, and at shouldered drms, be put in motion; the Colonel four paces in front of the Captain of the leading company; the LieutenantColonel on a line with the leading company; the Major on a line with the rear company; the Adjutant on a line with the second company; the Sergeant-Major on a line with the company next preceding the rear-each six paces from the flank (left) opposite to the reviewing officer; the staff officers in one rank, according to the order of precedency, from the right, four paces in rear of the column; the music, preceded by the principal musician, six paces before the Colonel; the pioneers, preceded by a Corporal, four paces before the principal musician; and the QuartermasterSergeant two paces from the side opposite to the guides, and in line with the pioneers. 358. All other officers and non-commissioned officers will march past in the places prescribed for them in the march of an open column. The guides and soldiers will keep their heads steady to the front in passing i. review. 359. The color-bearer will remair in the ranks while passing and saluting. 360. The music will begin to play ~t the command to march, and after passing the reviewing officer, wheel to the left out of the column, and
REVISED REGULATIONS Review. take a position opposite and facing him, and will continue to play until the rear of the column shall have passed him, when it will cease, and follow in the rear of the battalion, unless the battalion is to pass in quick time also, in which case it will keep its position. 361. The officers will salute the reviewing officer when they arrive within six paces of him, and recover their swords when six paces past him. All officers, in saluting, will cast their eyes toward the reviewing officer. 362. The Colonel, when he has saluted at the head of the battalion. will place himself near the reviewing officer, and will remain there until the rear has passed, when he will rejoin the battalion. 363. The colors will salute the reviewing officer, if entitled to it, when within six paces of him, and be raised when they have passed by him an equal distance. The drums will beat a march, or ruffle, according to the rank of the reviewing officer, at the same time that the colors salute. 364. When the column has passed the reviewing officer, the Colonel will direct it to the ground it marched from, and command, Guide left, in time for the guides to cover. The column having arrived on its ground, the Colonel will command, 1. Column. 2. HIIALT! form it in order of battle, and cause the ranks to be opened as in paragraph 351. The review will terminate by the whole saluting as at the beginning. 365. If, however, instructions have been previously given to march the troops past in quick time also, tile Colonel will, instead of changing the guides, halting the column, and wheeling it into line, as above directed, give the command, 1. Quick,ime. 2. MARnCH! In passing the reviewing officer again, no salute will be offered by either officers or men. The music will have kept its position opposite the reviewing officer, and at the last command will commence playing, and as the column approaches, will place itself in front of, and march off with the column, and continue to play until the battali6n is halted on its original ground of formation. The Revi tw will terminate in the same manner as presribed above. 66
-~~~~~O Til ARY. Review. 366. The Colonel will afterward cause the troops to perform such exercises and mancouvres as the reviewing officer may direct. 367. When two or more battalions are to be reviewed, they will be formed in parade order, with the proper intervals, and will also perform the same movements that are laid down for a single battalion, observing the additional directions that are given for such movements when applied to the line. The Brigadier-General and his staff, on foot, will place themselves opposite the centre of the brigade; the Brigadier-General two paces in front of the rank of Colonels; his aid two paces on his right, and one retired; and the other brigade staff officers, those having the rank of field officers, in the rank of Lieutenant-Colonels and Majors; and those below that rank, in the rank of company officers. 368. In passing in review, a Major-General will be four paces in front of the Colonel of the leading battalion of his division; and the BrigadierGeneral will be on the right of the Colonels of the leading battalions of their brigades; staff officers on the left of their Generals. 369. When the line exceeds two battalions, the reviewing officer may cause them to march past in quick time only. In such cases the mounted officers only will salute. 370. A number of companies less than a battalion will be reviewed as a battalion, and a single company as if it were with the battalion. In the latter case, the company may pass in column of platoons. 371. If several brigades are to be reviewed together, or in one line, this further difference will be observed: the reviewing personage, joined by the General of the division, on the right of his division, will proceed down the line, parallel to its front, and when near the Brigadier-Generals respectively, will be saluted by their brigades in succession. The music of each, after the prescribed salute, will play while the reviewing person age is in front, or in rear of it, and only then. 372. In marching in review, with several battalions in common time, the music of each succeeding battalion will commence to play when the music of the preceding one has ceased, in order to follow its battalion. When marching in quick time, the music will begin to play when the rear company of the preceding battalion has passed the reviewing officer. 373. The reviewing officer or personage will acknowledge the salute by raising, or taking off, his cap or hat, when the commander of the troops salutes him; and also when the colors pass. The remainder of the time occupied by the passage of the troops he will be covered. 374. The review of Cavalry and Artillery will be conducted on similar principles, and according to the systems of instruction for those arms of Servie. FOR THE ARMY. 57
REVISED REGULATIONS Guard-Mounting. III. GUARD-MOUNTING. 375. Camp and garrison guards will be relieved every twenty-four hours. The guards at outposts will ordinarily be relieved in the same manner, but this must depend on their distances from camp, or other circumstances, which may sometimes require their continuing on duty several days. In such cases, they must be previously warned to provide themselves accordingly. 376. At the first call for guard-mounting, the men warned for duty turn out on their company parades for inspection by the First Sergeants; and at the second call, repair to the regimental or garrison parade, conducted by the First Sergeants. Each detachment, as it arrives, will, under the direction of the Adjutant, take post on the left of the one that preceded it, in open order, arms shouldered, and bayonets fixed; the supernumeraries five paces in the rear of the men of their respective companies; the First Sergeants in rear of them. The Sergeant-Major will dress the ranks, count the files, verify the details, and when the guard is formed, report to the Adjutant, and take post two paces on the left of the front rank. 377. The Adjutant then commands Front, when the officer of the guard takes post twelve paces in front of the centre, the Sergeants in one rank, four paces in the rear of the officers; and the Corporals in one rank, four paces in the rear of the Sergeants-all facing to the front. The Adju. .tant then assigns their places in the guard. 378. The Adjutant will then command, 1. Officer and non-commissioned officers. 2. ABOUT —F ACE. 3. Inspect your guards-MARCII! The non-commissioned officers then take their posts. The commander of the guard then commands, 1. Order-ARMS. 2. Inspection-AiRMs. and inspects his guard. When there is no commissioned officer on the guard, the Adjutant will inspect it. Dnring inspection the band will play 379. The inspection ended, the officer of the guard takes post as though the guard were a company of a battalion, in open order, under review; at the same time, also, the officers of the day will take post in front of the centre of the guard; the old officer of the day three paces on the right of the new officer of the day, one pace retired. 380. The Adjutant will now command, bs
FOR THE ARMY. 59 Gur-Xutig __ _ 1. Parade-REST! 2. Troop -Beat off! when the music, beginning on the right, will beat down the line in front of the officer of the guard to the left, and back to its place on the right, where it will cease to play. 381. The Adjutant then commands, 1. Attention! 2. Shoulder-ARMs! 3. Close order-MARCH At the word "close order," the officer will face about; at "march," resume his post in line. The Adjutant then commands, Present-ARMs! At which he will face to the new officer of the day, salute, and report, "Sir, the guard is formted." The new officer of the day, after acknlowledging the salute, will direct the Adjutant to march the guard in review, or by flank to its post. But if the Adjutant be senior to the officer of the day, he will report without saluting with the sword then or when marching the guard in review. 382. In review, the guard march past the officer of the day, according to the order of review, conducted by the Adjutant, marching on the left of the first division; the S3rg,eant-Major on the left of the last division. 383. When the column has passed the officer of the day, the officer of the guard marches it to its post, the Adjutant and Sergeant-Major retiring. The music, which has wheeled out of the column, and taken post opposite the officer of the day, will cease, and the old officer of the day salute, and give the old or standing orders to the new officer of the day. The supernumeraries, at the same time, will be marched by the First Sergeants to their respective company parades, and dismissed. 384. In hadl weather, or at night, or after fatiguing marches, the ceremony of turning off may be dispensed with, but not the inspection. 385. Grand guards, and other brigade guards, are organized and mounted on the brigade parade by the staff officer of the parade, under the direction of the field officer of the day of the brigade, according to the principles here prescribed for the police guard of a regiment. The detail of each regiment is assembled on the regimental parade, verified by the Adjutant, and marched to the brigade parade by the senior officer of the detail. After inspection and review, the officer of the day directs the several guards to their respective posts. 386. The officer of the old guard, having his guard paraded, on the pproach of the new guard commands, P.esent-ARm5s! 59 FOR THE ARMY. Guard-Mounting.
REVISED REGULATION8 Guard-Mounting. 387. The new guard will marcA, in quick time, past the old guard, at shouldered arms, officers saluting, and take post four paces on its right, where, being aligned with it, its commander will order, Present-ARMS! The two officers will then approach each other, and salute. They will then return to their respective guards, and command, 1. Shoulder-ARMs! 2. Order-ARMs! 388. The officer of the new guard will now direct the detail for the advanced guard to be formed and marched to its post, the list of the guard made and divided into three reliefs, experienced soldiers placed over the arms of the guard and at the remote and responsible posts, and the young soldiers in posts near the guard for instruction in their duties, and will himself proceed to take possession of the guard-house or guardtent, and the articles and prisoners in charge of the guard. 389. During the time of relieving the sentinels and of calling in the small posts, the old commander will give to the new all the information and instructions relating to his post. 390. The first relief having been designated and ordered two paces to the front, the Corporal of the new guard will take charge of it, and go to relieve the sentinels, accompanied by the Corporal of the old guard, who will take command of the old sentinels, when the whole are relieved. 391. If the sentinels are numerous, the Sergeants are to be employed, as well as the Corporals, in relieving them. 392. The relief, with arms at a support, in two ranks, will march by a flank, conducted by the Corporal on the side of the leading front-rank man; and the men will be numbered alternately in the front and rear rank, the man on the right of the front rank being No. 1. Should an officer approach, the Corporal will command carry arms, and resume the support arms when the officer is passed. 393. The sentinels at the guard-house or guard-tent will be the first relieved and left behind: the others are relieved in succession. 394. When a sentinel sees the relief approaching, he will halt and face to it, with his arms at a shoulder. At six paces, the Corporal will command, 1. Relief. 2. IIALT! when the relief will halt and carry arms. The Corporal will then add, ('No. 1w" or "No 2," or "No. 3," according to the number of the post, 60
FOR THE ARMY. Guar:-ounting. Guards. Arms-rPORT! The two sentinels will, with arms at port, then approach each other, when the old sentinel, under the correction of the Corporal, will whisper tlLe instructions to the new sentinel. This done, the two sentinels will shoulder arms, and the old sentinel will pass, in quick time, to his place in rear of the relief. The Corporal will then command, 1. Support-ARMs! 2. forward. 3. MARCH! and the relief proceeds in the same manner until the whole are relieved. 395. The detachments andsentinels from the old guard having come in, it will be marched, at shouldered arms, along the front of the new guard, in quick time, the new guard standing at presented arms; officers saluting, and the music of both guards beating, except at the outposts. 396. On arriving at the regimental or garrison parade, the commander of the old guard will send the detachments composing it, under charge of the non-commissioned officers, to their respective regiments. Before the men are dismissed, their pieces will be drawn or discharged at a target. On rejoining their companions, the chiefs of squads will examine the arms, &c.> of their men, and cause the whole to be put away in good order. 397. When the old guard has marched off fifty paces, the officer of the Jew guard will order his men to stack their arms, or place them in the arm-racks. 398. The commander of the guard will then make himself acquainted with all the instructions for his post, visit the sentinels, and question them and the non-commissioned officers relative to the instructions they may have received from other persons of the old guard. ARTICLE XXXIII. GUARDS. 399. Sentinels will be relieved every two hours, unless the state of the weather, or other causes, should make it necessary or proper that it be done at shorter or longer intervals. 400. Each relief, before mounting, is inspected by the commander of the guard or of its post. The Corporal reports to him, and presents the old relief on its return. 401. The countersign, or watchword, is given to such persons as are entitled to pass during the night, and to tfficers, non-commissioned F I 61
REVISED REGULATIONS Sentinels. officers, and sentinels of the guard. Interior guards receive the countersign only when ordered by the commander of the troops. 402 The parole is imparted to such officers only as have a right to visit the guards, and to make the grand rounds; and to officers conmmanding guards. 403. As soon as the new guard has been marched off, the officer of the day will repair to the office of the commanding officer and report for orders. 404. The officer of the day must see that the officer of the guard is furnished with the parole and countersign before retreat. 405. The officer of the day visits the guards during the day at such times as he may deem necessary, and makes his rounds at night at least once after 12 o'clock. 406. Upon being relieved, the officer of the day will make such remarks in the report of the officer of the guard as circumstances require, and present the same at head-quarters. 407. Commanders of guards leaving their posts to visit their sentinels, or on other duty, are to mention their intention, and the probable time of their absence, to the next in command. 408. The officers are to remain constantly at their guards, except while visiting their sentinels, or necessarily engaged elsewhere on their proper duty. 409. Neither officers nor soldiers are to take off their clothing or accoutrements while they are on guard. 410. The officer of the guard must see that the countersign is duly communicated to the sentinels a little before twilight. 411. When a fire breaks out, or any alarm is raised in a garrison, all guards are to be immediately under arms. 412. Inexperienced officers are put on guard as supernumeraries, for the purpose of instruction 413. Sentinels will not take orders or allow themselves to be relieved, except by an officer or non-commissioned officer of their guard or party, the officer of the day, or the commanding officer; in which case the orders will be immediately notified to the commander of the guard by the officer giving them. 414. Sentinels will report every breach of orders or regulations they are instructed to enforce. 415. Sentinels must keep themselves on the alert, observing every thing that takes place within sight and hearing of their post. They will carry their arms habitually at support, or on either shoulder, but will never quit them. In wet weath r, if there be no sentry-box, they will secure arms. , 0 -62 I.
FOR THE ARMY. Form of Guard Report. FORM OF GUARD REPORT. Report of a Guard mounted at -, on the -, and relieved on the -. Articles in S, ~ Charge. -, Cut ig Gu ard-House H 9.Mgzn S ~ cz o L O E GUARD. L Relief. Where posted. Remarks LS OFPISONERS. No. Names. ~ Confined. Charges. Sentences. Remarls A. B. C., a- to - _- to -- Lieut. -Co. Regt. Commanding 8th Guar.d-House. .H 9th Magazine. I 10th Quarm'r Store. Serg't Guard. Corp'l " ISONERS. Charges. Sentences. Remarks am, A. B. C., Lieut. — Regt. Commanding the Guard[. lst Relief. 2d Relief. 3d From - to - From - to - From and -to- and -to- and No. Name. Co. Rt. Name. Co. Rt. Name 1 C. D. A 1st I. J. D 3d O. P. 2 E. F. B 4th K. L. E 2d Q. R. 8 G. H. C 6thI M. N. F 5th S. T. 1 Sergeant W. V., Co. A, 1st Artillery. 2 Corporal W. X., Co. B, 1st Infantry. 8 Corporal Y. Z., Co. C, 8d Infantry. 6As 0
64 REVISED REGULATIONS~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Duties of Sentinels. 416. No sentinel shall quit his post or hold conversation not necessary to the proper discharge of his duty. 417. All persons, of whatever rank in the service, are required to observe respect toward sentinels. 418. In case of disorder, a sentinel must call out the guard; and if a fire take place, he must cry —" Fire!" adding the number of his post. If in either case the danger be great, he must discharge his firelock before calling out. 419. It is the duty of a sentinel to repeat all calls made from posts more distant from the main body of the guard than his own, and no sentinel will be posted so distant as not to be heard by the guard, either directly or through other sentinels. 120. Sentinels will present arms to general and field officers, to the officer of the day, and to the commanding officer of the post. To all other officers they will carry arms. 421. When a sentinel in his sentry-box sees an officer approaching, he will stand at attention, and as the officer passes will salute him, by bringing the left hand briskly to the musket, as high as the right shoulder. 422. The sentinel at any post of the guard, when he sees any body o! troops, or an officer entitled to compliment, approach, must call-" Tura out the guard!" and announce who approaches. 423. Guards do not turn out as a matter of compliment after sunset,; but sentinels will, when officers in uniform approach, pay them proper attention, by facing to the proper front, and standing steady at shouldered arms. This will be observed until the evening is so far advanced that the sentinels begin challenging. 424. After retreat (or the hour appointed by the commanding officer), until broad daylight, a sentinel challenges every person who approaches him, taking, at the same time, the position of arms port. He will suffer no person to come nearer than within reach of his bayonet, until the person has given the countersign. 425. A sentinel, in challenging, will call out —" Who comes there?" If answered-" Friend, with the countersign," and he be instructed to pass persons with the countersign, he will reply-"Advance, friend, with the countersign!" If answered-"Friends!" he will reply-" Halt, friends! Advance one with the countersign!" If answered-" Relief," " Patrol," or " Grand rounds," he will reply-" Halt! Advance, Sergeant (or Corporal), with the countersign!" and satisfy himself that the warty is what it represents itself to be. If he have no authority to pass ersons with the countersign, if the wrong countersign be given, or if 84 REVISED REGULATIONS
FOR THE ARMY. Duties of Sentinels. the persons have not the countersign, he will cause them to stand, and call-" Corporal of the guard!" 426. In the daytime, when the sentinel before the guard sees the officer of the day approach, he will call-" Turn out the guard! officer of the day." The guard will be paraded, and salute with presented arms 427. When any person approaches a post of the guard at night, the sentinel before the post, after challenging, causes him to halt until examined by a non-commissioned officer of the guard. If it be the officer of the day, or any other officer entitled to inspect the guard and to make the rounds, the non-commissioned officer will call-" Turn out the gua.rd!" when the guard will be paraded at shouldered arms, and the officer of the guard, if he thinks necessary, may demand the countersign and parole. 428. The officer of the day, wishing to make the eounds, will take an escort of a non-commlissioned officer and two men. When the rounds are challenged by a sentinel, the Sergeant will answer-" Grand rounds!" and the sentinel will reply-" -Halt, grand rounds! Advance, Sergeant, with the countersign!" Upon which the Sergeant advances and gives the countersign. The sentinel will then cry-" Advance, rounds!" and stand at a shoulder till they have passed. 429. When the sentinel before the guard challenges, and 18 answered -" Grand rounds," he will reply-" Halt, grand rounds! Turn out the guard; grand rounds!" Upon which the guard will be drawn up at shouldered arms. The officer commanding the guard will then order a Sergeant and two men to advance; when within ten paces, the Sergeant challenges. The Sergeant of the grand rounds answers-" Grand rounds!" The Sergeant of the guard replies-" Advance, Sergeant, with the countersiygn!" The Sergeant of the rounds advances alone, gives the countersign, and returns to his round. The Sergeant of the guard calls to his officer-" The countersign is right!" on which the officer of the guard calls-"Advance, rounds!" The officer of the rounds then advances alone, the guard standing at shouldered arms. The officer of the rounds passes along the front of the guard to the officer, who keeps his post on the right, and gives him the parole. He then examines the guard, orders back his escort, and, taking a new one, proceeds in the same manner to other guards. 430. All material instructions given to a sentinel on post by persons entitled to make grand rounds, ought to be promptly notified to the commander of the guard. 431. Any General officer, or the commander of a post or garrison, may visit the guards of his command, and go the grand rounds, and be received in the same manner as prescribed Cor the officer of the day. 65 F2 5
REVISED REGULATIONS Orders and Correspondence. ARTICLE XXXIV. ORDERS AND CORRESPONDENCE. 432. The orders of commanders of armies, divisions, brigades, regi. ments, are denominated orders of such army, division, &c., and are either general or special. Orders are numbered, general and special, in separate series, each beginning with the year. 433. General orders announce the time and place of issues and payments; hours for roll-calls and duties; the number and kind of orderlies, and the time when they shall be relieved; police regulations, and the prohibitions required by circumstances and localities; returns to "e made, and their forms; laws and regulations for the army; promotions and appointments; eulogies or censures to corps or individuals, and generally, whatever it may be important to make known to the whole command. 434. Special orders are such as do not concern the troops generally, and need not be published to the whole command; such as relate to the march of some particular corps, the establishment of some post, the detaching of individuals, the granting requests, &c., &c. 435. A general order, and an important special order, must be read and approved by the officer whose order it is, before it is issued by the staff officer. 436. An order will state at the head the source, place, and date, and at the foot, the name cf the commander who gives it; as for example: Head- Quarters of the First Briyade, Second Division. tramp at ) 1st June; 1860. GENERAL ORDERS, } NO. - By command of Brigadier-General A. B. C. D., Assistant AdjutantGeneraI. 437. Orders may be put in the form of letters, but generally in the strict military form, through the office of the Adjutant or AdjutantGeneral of the command. 438. Orders are transmitted through all the intermediate commanders in the order of rank. When an intermediate commander is omitted, the officer who gives the order shall inform him, and he who receives it shall report it to his immediate superior. 439. Orders for any body of troops will be addressed to the commander. aJld will be opened and executed by the commander present, and published 06
FOR TIE ARMY. Orders and Correspondence. or distributed by him when necessary; printed orders, however, are gene rally distributed direct to posts from the head-quarters where issued. 440. Orders assigning the stations of officers of engineers, ordnance, and of the staff departments, except as provided in the regulations for troops in the campaign, will be given by the Secretary of War, through the Adjutant-General's office, or by commanders of geographical depart ments, under the special authority of the War Department. The commander of a department, who, in consequence of the movement of troops or other necessity of the service, removes an officer from the station assigned to him by the Secretary of War, shall promptly report the case to the Adjutant-General. 441. A file of the printed orders will be kept with the head-quarters of each regiment, with each company, and at each military post, and will be regularly turned over by the commander, when relieved, to his successor. 442. If general orders are not received in regular -succession, commanding officers will report the missing numbers to the proper headquarters. 443. The orderly hours being fixed at each head-quarters, the staff officers and chiefs of the special services either attend in person, or send their assistants to obtain the orders of the day; and the first sergeants of companies repair for that purpose to the regimental or garrison headquarters. 444. During marches and active operations, and when the regular orderly hours cannot be observed, all orders will be either sent direct to the troops, or the respective commanders of regiments or corps will be informed when to send to head-quarters for them. Under the same circumstances, orders will be read to the troops during a halt, without waiting for the regular parades. 445. Orders to any officer to make a tour of travel on duty, as for the inspection or payment of troops, &c., shall designate the troops and posts he shall visit, and the order in which he shall visit them, and the route of travel. 446. Every commander who gives an order involving an expenditure of public money, shall send a copy, without delay, to the bureau of the War Department to which the expenditure appertains, and if such commander be serving in a military department, he shall send a copy of the order to the head-quarters of the Department. 447. If a military commander shall give to a disbursing officer any order in conflict with orders received by him from the officer in charge of his department, at any superior head-quarters, such commander shall forthwith transmit the order to suc head-quarters, with explanation of the necessity which justifies it. 67
REVISED REGULATIONS Orders and Correspondence. 448. Copies of all orders of the commanders of armies, departments, divisions, and detached brigades, and of the Superintendent of the recruiting service, will be forwarded at their dates, or as soon thereafter as practicable, in separate series, on full sheets of letter paper, or as printed, to the Adjutant-General's office. 449. Written communications from a commander to those under his command may be made by his staff officer. In all other cases by the officer'himself. 150. In signing an official con:munication, the writer shall annex to his name his rank and corps. When he writes by order, he shall state by whose order. 451. All official correspondence between the heads of the different departments of the staff of any command, and its commander, must pass through the Adjutant-General, Assistant Adjutant-General, or Adjutlnt of the command, as the case may be. Communications to or from a commander, and those under his command, must pass through the Adjutant-General, Assistant Adjutant-General, or Adjutant on duty with it; excepting only such communications between a disbursing officer and the chief of his particular branch of the staff, as relate exclusively to the urdinary routine of business in their own department. All comemunica. tions, whether from an inferior to a superior, or vice versa, are, as a general rule, to be passed through the intermediate commanders. The same rule governs in verbal applications: for example, a Lieutenant seeking an indulgence must apply through his Captain, the Captain through the Adjutant, and so on. 452. Copies of all important communications from the bureaus of the War Department to disbursing fficers, relating to the service in a military department, shall be sent from the bureau to the department commander. 453.' Rolls and returns will be accompanied by a letter of transmittal, enumerating them, and referring to no other subject. 454. Generally, officers who forward communications indorse on them their remarks or opinion, without other letters of transmittal. 455. Official letters should generally refer to one matter only. In regard to an enlisted man, the company and regiment must be stated. 456. Letters on letter paper will be folded in three folds, parallel with the writing. 45G. All communications on public service are to be marked on the cover, " Official Busin s s." 68
-~~~~FRTiEAM.: Returns and Reports. Annual Returns. ARTICLE XXXV. RETURNS AND REPORTS. MONTHLY RETURNS. 458. Commanders of regiments, corps, and posts, will make to the Adjutant-General's office of the War Department monthly returns f their respective regiments, corps, and posts, on the forms furnished from that office, and according to the directions expressed on them. In like manner, Captains make monthly company returns to regimental headquarters. All monthly returns will be forwarded on the 1st day of the next month, except regimental returns, which are forwarded as soon as all the company returns are received. 459. In campaign, monthly returns of divisions and detached brigades, and, generally, of all detached commands (see General Order No. 1, of February 10, 1855), will be made to the Adjutant-General's office. They will exhibit separately the several regiments, and detachments, and staff corps, and the strength of each garrison within the command. These returns, and those of regiments, corps, and posts, in campaign, will, unless otherwise ordered, be transmitted through the intermediate commanders. 460. The established printed forms and blanks of all returns required from the commanders of divisions, brigades, regiments, corps, companies, and posts, will be furnished from the Adjutant-General's office, on their requisitions annually made, or oftener, if necessary. The receipt of these forms and blanks will be immediately acknowledged, and afterward accounted for on the next monthly returns. 461. Manuscript returns, rolls, certificates, and other documents, are prohibited, unless the proper printed forms have not been received in time. Regimental returns must be made out in the name of the Colonel, whether he be present or absent. ANNUAL RETURNS-CASUALTIES. 462. This return will exhibit the various changes and alterations which may have taken place in the regiment during the preceding twelve months: that is to say-a statement of the number of resignations, transfers, deaths, &c., of commissioned officers; the number of men joined by enlistment, transferred, and discharged; the number tried by Courts-Martial or by the civil law, and the nature of their offenses; the number of discharges, deaths, dismissals, and desertions; number joined from desertion, pardoned, &c., &c. FOR THE ARMY. .9
0o REVISED REGULATIONS Return of Deceased Soldiers. Reports. RETURN OF DECEASED SOLDIERS. 4(;3. To be forwarded to the Adjutant-General, by the Colonels of regiments, quarterly. Also a duplicate to the Second Auditor of the Treasury. FIELD RETURNS. 464. Besides the stated returns of the htoops, such other field retuxns and reports will be made as may be necessary to keep the government 'nformed of the condition and strength of the forces. 465. After any action or affair, a return of the killed, wounded, and missing will be made, in which the name, rank, and regiment of each officer and soldier will be specified, with such remarks and explanations as may be requisite for the records of the Department of War, or be necessary to establish the just claims of any individual who may have been wounded, or of the heirs and representatives of any killed in action (taking care to specify the nature of the wound, the time and place of its occurrence, the company, regiment, or corps, and the name of the Captain, Colonel, or other commanding officer). REPORTS. 466. The date of appointment, of detail, and of removal of all staff officers, or of officers selected for duty in staff departments, which may entitle them to receive additional pay, will be immediately reported by the officer making such appointment, detail, or removal, to the AdjutantGeneral, and to the Paymaster of the department or command to which such officers belong. 467. Whenever any change takes place in the position or location of troops, the fact will be immediately reported by the commanding officer to general, division, and department head-quarters, specifying the date of departure of the whole or any part of the troops, or of the arrival of any detachment; as well as all other circumstances connected with such changes in the command. These special reports will always be accompanied by an exact return of the troops according to the established printed forms. A similar report will be noted on the next monthly return of the post or station. If a new post or position be established, its situation, and the nearest post-office and proper route to it, should be reported. 468. Officers on detached duty will report: monthly, to the commanders of their posts, of their regiments or corps, and to the Adjutant. General, their stations, the nature of their duties, and the authority placing' them thereon-likewise Mach change of address.
4 FOR THE ARMY. Prisoners. Troops in Campaign. PRISONERS OF WAR-CAPTURED PROPERTY. 469. A return of prisoners, and a report of the number and descripti,)n of the killed and wounded of the enemy, will be forwarded to the Adjutant-General's office, Washington. 470. A return of all property captured will be made by the commanding officer of the troops by whom such capture was made, to the Adjutant. General, at Washington, in order that it may be disposed of according to the orders of the War Department. INSPECTION REPORTS. 471. Inspection reports will show the discipline of the troops; their instruction in all military exercises and duties: the state of their arms, clothing, equipments, and accoutrements of all kinds; of their kitchens and messes; of the barracks and quarters at the post; of the guardhouse, prisons, hospital, bake-house, magazines, store-houses, and stores of every description; of the stables and horses; the condition of the post school; the management and application of the post and company funds; the state of the post, and regimental, and company books, papers, and files; the zeal and ability of the officers in command of troops; the capacity of the officers conducting the administrative and staff services, the fidelity and economy of their disbursements; the condition of all public property, and the amount of money in the hands of each disbursing officer; the regularity of issues and payments; the mode of enforcing discipline by courts-martial, and by the authority of the officers; the propriety and legality of all punishments inflicted; and any information whatsoever concerning the service, in any matter or particular that may merit notice, or aid to correct defects or introduce improvements. 472. Inspectors are required particularly to report if any officer is of intemperate habits, or unfit for active service by infirmity or any other cause. ARTICLE XXXVI. TROOPS IN CAMPAIGN. OR(ANIZATION OF AN ARMY IN TIIE FIELD. 473. The formation by divisions is the basis of the organization and administration of armies in the field. 474. A division consists usually of two or three brigades, either of infantry or cavalry, and troops of other corps in the necessary proportion. 475. A brigade is formed of two or more regiments. The first numbel takes the right. 4. 71
REVISED REGULATIONS Organization of an Army in the Field. 476. Mixed brigades are sometimes formed of infantry and light cavalry, especially for the advanced guards. 477. As the troops arrive at the rendezvous, the general commandingin-chief will organize them into brigades and divisions. 478. The light cavalry is employed as flankers and partisans, and generally for all service out of the line. 479. Heavy cavalry belongs to the reserve, and is covered, when necessary, in marches, camps, or bivouacs, by light troops, or infantry of the line. 480. The arrangement of the troops on parade and in order of battle is-Ilst, the light infantry; 2d, infantry of the line; 3d, light cavalry; 4th, cavalry of the line; 5th, heavy cavalry. The troops of the artillery and engineers are in the centre of the brigades, divisions, or corps to which they are attached; marines take the left of other infantry; volunteers and militia take the left of regular troops of thie same arm, and among themselves, regiments of volunteers or militia of the same arm take place by lot. This arrangement is varied by the general commanding-in-chief, as the circumstances of war render expedient. 48 [. Brigades in divisions, and divisions in the army, are numbered from right to left; but in reports of military operations, brigades and divisions are designated by the name of the general commanding them. 482. The order of regiments in brigades and of brigades in divisions May be changed by the commander of the division for important reasons, such as the weakne. of some corps, or to relieve one from marching too long at the rear ef the columnn. Such changes must be reported to the general commanding-in-chief. 483. The general commanding-in-chief assigns the generals of divisions and of brigades to their respective commands, when the assignment is not made by the Department of War. 484. The general of brigade inspects his troops in detail, by companies, when he takes the command and at the opening of the campaign, and as often as may be necessary to ascertain exactly their condition. The general of division makes similar inspections when he thinks proper. At these inspections the generals examine the arms, clothing, equipments, harness, horses, &c., direct the necessary repairs, and designate the men and horses to remain in dep6t, or march with the train. 485. Reports of inspections are made by the general of brigade to the general of division, and by the general of division to the general commanding-in-chief. 486. During marches and all active operations, generals of brigade keep themselves exactly informed, by reports of corps and by their in-pections, of the actual strength of the regiments, so as always, and 1-2
F'OR THE ARMY. Contributions.-Orderlios. especially after an engagement, to make accurate returns to the general of division. 487. Staff officers, and officers of engineers, ordnance, and artillery, according to the nature of the service, are assigned to the head-quarters of armies and divisions, and detached brigades, by order of the general coinmanding-in-chief, when the distribution of these officers has not been regulated by the War Department. The necessary staff will be assigned to commanders of brigades. 488. When an Engineer or other officer is charged with directing an expedition or making a reconnoissance, without having command of the escort, the commander of the escort shall consult him on all the arrangements necessary to secure the success of the operation. 489. Staff officers, and commanders of engineers, ordnance, and artillery, report to their immediate commanders the state of the supplies and whatever concerns the service under their direction, and receive their — orders, and communicate to them those they receive from their superiors in their own corps. 490. The senior officer of engineers, of ordnance, and the departments of the general staff serving at the chief head-quarters in the field, will transmit to the bureau of his department at Wshington, at the close of the campaign, and such other times as the commander in the field may approve, a full report of the operations of his department, and whatever information to improve its service he may be able to furnish. The report of the officer of engineers will embrace plans of military works executed during the campaign, and, in case of siege, a journal of the attack or defense. CONTRIBUTIONS. 491. When the wants of the army absolutely require it, and in other cases, under special instructions from the War Department, the general commanding the army may levy contributions in money or kind on the enemy's country occupied by the troops. No other commander can levy such contributions without written authority from the general command ing-in-chief. ORDERLIES. 492. At the opening of a campaign, the commander of an army deermines and announces in orders the number of orderlies, mounted or foot, for the-Generals, and the corps or regiments by which they are to be supplied, and the periods at which they shall be relieved. 493. In marches, the mounted orderlies follow the Generals, and perform the duty of escorts, or march w,ith orderlies on foot at the head of the division or brigade. 73 (-I
REVISED RE G PLATIONS Depots and Camps. 494. The staff officer who distributes the orderlies to their posts sends with them a note of the time and place of departure; those relieved receive a like note from the staff officer at the head-quarters. 495. Mounted soldip are to be employed to carry dispatches only in special and urgent cases. (See par. 557.) 496. The precise time when the dispatch is sent off, and the rate at which it is to be conveyed, are to be written clearly on the covers of all letters transmitted by a mounted orderly, and the necessary instructions to him, and the rate of travel going and returning, are to be distinctly explainxed to him. DEPOTS. 497. The grand depots of an army are established where the military operations would not expose them to be brokefn up. Smaller dep6ts are organized for the divisions and the several arms. They are commanded by officers temporarily disabled for field service, or by other officers when necessary, and comprise, as much as possible, the hospitals and depots for convalescents. When conveniently placed, they serve as points for the halting and assembling of detachments. They receive the disabled from the corps on the march; and the officers in command of the depots send with the detachments to the army those at the depots who have become fit for service. CAMIPS. 498. A camp is the place where troops are established in tents, in hjuts, or in bivouac. Cantonments are the\ inhabited places which troops occupy for shelter when not put in barracks. The camping-party is a detachment detailed to prepare a camp. 499. RIeconnoissances should precede the establishment of the camp. l'or a camp of troops on the march, it is only necessary to look to the health and comfort of the troops, the facility of the communications, the convenience of wood and water, and the resources in provisions and forage. The ground for an intrenched camp, or a camp to cover a country, or one designed to deceive the enemy as to the strength of the army, must be selected, and the camp arranged for the object in view. 500. The camping-party of a regiment consists of the regimental Quartcrmaster and Quartermaster-Sergeant, ana a Corporal and two men per company. The General decides whether the regiments camp separately or together, and whether the police guard shall accompany the campingparty, or a larger escort shall be sent. 501. Neither baggage nor led horses are permitted to move with the ampitng-party. )). W1ein the General ciLn send in advance to prpsa e tihe camp, ne 74 I
FOR THE ARMY. Camps. gives his instructions to the,hief of the Quartermaster's Department, whc calls on the regiments for their camping-parties, and is accompanied, if necessary, by an Engineer to propose the defenses and communications. 503. The wateritig-places are examined, andignals placed at those that are dangerous. Any work required to make them of easier access is done by the police guard or Quartermaster's men. Sentinels, to be relieved by the guards of the regiment when they come up, are placed by the camping-party over the water if it is scarce, and over the houses and stores of provisions and forage in the vicinity. 504. If the camping-party does not precede the regiment, the Quartermaster attends to these things as soon as the regiment reaches the camp. 505. On reaching the ground, the infantry form on the color front, the cavalry in rear of its camp. 506. The Generals establish the troops in camp as rapidly as possible, particularly after long, fatiguing marches. 507. The number of men to be furnished for guards, pickets, and orderlies; the fatigue parties to be sent for supplies; the work to be done, and the strength of the working parties; the time and place for issues; the hour of marching, &c., are then announced by the BrigadierGenerals to the Colonels and by them to the field officers-the Adjutant and Captains formed in front of the regiment, the First Sergeants taking post behind their Captains. The Adjutant then makes the details, and the First Sergeants warn the men. The regimental officer of the day forms the picket, and sends the guards to their posts. The colors are then planted at the centre of the color line, and the arms are stacked on the line; the fatigue parties to procure supplies, and the working parties, form in rear of the arms; the men not on detail pitch the tents. 508. If the camp is near the enemy, the picket remains under arms until the return of the fatigue parties, and, if necessary, is re-enforced by details from each company. 509. In the cavalry, each troop moves a little in rear of the point at which its horses are to be secured, and forms in one rank; the men then dismount; a detail is made to hold the horses; the rest stack their arms and fix the picket repe; after the horses re attended to, the tents are pitched, and each horseman places his carbine at the side from the weather, and hangs his sabre and bridle on it. 510. The standard is then carried to the tent of the Colonel. 511. The terms front, flank, right, left, file, and rank, have the same meaning when applied to camps as to the order of battle. 512. The front of the oamp is usually equal'o the front of the troops. 75
REVISED REGULATIONS Camp of Infantry. The tents are arranged in ranks and files. The number of ranks varies with the strength of the companies and the size of the tents. 513. No officer will be allowed to oo-upy a house, although vacant and on the ground of his c$p, except by permission of the commander of the brigade, who shall report it to the commander of the division. 514. The staff officer charged with establishing the camp will designate the place for the shambles. The offal will be buried. CAMP OF INFANTRY. 515. Each company has its tents in two files, facing on a street per pendicular to the color line. The width of the street depends on the front of the camp, but should not be less than 5 paces. The interval between the ranks of tents is 2, paces; between the files of tents of adjacent companies, 2 paces; between regiments, 22 paces. 516. The color line is 10 paces in front of the front rank of tents. The kitchens are 20 paces behind the rear rank of company tents; the non-commissioned staff and sutler, 20 paces in rear of the kitchens; the company officers, 20 paces farther in rear; and the field and staff, 20 paces in rear of the company officers. 517. The company officers are in rear of their respective companies; the Captains on the right. 518. The Colonel and Lieutenant-Colonel are near the centre of the line of field and staff; the Adjutant, a Major and Surgeon, on the right; the Quartermaster, a Major and Assistant Surgeon, on the left. 519. The police guard is at the centre of the line of the non-commissioned staff, the tents facing to the front, the stacks of arms on the left. 520. The advanced post of the police guard is about 200 paces in front of the color line, and opposite the centre of the regiment, or on the best ground; the prisoners' tent about 4 paces in rear. In a regiment of the second line, the advanced post of the police guard is 200 paces in rear of the line of its field and staff. 521. The horses of the staff officers and of the baggage train are 25 paces in rear of the tents of the field and staff; the wagons are parked on the same line, and the men of the train camped near them. 522. The sinks of the men are 150 paces in front of the color line those of the officers 100 paces in rear of the train. Both are concealed by bushes. When convenient, the sinks of the men may be placed in rear or on a flank. A portion of the earth dug out for sinks to be thrown back occasionally. 523. The front of the camp of a regiment of 1000 men in two ranks will be 400 paces, or one ifth less paces than the number of files, if the -115 8
PrisovanCe uars. giPrisoners. Men's Sinks. n i I I I i ttI v-q I o 11 .. 2 2P [[ a]B [] [[3 13'1 13 [] L[]I CS~ 0 BI31 :3 o3 B3a [ a Du Du [ [ up i3 aa Ua LU L U 3 U a U U oo a U LI LI El LI La uU a a o r DU UU UU UU UU UUa UCJ aa u Kitchens. m a] m mam nvs ~~~~~Police Gtuard. Sutler. s OxxL Ia WL U Cbmpany Officers. 12i LI 0 13 L 12[:] 212 El2I;L LI 1 [3 [[E:] [ El[ [2[ Ast. Surg. M. Q. M-. Lt. Cl. Cl. Adjt. M. Surg. "z o3 Bagage Train. Baggage Train. o Ofcers' Sinks. 400paces. G2 .. 1. - I I - I I I I.~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - I i I i I '1 I b~ l~ Stacks of.Arms. Colorline. a co a '_ cIcO IV
. P. m.8. m~~~~~~~~a -~=: Camp of a Regimenlt of Five Squadrons of C'avalry. Cz.-Co~~~neZ.0 00 00 0c ~Lt 6.-Lieut. Colonel. O o G 0 O M.-Major. L L0 0L 9I LI LI LI LI 9 Surg. Surgeon.LI LI L LI'L'L LI L LI L Asvt Surg.-A,?8t Surgeon. L0 0 1 0 1 Adjt.-Adjutant.0 L I'.I LI L ~ L I L Q. f.-QuartermasterLI LI L L C.-Captain. 01 10 0. 0 o L-Lieutenant. 1I L I L L I'I L I L A..-Advanced Guard.'L LI L 10 0IL LI L L P..-Police Guard. dI~I dI~I ~ l~I ~ I~I ~ I~L m s.-Men's Sinks. L a ns k.-itcen sins. f.-~Forage.I~JM P. —Prisoner8. I of jo 10.0:0 10 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~a LI LI LI ILI LI a 0 lo'0'0 0 1~~~~~ ~~~ ~~~~~~~0a1 0 o a. 10 0 0 ~~~~~~I LI Of 10 10 a~l LI a L i I I I I I cI i i I i i i i I I i i i I I i I i i II II i II I i I 1 i i II i i i i I I i i i I i i i i i i i I i I i i I I i I ,j 4 r.i — i I I i i I i I i I I i i I I i i II i i i II i I III i II I II II II i I i i i II Pd ;r (D m. CD k 00 c a Of a 0 . a 00 a 0a a 0 ,a 0 1 a 0 a 0 a I u a I 00 a 0 a a 0 a 0 a a 0 a a u Lt. CZ. a a 0 a a 0 a a 0 0a a a a Ull. a 0 Li a 0 a P.G. a I u. C.. a 0 a u Q.x 0 /I. I-,' I i 11. I
OR HE ARMY. 79 ____ Capo Cvly camp is to have the same front as the troops in order of battle. But the front may be reduced to 190 paces by narrowing the company streets to 5 paces; and if it be desirable to reduce the front still more, the tents of companies may be pitched in single file-those of a division facing on the same street. CAMP OF CAVALRY. 524. In the cavalry, each company has one file of tents-the tents opening on the street facing the left of the camp. 525. The horses of each company are placed in a single file, facing the opening of the tents, and are fastened to pickets planted firmly in the ground, from 3 to 6 paces from the tents of the troops. 526. The interval between the file of tents should be such that, the regiment being broken into column of companies [as indicated in plate], each company should be on the extension of the line on which the horses are to be picketed. 527. The streets separating the squadrons are wider than those between the companies by the interval separating squadrons in line; these intervals are kept free from any obstruction throughout the camp. 528. The horses of the rear rank are placed on the left of those of their file-leaders. 529. The horses of the Lieutenants are placed on the right of their platoons; those of the Captains on the right of the company. 530. Each horse occupies a space of about 2 paces. The number of norses in the company fixes the depth of the camp, and the distance between the files of tents; the forage is placed between the tents. 531. The kitchens are 20 paces in front of each file of tents. 532. The non-commissioned officers are in the tents of the front rank. Camp-followers, teamsters, &c., are in the rear rank. The police guard in the rear rank, near the centre of the regiment. 533. The tents of the Lieutenants are 30 paces in rear of the file of their company; the tents of the Captains 30 paces in rear of the Lieutenants. 534. The Colonel's tent 30 paces in rear of the Captains', near the centre of the regiment; the Lieutenant-Colonel on his right; the Adjutant on his left; the M1ajors on the same line, opposite the 2d company on the right and left; the Surgeon on the left of the Adjutant. 535. The field and staff have their horses on the left of their tents, on the same line with the company horses; sick horses are placed in one line on the right or left of the camp. The men who attend them have a separate file of tents; the forges and wagons in rear of this file. The horses of the train and of camp-follow'ers are in one or more files extending FOR THE ARMY. . Camp of Cavalry. 79
REVISED REGULAtIONS _________ Camp of Artillery-Bivouacs. to the rear, behind the right or left squadron. The advanced post of the police guard is 200 paces in front, opposite the centre of the regiment; the horses in one or two files. 536. The sinks for the men are 150 paces in fronthose for officers 100 paces in rear of the camp. CAMP OF ARTILLERY. 537. The artillery is encamped near the troops to which it is attached, so as to be protected from attack, and to contribute to the defense of the camp. Sentinels for the park are furnished by the artillery, and, when necessary, by the other troops. 538. For a battery of 6 pieces the tents are in three files-one for each section; distance between the ranks of tents 15 paces; tents opening to the front. The horses of each section are picketed in one file, 10 paces to the left of the file of tents. In the horse artillery, or if the number of horses makes it necessary, the horses are in two files on the right and left of the file of tents. The kitchens are 25 paces in front of the front rank of tents. The tents of the officers are in the outside files of company tents, 25 paces in rear of the rear rank-the Captain on the right, the Lieutenants on the left. 539. The park is opposite the centre of the camp, 40 paces in rear of the officers' tents. The carriages in files 4 paces apart; distance between ranks of carriages sufficient for the horses when harnessed to them; the park guard is 25 paces in rear of the park. The sinks for the men 150 paces in front; for the officers 100 paces in rear. The harness is in the tents of the men. BIVOUACS. 540. A regiment of cavalry being in order of battle, in rear of the ground to be occupied, the Colonel breaks it by platoons to the right. The horses of each platoon are placed in a single row, and fastened as prescribed for camps; near the enemy, they remain saddled all night, with slackened girths. The arms are at first stacked in rear of each row of horses; the sabres, with the bridles hung on them, are placed against the stacks. 541. The forage is placed on the right of each row of horses. Two stable-guards for each platoon watch the horses. 542. A fire for each platoon is made near the color line, 20 paces to the left of the row of horses. A shelter is made for the men around the fire, if possible, and each man then stands his arms and bridle against the shelter. 80 Camp,-of Artillery.-Bivouacs.
FOR THE ARMY. 81 Cantonments. 543.; The fires and shelter for the officers are placed in rear of the line of those for the men. 544. The interval between the squadrons must be without obstruction throughout the whole depth of ~ke bivouac. 545. The interval between the shelters should be such that the platoons can take up a line of battle freely to the front or rear. 546. The distance from the enemy decides the manner in which the horses are to be fed and led to water. When it is permitted to unsaddle, the saddles are placed in the rear of the horses. 547. In infantry, the fires are made in rear of the color line, on the ground that would be occupied by the tents in camp. The companies are placed around them, and, if possible, construct shelters. When liable to surprise, the infantry should stand to arms at daybreak, and the cavalry mount until the return of the reconnoitring parties. If the arms are to be taken apart to clean, it must be done by detachments, successively. CANTONMENTS. 548. The cavalry should be placed under shelter whenever the distance from the enemy, and from the ground where the troops are to form for battle, permit it. Taverns and farm-houses, with large stables and free access, are selected for quartering them. 549. The Colonel indicates the place of assembling in case of alarm. It should generally be outside the cantonment; the egress from it should be free; the retreat upon the other positions secure, and roads leading to it on the side of the enemy obstructed. 550. The necessary orders being given, as in establishing a camp, the picket and grand guards are posted. A sentinel may be placed on a steeple or high house, and then the troops are marched to the quarters. The men sleep in the stables, if it is thought necessary. 551. The above applies in the main to infantry. Near the enemy, companies or platoons should be collected, as much as possible, in the same houses. If companies must be separated, they should be divided by platoons or squads. All take arms at daybreak. 552. When cavalry and infantry canton together, the latter furnish the guards by night, and the former by day. 553. Troops cantoned in presence of the enemy should be covered by advanced guards and by natural or artificial obstacles. Cantonments taken during a cessation of hostilities should be established in rear of a line of defense, and in front of the point on which the troops would concentrate to receive an attack. The General commanding-in-chief assigns the limits of their cantonments to the divisions, the commanders of divisions to 6 FOR THE ARMY. 81
REVISED REGULATIONS Milry Exercises.-Watchwords. brigades, and the commanders of brigades post their regiments. The position for each corps in case of attack is carefully pointed out by the Generals. HEAD-QUARTERS. 554. Generals take post at the centre of their commands, on the main channels of communication. If troops bivouac in presence of the enemy, the Generals bivouac with them. MILITARY EXERCISES. 555. When troops remain in camp or cantonment many days, the Colonels require them to be exercised in the school- of the battalion and squadron. Regiments and brigades encamped by division are not united for drills without the permission of the General of division. The troops must not be exercised at the firings without the authority of the General commanding-in-chief. The practice of the drums must never begin with the " general," or the "march of the regiment;" nor the trumpets with the sound "to horse." The hour for practice is always announced. ORDERS. 556. In the field, verbal orders and important sealed orders are carried by officers, and, if possible, by staff officers. When orders are carried by orderlies, the place and time of departure will be marked on them, and place and time of delivery on the receipt. DISPATCHES. 557. Dispatches, particularly for distant corps, should be intrusted only to officers to whom their contents can be confided. In a country occupied by the enemy, the bearer of dispatches should be accompanied by at least two of the best mounted men; should avoid towns and villages, and the main roads; rest as little as possible, and only at out-ofthe-way places. Where there is danger, he should send one of the men in advance, and be always ready to destroy his dispatches. He should be adroit in answering questions about the army, and not to be intimidated by threats. WATCHWORDS. 558. The parole and countersign are issued daily from the principal head-quarters of the command. The countersign is given to the sentinels and non-commissioned officers of guards; the parole to the commissioned officers of guards. The parole is usually the name of a general, the 'ountersign that of a battle. 87 9
FOR THB ARMY. Issues. Roster. 559. When the parole and countersign cannot be communicated daily to a post or detachment which ought to use the same as the main body, a series of words may be sent for some days in advance. 560. If the countersign is lost, or one of the guard deserts with it, the commander on the spot will substitute another, and report the case at once to the proper superior, that immediate notice may be given to head-quarters. ISSUES. 561. At what time and for what period imsues are made, must depend on circumstances, and be regulated in orders. When an army is not moving, rations are generally issued for four days at a time. Issues to the companies of a regiment, and the fatigues to receive them, are superintended by an officer detailed from the regiment. Issues are made from one end of the line to the other, beginning on the right and left, alter. nately. An issue commenced to one regiment will not be interrupted for another entitled to precedence if it had been in place. THE ROSTER, OR DETAILS FOR SERVICE. 562. The duties performed by detail are of three classes. The first class comprises, 1st. grand guards and outposts; 2d. interior guards, as of magazine, hospital, &c.; 3d. orderlies; 4th. police guards. The second class comprises, 1st. detachments to protect laborers on milita~ forks, as field works, communications, &c.; 2d. working parties on such works; 3d. detachments to protect fatigues. The third class are all fatigues, without arms, in or out of camp. In the cavalry, stable-guards form a separate roster, and count before fatigue. 563. The rosters are distinct for each class. Officers are named on them in the order of rank. The details are taken in succession in the order of the roster, beginning at the head. 564. Lieutenants form one roster, and first and second Lieutenants are entered on it alternately. The senior first Lieutenant is the first on the roster; the senior second Lieutenant is the second, &c. The Captains form one roster, and are exempt from fatigues, except to superintend issues. A Captain commnanding a battalion temporarily is exempt from detail, and duty falling to him passes. Lieutenant-Colonels and Majors are on one roster. They may be detailed for duties of the first and second classes, when the importance of the guards and detachments requires it Their roster is kept at division and brigade head-quarters. In the company, sergeants, corporals, and privates form distinct rosters. 565. Officers, non-commissioned officers, and soldiers take duties of the first class in the order stated viz., the first, for the detail, trkes the grand 89
REVISED REGULATIONS Roster. -Police Guard. guards; the next, the interior guards; the last, the police guard; and the same rule in regard to the details and duties of the second class. In the details for the'third class, the senior officer takes the largest party The party first for detail takes the service out of camp. 566. When the officer whose tour it is, is not able to take it, or is not present at the hour of marching, the next after him takes it. WiEen a guard has passed the chain of sentinels, or an interior guard has reached its post, the officer whose tour it was cannot then take it. He takes the tour of the officer who has taken his. When an officer is prevented by sickness from taking his tour, it passes. These rules apply equally to non-commissioned officers and soldiers. 567. Duties of the first and second classes are credited on the roster when the guards or detachments have passed the chain of sentinels, or an interior guard has reached its post; fatigue duties when the parties have passed the chain or begun the duties in camp. 568. Every officer, non-commissioned officer, or soldier, on duty of tbhe first class, or who is of the next detail for such duty, takes, when relieved, the duty of the second or third class that has fallen to him during that time, unless he has marched for detachment of more than twenty-four hours. 569. Soldiers march with knapsacks on all duties of the first class; and with arms and equipments complete on all working parties out of the camp, unless otherwise ordered. In the cavalry, horses are packed for all mounted service. 570. In the cavalry, dismounted men, and those whose horses are not in order, are preferred for the detail for dismounted service. Those who are mounted are never employed on those services, if the number of the other class are sufficient. 571. Every non-commissioned officer and soldier in the cavalry detailed for dismounted service must, before he marches, take to the First Sergeant of the troop, or Sergeant of his squad, his horse equipments and his valise ready packed. In case of alarm, the First Sergeant sees that the horses of these men are equipped and led to the rendezvous. 572. These rules in regard to the roster apply also to service in garrison. POLICE GUARD. 573. In each regiment a police guard is detailed every day, consisting of two sergeants, three corporals, two drummers, and men enough to furnish the required sentinels and patrols. The men are taken-from all the companies, from each in proportion to its strength. The guard is comnmanded by a Lieutenant, under the supervision of a Captain, as reginmental officer of the day. It frrnishes ten sentinels at the camp: 84
FOR THE ARMY. Police Guard. one over the armns of the guard; one at the Colonel's tent; three on the color front, one of them over the colors; three, fifty paces in rear of the field officers' tents; and one on each flank, between it and the next regiment. If it is a flank regiment, one more sentinel is posted on the outer flank. 574. An advanced post is detached from the police guard, composed of a sergeant, a corporal, a drummer, and nine men to furnish sentinels and the guard over the prisoners. The men are the first of the guard roster from each company. The men of the advanced post must not leave it under any pretext. Their meals are sent to the post. The advanced post furnishes three sentinels; two a few paces in front of the post, opposite the right and left wing of the regiment, posted so as to see as far as possible to the front, and one over the arms. 575. Inthe cavalry, dismounted men are employed in preference on the police guard. The mounted men on guard are sent in succession, a part at a time, to groom their horses. The advanced post is always formed of mounted men. 576. In each company, a corporal has charge of thie stable-guard. His tour begins at retreat, and ends at morning stable-call. The stable-guard is large enough to relieve the men on post every two hours. They sleep in their tents, and are called by the corporal when wanted. At retreat be closes the streets of the camp with cords, or uses other precautions to prevent the escape of loose horses. 577. The officer of the day is charged with the order and cleanliness of the camp: a fatigue is furnished to him when the number of prisoners is insufficient to clean the camp. He has the calls beaten by the drummer of the guard. 578. The police guard and the advanced post pay the same honors as other guards. They take arms when an armed body approaches. 579. The sentinel over the colors has orders not to permit them to be moved except in presence of an escort; to let no one touch them but the color-bearer, or the sergeant of the police guard when he is accompanied by two armed men. 580. The sentinels on the color front permit no soldier to take arms from the stacks, except by order of some officer, or a non-commissioned officer of the guard. The sentinel at the Colonel's tent has orders to warn him, day or night, of any unusual movement in or about the camp. 581. The sentinels on the front, flanks, and rear, see that no soldier leaves camp with horse or arms unless conducted by a non-commissioned officer. They prevent non-commissioned officers and soldiers from passing out at night, except to go to the sinks, and mark if they return. They arrest, at any time, suspicious E arsons prowling about the camp, and at It S& I
REVISED REGULATIONS Police Guard. niglht, every one who attempts to enter, even the sold'ers of other corps. Arrested perosons are sent to the officer of the guard, who sends them, if necessary, to the officer of the day. 582. The sentinels on the front of the advanced post have orders to permit neither non-commissioned officers nor soldiers to pass the line, without reporting at the advanced post; to warn the advanced post of the approach of any armed body, and to arrest all suspicious persons. The sergeant sends persons so arrested to the officer of the guard, and warns him of the approach of any armed body. 583. The sentinel over the arms at the advanced post guards the prisoners and keeps sight of them, and suffers no one to converse with them without permission. They are only permitted to go to the sinks one at a time, and under a sentinel. 584. If any one is to be passed out of camp at night, the officer of the guard sends him under escort to the advanced post, and the sergeant of the post has him passed over the chain. 585. At retreat, the officer of the guard has the roll of his guard called, and inspects arms, to see that they are loaded and in order; and visits the advanced post for the same purpose. The sergeant of the police guard, accompanied by two armed soldiers, folds the colors and lays them on the trestle in rear of the arms. Hle sees that the sutler's stores are then closed, and the men leave them, and that the kitchen fires are put out at the appointed hour. 586. The officer of the day satisfies himself frequently during the night, of the vigilance of the police guard and advanced post. He prescribes patrols and rounds to be made by the officer and non-commissioned officers of the guard. The officer of the guard orders them when he thinks necessary. He visits the sentinels frequently. 587. At reveille, the police guard takes arms; the officer of the guard inspects it and the advanced post. The Sergeant replants the colors in place. At retreat and reveille the advanced post. takes arms; the Sergeant makes his report to the officer of the guard when he visits the post. 588. When necessary, the camp is covered at night with small outposts, forming a double chain of sentinels. These posts are under the orders of the commander of the police guard, and are visited by his patrols and rounds. 589. The officer of the guard makes his report of his tour of service, including the advanced post, and sends it, after the guard is ma.rched off, to the officer of the day. 590. When the regiment mal'hes, the men of the police guard return o their companies, except those )f the advanced post. In the cavalry, at }i' sotnd'"boot anld saddle,," tte officer of the guard sends one-half the 815
FOR TIIE ARMY. The Picket. men to saddle and pack; when the regiment assembles, all the men join it. 591. When the camping-party precedes the regiment, and the new police guard marches with the camping-party, the guard, on reaching the camp, forms in line thirty paces in front of the centre of the ground marked for the regiment. The officer of the guard furnishes the sentinels required by the commander of the camping-party. The advanced post takes its station. 592. The advanced post of the old police guard takes charge of the prisoners on the march, and marches, bayonets fixed, at the centre of the regiment. On reaching camp, it turns over the prisoners to the new advanced post. THE PICKET. 593. The detail for the picket is made daily, after the details for duty of the first class, and from the next for detail on the roster of that class. It is designed to furnish detachments and guards unexpectedly called for in the twenty-four hours; it counts as a tour of the first class to those who have marched on detachment or guard, or who have passed the night in bivouac. 594. The officers, non-commissioned officers, and soldiers of the picket are at all times dressed and equipped; the horses are saddled, and knapsacks and valises ready to be put on. 595. Detachments and guards firom the picket are taken from the head of the picket-roll in each company, and, if possible, equally from each company. The picket of a regiment is composed of a Lieutenant, two Sergeants, four Corporals, a drummer, and about forty p/ivates. For a smaller force, the picket is in proportion to the strength of the detachmeut. 596. Officers and men of the picket who march on detachment or guard before retreat will be replaced. 597. The picket is assembled by the Adjutant at guard-mounting; it is posted twelve paces in rear of the guard, and is inspected by its own commander. When the guard has marched in review, the commandant of the picket marches it to the left of the police guard, where it stacks its arms, and is dismissed; the arms are under charge of the sentinel of the police guard. 598. The picket is only assembled by the orders of the Colonel or officer of the day. It forms on the left of the police guard. 599. The officer of the day requires the roll of the picket to be called frequently during the day; the call is sounded from the police guard. At roll-calls and inspections, infantry pickets assemble with knapsacks of, cavalry on foot. The picket is assembled at retreat; the officer has the g,ri
REVISED REGULATIONS Grand Guards and other Outposts. roll called, and inspects the arms. The picket sleep in their tents, but without undressing. 600. The picket does not assemble at night except in cases of alarm, or when the whole or a part is to march; then the officer of the day calls the officers, the latter the non-commissioned officers, and these the men, for which purpose each ascertains the tents of those he is to call; they are assembled without beat of drum or other noise. At night, cavalry pickets assemble mounted. 601. Pidkets rejoin their companies whenever the regiment is under arms for review, drill, march, or battle. GRAND GUARDS AND OTHER OUTPOSTS. 602. Grand guards are the advanced posts of a camp or cantonment, and should cover the approaches to it. Their number, strength, and position are regulated by the commanders of brigades; in detached corps, by the commanding officer. When it can be, the grand guards of cavalry and infantry are combined, the cavalry furnishing the advanced sentinels. When the cavalry is weak, the grand guards are infantry, but furnished with a few cavalry soldiers, to get and carry intelligence of the enemy. 603. The strength of the grand guard of a brigade will depend on its object and the strength of the regiments, the nature of the country, the position of the enemy, and the disposition of the inhabitants. It is usually commanded by a Captain. 604. Under the supervision of the Generals of Division and Brigade, the grand guards are specially under the direction of a field officer of the day in each brigade. In case of necessity, Captains may be added to the roster of Lieutenant-Colonels and Majors fot this detail. 605. Staff officers, sent from division head-quarters to inspect the posts of grand guards, give them orders only in urgent cases, and in the absence of the field officer of the day of the brigade. 606. Grand guards usually mount at the same time as the other guards, but may mount before daybreak if the General of Brigade thinks it necessary to double the outposts at that time. In this case they assemble and march without noise, and during their march throw out scouts; this precaution should always be taken in the first posting of a grand guard. The doubling of guards weakens the corps and fatigues the men, and should seldom be resorted to, and never when preparing to march or fight. 607. A grand guard is conducted to its post, in the first instance, by the field officer of the day, guided by a staff officer who accompanied the General in his reconnoissance. After the post has been established, the commander sends to the field officer of the day, when necessary, a soldier of the guard to guide the relieving guard to the post. He also sends to 88
FC}R THE ARMY. Fraud Guards and other Outposts. him in the evening a corporal or trusty man of the guard for the note containing the parole and countersign, and sends them before dark to the detached posts. He will not suffer his guard to be relieved except by a guard of the brigade, or by special orders. 608. If there is no pass to be observed or defended, the grand guards are placed near the centre of the ground they are to observwe, on sheltered, and, if possible, high ground, the better to conceal their strength and observe the enemy; they ought not to b. placed near the edge of a wood. When, during the day, they are placed very near or in sight of the enemy, they fall back at night on posts selected farther to the rear. 609. In broken or mountainous countries, and particularly if the in habitants are ill disposed, intermediate posts must be established when it is necessary to post the grand guard distant from the camp. 610. Grand guards are chiefly to watch the enemy in front; their Ranks are protected by each other, and the camp must furnish posts t6o protect their rear and secure their retreat. 611. Grand guards are seldom intrenched, and never without the orders of the General, except by a barricade or ditch when exposed in a plain to attacks of cavalry. 612. The General of Division, if he thinks proper, changes the stations and orders of these guards, and establishes posts to connect the brigades or protect the exterior flanks. 613. After a grand guard is posted, the first care of the commander and of the field officer of the day is to get news of the enemy; then to reconnoitre his position, and the roads, bridges, fords, and defiles. This reconnoissance determines the force and position of the small posts and their sentinels day and night. These posts, according to their importance, are commanded by officers or non-commissioned officers; the cavalry posts may be relieved every four or eight hours. 614. The commander of a grand guard receives detailed instructions from the General and field officer of the day of the brigade, and instructs the commanders of the small posts as to their duties and the arrangements for defense or retreat. The commanders of grand guards may, in urgent cases, change the positions of the small posts. If the small posts are to change their positions at night, they wait until the grand guard have got into position and darkness hides their movements from the enemy; then march silently and rapidly under the charge of an officer. 615. In detached corps, small posts of picked men are at night sent forward on the roads by which the enemy may attack or turn the position. They watch the forks of the roads, keep silence, conceal themselves, light no fires, and often change place. They announce the approach of the H2 so
REVISED REGULATIONS Grand Guards and other Outposts. enemy by signals agreed upon, and retreat, by routes examined during the day, to places selected, and rejoin the guard at daybreak. 616. Grand guards have special orders in each case, and the following in all eases: to inform the nearest posts and the field officer of the day, or the General of Brigade, of the march and movements of the enemy, and of the attacks they receive or fear; to examine every person passing tear the post, particularly those comiig from without; to arrest suspicious persons, and all soldiers and camp-followers who try to pass out without permission, and to send to the General, unless otherwise directed, all country people who come in. 617. All out-guards stand to arms at night on the approach of patrols, rounds, or other parties; the sentinel over the arms has orders to call them out. 618. Advanced posts will not take arms for inspection or ceremony when it would expose them to the view of the enemy. 619. Grand guards are often charged with the care and working of telegraphic signals. 620. The sentinels and vedettes are placed on points from which they can see farthest, taking care not to break their connection with each other or with their posts. They are concealed from the enemy as much as possible by walls, or trees, or elevated ground. It is generally even of more advantage not to be seen than to see far. They should not be placed near covers, where the enemy may capture them. 621. A sentinel should always be ready to fire; vedettes carry their pistols or carbines in their hands. A sentinel must be sure of the presence of an enemy before he fires; once satisfied of that, he must fire, though all defense on his part be useless, as the safety of the post may depend on it. Sentinels fire on all persons deserting to the enemy. 622. If the post must be where a sentinel on it cannot communicate with the guard, a Corporal and three men are detached for it, or the sentinels are doubled, that one may communicate with the guard. During the day the communication may be made by signals, such as raising a eap or handkerchief. At night sentinels are placed on low ground, the better to see objects against the sky. 623. To lessen the duty of rounds, and keep more men on the alert at night, sentinels are relieved every hour. To prevent sentinels from being surprised, it is sometimes well to precede the countersign by signals, such as striking the musket with the hand, striking the!ands together, &C. 624. On the approach of any one at night, the sentinel orders" Halt!" If the order is not obeyed after one repeated, he fires. If obeyed, he calls -'WTlO joes t7zreP." If answered-"Rott" or 90
FO THE ARM!. 91 Grand Guards and other Outposts. "Patrol," he says-" Stand: Advance one with the countersign." If more than one advance at the same time, or the person who advances fails to give the countersign or signal agreed on, the sentinel fires, and falls back on his guard. The sentinel over the arms, as soon as his hail is answered, turns out the guard, and the Corporal goes to reconnoitre. When it is desirable to hide the position of the sentinel from the enemy, the hail is replaced by signals; the sentinel gives the signal, and those approaching the counter signal. 625. With raw troops, or when the light troops of the enemy are numerous or active, and when the country is broken or wooded, the night stormy or dark, sentinels should be doubled. In this case, while one watches, the other, called a flying sentinel, moves about, examining the paths and hollows. 626. The commandants of grand guards visit the sentinels often change their positions when necessary; make them repeat their orders teach them under what circumstances and at what signals to retire, ano particularly not to fall back directly on their guard if pursued, but tt lead the enemy in a circuit. 627. At night, half the men of the grand guard off post watch undel arms, while the rest lie down, arms by their side. The horses are always bridled; the horsemen hold the reins, and must not sleep. 628. When a grand guard of cavalry is so placed as not to be liable to a sudden attack from the enemy, the General may permit the horses to be fed during the night, unbridling for this purpose a few at a timethe horsemen being vigilant to prevent them from escaping. 629. An hour before break of day, infantry grand guards stand to arms, and cavalry mount. At the advanced posts, some of the infantry are all night under arms, some of the cavalry on horseback. 630. The commander of a grand guard regulates the numbers, the hours, and the march of patrols and rounds, according to the strength of his troop and the necessity for precaution; and, accompanied by those who are to command the patrols and rounds during the night, he will reconnoitre all the routes they are to follow. 631. Patrols and rounds march slowly, in silence, and with great pre. caution; halt frequently to listen and examine the ground. The rounds consist of an officer or non-commissioned officer, and two or three men. 632. Toward break of day the patrols ought to be more frequent, and sent to greater distances. They examine the hollow-ways and ground likely to conceal an enemy, but with great caution, to avoid being cut off, or engaged in an unequal combat; if they meet the enemy, they fire and attempt to stop his march. Whi.le the patrols are out, the posts are under arms. FOR THE ARMY. 91
92 REVISED PEGULATIONS Grand Guards and other Outposts. 633. Cavalry patrols should examine the country to a greater distance than infantry, and report to the infantry guard every thing they observe. T'he morning patrols and scouts do not return until broad daylight; and when they return, the night sentinels are withdrawn, and the posts for the day resumed. 634. When patrols are sent beyond the advanced posts, the posts and sentinels should be warned. 635. On their return, commanders of patrols report in regard to the ground and every thing they have observed of the movements of the enemy, or of his posts, and the commandant of the grand guard reports to the field officer of the day. 636. The fires of grand guards should be hidden by a wall, or ditch, or other screen. To deceive the enemy, fires are sometimes made on ground not occupied. Fires are not permitted at small posts liable to surprise. 637. The horses of cavalry guards are watered or fed by detachments; during which the rest are ready to mount. 638. If a body of troops attempt to enter the camp at night, unless their arrival has been announced, or the commander is known to, or is the bearer of a written order to the commander of the grand guard, he stops them, and sends the commander under escort to the field officer of the day, and warns the posts near him. 639. Bearers of flags are not permitted to pass the outer chain of sentinels; their faces are turned from the post or army; if necessary, their eyes are bandaged; a non-commissioned officer stays with them to prevent indiscretion of the sentinels. 640. The commandant of the grand guard receipts for dispatches, and sends them to the field officer of the day or General of Brigade, and dismisses the bearer; but if he has discovered what ought to be concealed from the enemy, he is detained as long as necessary. 641. Deserters are disarmed at the advanced posts, and sent to the commander of the grand guard, who gets from them all the information he can concerning his post. If many come at night, they are received cautiously, afew at a trime. They are sent in the morning to the field officer of the day, or to the nearest post or camp, to be conducted to the General of the brigade. All suspected persons are searched by the commanders of the posts. 642. When an enemy advances to attack, unless he is in too great force, or the grand guard is to defend an intrenched post or a defile, it will take the positions and execute the movements to check the enemy, actin g as skirmishers, or fighting in close I open order, as may be best 92 REVISED REGULATIONS
FOR THE ARMY. Intrenched Posts.-Detachments. The guard joins its corps when in line, or when a sufficient number of troops have reached the ground it defends. INTRENCHED POSTS. 643. Unless the army be acting on the defensive, no post should be ientrenched, except to cover the weak parts of the line, or at points which the enemy cannot avoid, or in mountain warfare, or to close a defile, or cover winter quarters. 644. Posts connected with the operations of an army are intrenched only by order of the General commanding-in-chief or a General of Division. 645. Any intrenchment that requires artillery is considered as a post, and a guard or garrison and commander are assigned to it. 646. The General who establishes an intrenched post gives to its eommander detailed instructions in regard to its defense, and the circumstances under which the defense should cease. 647. The commander reconnoitres his post; distributes the troops; posts the officers and non-commissioned officers; forms a reserve; gives orders for all contingencies he can foresee; supposes an attack, and arranges his troops for defense, so as to prepare them for attack, day or night. 648. In dark weather he redoubles his vigilance, and changes the hours and direction of the rounds and patrols. He permits no flags of truce, deserters, or strangers to enter. If a flag ought to pass his post, he bandages his eyes. He refuses admittance to a relief or any other party until he has carefully examined them. In case of an attack, he does not wait for orders or hold a council. Having defended his post to the last extremity, or till the purpose of the defense, according to his instructions, is answered, he may then spike his guns and rejoin the army under cover of night, or by cutting his way through the enemy. DETACHMENTS. 649. When a detachment is to be formed from the different regiments of a brigade, the Assistant Adjutant-General of the brigade assembles it, and turns it over to the commander. 650. When a detachment is to be formed from different brigades, the Assistant Adjutant-General in each forms the contingent of the brigade, and sends it to the place of assembling. 651. Detachments are generally formed by taking battalions, squadrons, companies, platoons in turn, according to the roster for such detail. 652. When the detachment is to consist of men from every company or troop, the first on the roster for guard are taken. 9a
REVISED REGULATIONS Reconnoissances. 653. Officers, non-commissioned officers, and soldiers, whose tour it is to go on detachment, if employed otherwise at the time, are relieved frown the duty they are on, if they can reach camp in time to march with the detachment. 654. When detachments meet, the command is regulated while they serve together as if they formed one detachment. But the senior officer cannot prevent the commander of any detachment from moving, when he thinks proper, to execute the orders he has received. 655. On the return of a detachment, the commander reports to the head-quarters from which he received his orders. RECONNOISSANCES. 656. Near an enemy, daily reconnoissances are made to observe the ground in front, and to discover whether the advanced guards of the enemy have been increased or put in motion, or any other sign of his preparation for march or action. 657. They are made by small parties of cavalry and infantry, from the brigade, under direction of the General of Division or the General of a separate brigade, and to less distance by the patrols of the grand guard, and are not repeated at the same hour or by the same route. On tke plain, reconnoissances are made by cavalry; among mountains, by infantry, with a few horsemen to carry intelligence. 658. Reconnoitring parties observe the following precautions: to leave small posts, or sentinels at intervals, to transmit intelligence to the advanced posts of the army, unless the return is to be by a different route; to march with caution, to avoid fighting; and see, if possible, without being seen; to keep an advanced guard; to send well-mounted men ahead of the advanced guard, and on the flank of the party; to instruct the scouts that no two should enter a defile or mount a hill together, but to go one at a time, while one watches to carry the news if the other is taken. 659. Before daybreak the advanced guard and scouts are drawn closer; the party then march slowly and silently, stop frequently to listen, and keep the horses that neigh in the rear. The party should enter no wood, defile, village, or inclosure, until it has been fully examined by the scouts. 660. Special reconnoissances are made under the instruction of the General in command, by such officers and with such force as he may direct. 661. Offensive or forced reconnoissances are to ascertain with certainty points in the enemy's position, or his strength. They are sometimes preludes to real actions, and sometimes only demonstrations. They drive in bis outposts, and sometimes engage special corps of his line. They are 94
FOR TIlE ARMY. 95 Partisans and Flankers. Partisans and lFlanakers. only made by the order of the General commanding-in-chief, or the commander of an isolated corps. 662. In all reports of reconnoissances, the officer making them shall distinguish expressly what he has seen from the accounts he has not been able to verify personally. 663. In special and offensive reconnoissances, the report must be accompanied by a field-sketch of the localities, the dispositions and de fensos of the enemy. PARTISANS AND FLANKERS. 664. The operations of partisan corps depend on the nature and theatre of the war; they enter into the general plan of operations, and are conducted under the orders of the Genera commanding-in-chief. 665. The composition and strength of partisan corps and detachments of flankers depend on the object, the difficulties, the distance, and the probable time of the expedition. 666. The purpose of these isolated corps is to reconnoitre at a distance on the flanks of the army, to protect its operations, to deceive the enemy? to interrupt his communications, to intercept his couriers and his correspondence, to threaten or destroy his magazines, to carry off his posts and his convoys, or, at all events, to retard his march by making him detach largely for their protection. 667. While these corps fatigue the enemy and embarrass his operations, they endeavor to inspire confidence and secure the good will of the inhabitants in a friendly country, and to hold them in check in an enemy's country. 668. They move actively, appear unexpectedly on different points in such a manner as to make it impossible to estimate their force, or to tell whether they are irregular forces or an advanced guard. 669. These operations require vigilance, secrecy, energy, and promptness. The partisan commander must frequently supply by stratagem and audacity what he wants in numbers. 670. These detachments are sometimes composed of different arms, but the service belongs more particularly to the light cavalry, which can move to a distance by rapid marches, surprise the enemin, Attack unexpecetedly, and retire as promptly. 671. Stormy weather, fogs, extreme heat, and the night above all, are fivorable to the success of ambuscades; when the enemy are careless, the break of day is the best time. A partisan commander should communicate to his second in command his secret orders, the direction and object of the expedition, and the diierent points of junction with the army. 672. Guides of the country and spies are often necessary to the parti.
REVISED REGULATIONS Partisans and Flankers-X Marches. san. They are examined separately, and confronted if their accounts differ. When there is but one guide, he marches with the advanced guard, guarded by two men, and bound if necessary. Peddlers and smugglers are specially suitable for spies. 673. A fit time to attack a convoy is at a halt, or when they begin to park, or when they are watering, or passing a wood or a defile; at a bend of the road, a bridge, or steep ascent. 674. The attacking party may be principally cavalry, with some infantry. The first object is to disperse the escort. A part of the detachment attacks the main body of the escort, another the wagons, and a third is in reserve; skirmishers line the road, and try to cut the traces, and to seize the front and rear wagons, and turn them across the road, to prevent the train from advancing or retreating. 675. If the convoy is parked, the cavalry surrounds it, assails the escort, and tries to draw it away from the train. The infantry then engage the troops remaining at the park, slip under the wagons, and get into the park. When the cavalry is alone and the enemy are shaken, they dismount a portion of the men to supply the want of infantry. 676. If it is a large convoy, the principal attack is made on the centre; the most valuable wagons are also selected, and additional horses are put to them if the attack is successful. Those that cannot be carried off are burned. MARCHES. 677. The object of the movement and the nature of the ground determine the order of march, the kind of troops in each column, and the number of columns. 678. The force is divided into as many columns as circumstances permit, without weakening any one too much. They ought to preserve their communications, and be within supporting distance of each other. The commander of each column ought to know the strength and direction of the others. 679. The advance and rear guards are usually light troops; their strength and composition depend on the nature of the ground and the position of the enemy. They serve to cover the movements of the army, and to hold the enemy in check until the General has time to make his arrangements. 680. The advance guard is not always.at the head of the column; in a march to a flank, it takes such positions as cover the movement. Sappers are attached to the advanced guard if required. 681. The "general," sounded one hour before the time of marching, is the signal to s;lrike tents, to load the wagons, and pack horses, and send themn to the place of assembling. The fires are then put out, and care taken 96
FOR TflE ARMY. 97 Marches. to avoid burning straw, &c., or giving to the enemy any other indication of the movement. 682. The "march" will be beat in the infantry, and the "advance" sounded in the cavalry, in succession, as each is to take its place in the column. 683. When the army should form suddenly to meet the enemy, the "long roll" is beat, and "to horse" sounded. The troops form rapidly in front of their camp. 684. Batteries of artillery and their caissons move with the corps to which they are attached; the field train and ambulances march at the rear of the column; and the baggage with the rear guard. 685. Cavalry and infantry do not march together, unless the proximity of the enemy makes it necessary. 686. In cavalry marches, when distant from the enemy, each regiment, and, if possible, each squadron, forms a separate column, in order to keep up the same gait from front to rear, and to trot, when desirable, on good ground. In such cases, the cavalry may leave camp later, and can give more rest to the horses, and more attention to the shoeing and harness. Horses are not bridled until the time to start. 687. When necessary, the orders specify the rations the men ali to carry in their haversacks. The field officers and Captains make inspections frequently during the march; at halts they examine the knapsacks, valises, and haversacks, and throw aw,y all articles not authorized. The officers and non-commissioned officers of cavalry companies attend perSonally to the packs and girths. 688. When it can be avoided, troops should not be assembled on highroads or other places where they interrupt the communication. 689. Generals of Division and commanders of detached corps send a staff officer to the rendezvous, in advance, to receive the troops, who, on arriving, take their place in the order of battle, and form in close column, unless otherwise ordered. Artillery, or trains halted on the roads, form in file on one side. 690. The execution of marching orders must not be delayed. If the commander is not at the head of his troops when they are to march, the next in rank puts the column in motion. 691. If possible, each column is preceded by a detachment of sappers. to remove obstacles to the march, aided, when necessary, by infantry, or the people of the country. The detachment is divided into two sections. one stops to remove the first obstacle, the other moves on to the next. 692. In night marches, and at bad places, and at cross-roads, whet necessary, intelligent non-commissioned officers are posted to show the way, and are relieved by the regiments as they come us. 7 FOR THE ARMY. 97
REVISED REGULATIONS Marches. 693. On the march no one shall fire a gun, or cry "halt" or "march" without orders. 694. Soldiers are not to stop for water; the canteens should be filled before starting. 695. It is better to avoid villages; but, if the route lies through them, officers and non-commissioned officers are to be vigilant to prevent straggling. Halts should not take place at villages. 696. Besides the rear guard, the General sometimes takes a detachment from the last regiment, and adds to it non-commissioned officers from each regiment, to examine villages and all hiding-places on the route, to bring up stragglers and seize marauders. 697. In night marches, the Sergeant-Major of each regiment remains at the rear with a drummer, to give notice when darkness or difficulty stops the march. In cavalry, a trumpet is placed in rear of each squadron, and the signal repeated to the head of the regiment. 698. The General and field officers frequently stop, or send officers to the rear, to see that the troops march in the prescribed order, and keep their distances. To quicken the march, the General warns the Colonels, and may order a signal to be beat. It is repeated in all the regiments. 699. In approaching a defile, the Colonels are warned; they close their legiments as they come up; each regiment passes separately, at an accelerated pace, and in as close order as possible. The leading regiment having passed, and left room enough for the whole column in close order, then halts, and moves again as soon as the last regiment is through. In the cavalry, each squadron, before quickening the pace to rejoin the column" takes its original order of march. 700. When the distance from the enemy permits, each regiment, after closing up in front and rear of the defile, stacks arms. 701. Halts to rest and re-form the troops are frequent during the day, depending on the object and length of the march. They are made in preference after the passage of defiles. 702. No honors are paid by troops on the march or at halts. 703. The sick march with the wagons. 704. Led horses of officers, and the horses of dismounted men, foll(:w their regiment. The baggage wagons never march in the column. When the General orders the field train and ambulances to take place in the column, he designates the position they shall take. 705. If two corps meet on the same road, they pass to the right, and both continue their march, if the road is wide enough; if it is not, the first in the order of battle takes the road, the other halts. 706. A corps in march must not be cut by another. If two corps meet at cross-roads, that which urri-ves last halts if the other is in motion. 98
FOR ~ TH RM.9 Directions for Keeping the Journal. A corps in march passes a corps at a halt, if it has precedence in the order of battle, or if the halted corps is not ready to move at once. 7907. A column that halts to let another column pass resumes the march in advance of the train of this column. If a column has to pass a train, the train must halt, if necessary, till the column passes. The column which has precedence must yield it if the commander, on seeing the orders of the other, finds it for the interest of the service. JOURNAL. 708. Commanding officers of troops marching through a country little known, will keep journals of their marches according to the form and directions hereto annexed. At the end of the march a copy of the journal will be retained at the station where the troops arrive, and the orig(inal will be forwarded to the head-quarters of the Department, or corps d'armde. Thence, after a copy has been taken, it will be transmitted, through the head-quarters of the army, to the Adjutant-General, for the information of the War Department. 709. The object of the journal is to furnish data for maps, and information which may serve for future operations. Every point of practical importance should therefore be noted, even though not indicated in these directions. DIRECTIONS FOR KEEPING THE JOURNAL. 710. The journal should be kept in a pocket note book; or, if one cannot be obtained, in a book made of sheets of paper folded to half the letter size. 711. The record is to run from the bottom to the top of each page. 712. The horizontal divisions in the column headed "Route" represent portions of a day's march. The distance, in miles, between each of the horizontal divisions, will be noted in the column headed "'Distance," which will be summed up at the top of each column, and the sum carried to the bottom of the next column. 713. The notes within each horizontal division are to show the general direction of the march, and every object of interest observed in its course. All remarkable features of the country, therefore, such as hills, streams, fords, springs, houses, villages, forests, marshes, &c., and the places of encampment, will be sketched in their relative positions, as well as noted by name. 714. The "Remarks" corresponding to each division will be upon the soil, productions, quantity and quality of timber, grass, water, fords, nature of the roads, &c., and important incidents. They should show where provisions, forage, fuel, and water can be obtained; whether the FOR THE ARMY. 99
REVISED REGULATIONS Journal. FORM OF JOURNAL of the march of [here insert the names of the regimnents from [here insert the point of departure] to [the stopping-plac], Date. Hour. Weather Distance. Route.' 180oa,_ 19 Total, 19 3' July 8. High timbered Peak. a Camnp No. 1. % 0 Sqins :z II 0 0 o 0) v l !5 o. 10 --- uo 10. 3 A L 1 Mt.P. Kent. 6. July 7. 100 1860. 14 5. a.m. 8 1 p.m. 6.80. 4 4.30.
FOR TH ARMY. 101 Journal. JOURNAL. or companies composing the c)lumn], commanded by parsuant to [here give the No. and date of order for the march]. Remarks. Road rocky; but little grass; good water. Plenty of timber on summit of hills, extending three miles; road to right of hills. Good shelter for camp at foot of peak; fuel plenty. Springs of sweet water, with good grass near. Road to this point rather more sandy. Road runs through a caflon i mile long, to right of a small stream, marsh on left of stream; water sweet; grass excellent. Halted to graze two huurs. No Indian signs. Companies F, G, and I, 3d, detached at Mount P, under command of - (see par. 3, General Orders No. ), to take road to. A small creek, easily forded. Road turns short to right at top of hill after crossing river; crossing good, but a little boggy on the right bank. This bottom shows signs of recent overflow, when it must have been impassable; banks low; water sweet; no wood near crossing; road hard and good up to river. I2 FOR THj& ARMY. 101
ax oO0 p I Very pleasant; cloudy in the p. m. a, VI S. S. E i S. S./E. I I& 8 W. 0~ I s~
FOR THE ARMY. Journal. Continued. Remarks. At the point where the road forks, turn to the right. road leads to a deep ravine, which cannot be crossed. After the road strikes the ravine, it runs one mile along its bank before coming to the crossing-place. The camping-ground is at springs, half a mile beyond the ravine. Old Indian signs at the springs. Road less rocky; last three miles rather sandy; no water. Passed at the point marked t an Indian grave. Road still rocky; good springs, where casks should be filled. No more water for twenty miles after leaving sprungs. Occasional hills to left of road; no wood or grass 103 The left-hand
10 RVSE REULTI Posts. Battles. streams to be crossed are fordable, miry, have quicksands or steep banks, and whether they overflow their banks in wet seasons; also the quality of the water; and, in brief, every thing of practical importance. 715. When a detachment leaves the main column, the point on the "Route" will be noted, and the reason given in the Remarks. The commander of the detachment will be furnished with a copy of the journal up to that point, and will continue it over his new line of march. POSTS. 716. Whenever a new post is established, or a camp, meant to be occupied for some time, the commanding officer will forward to the Adjutant-General's office, as well as to the head-quarters of the Department, or corps d'arnmee if in the field, an accurate description of its locality, of its distance and bearings from the nearest known point, and the manner of reaching it by mail, together with a sketch of the country in its immediate vicinity. 717. Military posts will be named by the Secretary of War. BATTLES. 718. Dispositions for battle depend on the number, kind, and quality of the troops opposed, on the ground, and on the objects of the war; but the following rules are to be observed generally: 719. In attacking, the advanced guard endeavors to capture the enemy's outposts, or cut them off from the main body. Having done so, or 4riven them in, it occupies, in advancing, all the points that can cover )r facilitate the march of the army, or secure its retreat, such as bridges, 4efiles, woods, and heights; it then makes attacks, to occupy the enemy, without risking too much, and to deceive them as to the march and projects of the army. 720. When the enemy is hidden by a curtain of advanced troops, the commandant of the advanced guard sends scouts. under intelligent officers, to the right and left, to ascertain his position and movements. If he does not succeed in this way, he tries to unmask the enemy by demonstrations; threatens to cut the advance from the main body; makes false attacks; partial and impetuous charges in echelon; and if all fail, he makes a real attack to accomplish the object. 721. Detachments left by the advanced guard to hold points in the rear rejoin it when other troops come up. If the army takes a position, and the advanced guard is separated from it by defiles or heights, the communication is secured by troops drawn from the main body. 722. At proper distance from the enemy, the troops are formed for the attack in several lines; if oily twc ean be formed, some battalions in 104 REVISED REGULATICNS
POR THE ARMY. Battles. column are placed behind the wings of the second line. The lines may be formed of troops in column or in order of battle, according to the ground and plan of attack. 723. The advanced guard may be put in the line or on the wings, or other position, to aid the pursuit or o,ver the retreat. 724. The reserve is formed of the best troops of foot and horse, to complete a victory or make good a retreat. It is placed in the rear of the centre, or chief point of attack -or defense. 725. The cavalry should be distributed in echelon on the wings and at the centre, on favorable ground. 726. It should be instructed not to take the gallop until within charging distance; never to receive a charge at a halt, but to meet it, or, if not strong enough, to retire manoeuvring; and in order to be ready for the pursuit, and prepared against a reverse, or the attacks of the reserve, not to engage all its squadrons at once, but to reserve one-third, in column or in echelon, abreast of or in the rear of one of the wings; this arrangement is better than a second line with intervals. 727. In the attack, the artillery is employed to silence the batteries that protect the position. In the defense, it is better to direct its fire on t]le advancing troops. In either case, as many pieces are united as possible, the fire of artillery being formidable in proportion to its concentration. 728. In battles and military operations it is better to assume the offensive, and put the enemy on the defensive; but to be safe in doing so requires a larger force than the enemy, or better troops, and favorable ground. When obliged to act on the defensive, the advantage of position and of making the attack may sometimes be secured by forming in rear of the ground on which we are to fight, and advancing at the moment of action. In mountain warfare, the assailant has always the disadvantage; and even in offensive warfare in the open field, it may frequently be very important, when the artillery is well posted, and any advantage of ground may be secured, to await the enemy and compel him to attack. 729. The attack should be made with a superior force on the decisive point of the enemy's position, by masking this by false attacks and demonstrations on other po)ints, and by concealing the troops intended for it by the ground, or by other troops in their front. 730. Besides the arrangements which depend on the supposed plan of the enemy, the wings must be protected by the ground, or supported by troops in echelon; if the attack of the enemy is repulsed, the offensive must at once be taken, to inspire the troops, to disconcert the enemy, and oftento decide the action In thus taking the offensive, a close column should lot)
O6 REVISED REGULATIONS Battles. be pushed rapidly on the wing or flank of the enemy. The divisions of .his column form in line of battle successively, and each division moves to the fiont as soon as formed, in order, by a rapid attack in echelon, to prevent the enemy from changing front or bringing up his reserves. In all arrangements, especially in those for attack, it is most important to conceal the design until the moment of execution, and then to execute it with the greatest rapidity. The night, therefore, is preferred for the movement of troops on the flank or rear of the enemy, otherwise it is necessary to mask their march by a grand movement in front, or by taking a wide circuit. 731. In making an attack, the communications to the rear and for retreat must be secured, and the General must give beforehand all necessary orders to provide for that event. 732. When a success is gained, the light troops should pursue the enemy promptly and rapidly. The other troops will restore order in their columns, then advance from position to position, always prepared for an attack or to support the troops engaged. 733. Before the action, the Generals indicate the places where they will be; if they change position, they give notice of it, or leave a staff officer to show where they have gone. 734. During the fight the officers and non-commissioned officers keep the men in the ranks, and enforce obedience if necessary. Soldiers must not be permitted to leave the ranks to strip or rob the dead,-nor even to assist the wounded unless by express permission, which is only to be given after the action is decided. The highest interest and most proissing duty is to win the victory, by winning which only can a proper care of the wounded be ensured. 735. Before the action, the Quartermaster of the division makes all the necessary arrangements for the transportation of the wounded. He establishes the ambulance dep6ts in the rear, and gives his assistants the necessary instructions for the service of the ambulance wagons and other means of removing the wounded. 736. The ambulance dep6t, to which the wounded are carried or directed for immediate treatment, is generally established at the most convenient building nearest the field of battle. A red flag marks its place, or the way to it, to the conductors of the ambulances and to the wounded who can walk. 737. The active ambulances follow the troops engaged to succor the wounded and remove them to the dep6ts; for this purpose the conductors should always have the necessary assistants, that the soldiers may have no excuse to leave the ranks for that object. 738. The medical director of the division, after consultation with the REVISED REGULATIONS 106
FOR THE ARMY. 107 Battles.-Prisoners of War. Quartermaster-General, distributes the medical officers and hospital attendants at his disposal, to the depots and active ambulances. He will send officers and attendants, when practicabie, to the active ambulances, to relieve the wounded who require treatment before being removed from the ground. He will see that the depots and ambulances are provided with the necessary apparatus, medicines, and stores. He will take post and render his professional services at the principal dep6t. 739. If the enemy endanger the depot, the Quartermaster takes the orders of the General to remove it or to strengthen its guard. 740. The wounded in the depots and the sick are removed, as soon as possible, to the hospitals that have been established by the QuartermasterGeneral of the army on the flanks or rear of the army. 741. After an action, the officers of ordnance collect the munitions of war left on the field, and make a return of them to the General. The Quartermaster's Department collects the rest of the public property captured, and makes the returns to head-quarters. 742. Written reports for the General commanding-in-chief are made by commandants of regiments, batteries, and separate squadrons, and by all commanders of a higher grade, each in what concerns his own command, and to his immediate commander. 743. When an officer or soldier deserves mention for conduct in action, a special report shall be made in his case, and the General commanding-in-chief decides whether to mention him in his report to the government and in his orders. But he shall not be mentioned in the report until he has been mentioned in the orders to the army. These special reports are examined with care by the intermediate commanders, to verify the facts, and secure commendation and rewards to the meritorious only. 744. The report of battles, which must frequently be made before these special reports of persons are scrutinized, is confined to general praise or blame, and an account of the operations. PRISONERS OF WAR. 745. Prisoners of war will be disarmed and sent to the rear, and reported as soon as practicable to the head-quarters. The return of prisoners from the Head-Quarters of the Army to the War Department will specify the number, rank, and corps. 746. The private property of prisoners will be duly respected, and each shall be treated with the regard due to his rank. They are to obey the necessary orders given them. They receive for subsistence one ration each. without regard to rank; and the wounded are to be treated with FOR THP, AP-MY. 107
108 REV~~~~~~~~~~~SEI) REGULATIONS~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Convoys and their Escorts. the same care as the wounded of the army. Other allowances to themt will depend on conventions with the enemy. Prisoners' horses will be fken for the army. 747. Exchanges of prisoners and release of officers on parole depend on the orders of the General commanding-in-chief, under the instructions of government. CONVOYS AND THEIR ESCORTS. 748. The strength and composition of the escort of a convoy depend on the country, the nature and value of the convoy, and the dangers it may incur. A larger escort is required for a convoy of powder, that the defense may not be near the train. 749. Cavalry is employed in escorts chiefly to reconnoitre; the proportion is larger as the country is more open. 750. Pioneers or working-parties are attached to convoys to mend roads, remove obstacles, and erect defenses. The convoys should always be provided with spare wheels, poles, axles, &c. 751. The commandant of the escort should receive detailed instructions in writing. 752. As far as the defense permits, the commander of the escort shall refer to the officer in charge of the convoy for the hours of departure, the halts, the parking and order of the train, and the precautions against accidents. 753. Officers who accompany the convoy, but do not belong to the escort, shall exercise no authority in it except by consent of the commander. If these officers are junior to the commander, he may assign them to duty if the defense requires it. 754. Large convoys are formed into divisions, each with a conductor. The distance between the wagons is four paces. A small party of infantry is attached to each division. 755. Generally, munitions of war are at the head of the convoy, subsistence next, and then other military stores; the butler last. But always that part of the convoy which is most important to the army shall be where it is most secure from danger. 756. The commandant should send out reconnoitring parties, and never put the convoy in motion until their reports have been received. Hie always forms an advance and rear guard, and keeps the main body under his immediate order at the most important point, with small guards or posts at other points. 757. In an open country tho main body marches by the side of the road, opposite the centre of the convoy; in other cases at the head or rear of the column, as the one or the other is more exposed. 108 REVISED REGULATIONS
F0 R THIE ARMY. 109 Convoys and their Escorts. 758. The advance guard precedes the convoy far enough to remove all obstacles to its advance. It examines the woods, defiles, and villages. and by mounted men gives information to the commander, and receives his orders. It reconnoitres places for halts and parks. 759. If the head of the column is threatened, the advanced guard seizes the defiles and places which the enemy might occupy, and holds them until the main body advances to the front and relieves it; the main body holds the positions until the head of the convoy arrives, and then leaves detachments which are relieved by the parties marching with the divisions; the posts are not abandoned until the whole convoy has passed and the position is no longer important. 760. When the rear is threatened, like measures are taken; the rear guard defends the ground and retards the enemy by breaking the bridges and blocking the road. 761. If the flanks are threatened, and the ground is broken, and many defiles are to be passed, the defense of the convoy becomes more difficult; the advance and rear guards must be reduced, the flanks strengthened, and positions which will cover the march of the convoy must be occupied by the main body of the troops before the head of the convoy reaches them, and until it has passed. 762. If the convoy is large, and has to pass places that the force and position of the enemy make dangerous, the loss of the whole convoy must not be risked; it must pass by divisions, which reunite after the passage. In this case the greater part of the troops guard the first division; they seize the important points, and cover them with light troops, or, if necessary, with small posts, and hold them until all the divisions have passed. 763. If there is artillery in the convoy, the commander of the escort uses it for the defense. 764. To move faster and make the defense easivr, the wagons move in double file whenever the road allows it. If a wagon breaks, it is at once removed from the road; when repaired, it takes the rear; when it cannot be repaired, its load and horses are distributed to some of the other wagons kept in the rear for that purpose. 765. Convoys by water are escorted on the same principles. Each boat has a small infantry guard; one portion of the escort precedes or follows the convoy in boats. The cavalry march opposite the convoy; the advance and rear guard move by land, and a]' are connected by flankers with the convoy. Where a river runs through a narrow valley, the body of the infantry moves by land to prevent the enemy from occupying the heights and disturbing the cornvoy. 766. Convoys halt every hour to let the horses take bre.::t and the wagons o)e up. Long hakt are may but seldom, anA only in places II
REVISED REGULATIONS Convoys and their Escorts.-Baggage Trains. that have been reconnoitred and found favorable for defense. At night the park is arranged for defense, and in preference at a distance from inhabited places, if in an enemy's country. 767. The wagons are usually parked in ranks, axle against axle, the poles in the same direction, and with sufficient space between the ranks for the horses. If an attack is feared, they are parked in square, the hind-wheels outside, and the horses inside. 768. On the appearance of the enemy during the march, the commander closes up the wagons and continues his march in order; he avoids fighting; but if the enemy seizes a position that commands his road, he attacks vigorously with the mass of his force, but is not to continue the pursuit far from the convoy. The convoy halts, and resumes the march when the position is carried. 769. When the enemy is too strong to be attacked, the convoy is parked in square if there is room; if not, closed up in double file; at the front and rear the road is blocked by wagons across it. The drivers are dismounted at the heads of the horses. They are not permitted to make their escape. The light troops keep the enemy at a distance as long as possible, and are supported when necessary, but prudently, as the troops must be kept in hand to resist the main attack. 770. If a wagon takes fire in the park, remove it if possible; if not, remove first the ammunition wagons, then those to leeward of the fire. 771. When a whole convoy cannot be saved, the most valuable part may sometimes be by abandoning the rest. If all efforts fail, and there is no hope of succor, the convoy must be set on fire and the horses killed that cannot be saved; the escort may then cut its way through. 772. If the convoy is of prisoners of war, every effort should be made to reach a village or strong building where they may be confined; if forced to fight in the field, the prisoners must be secured and made to lie down until the action is over. BAGGAGE TRAINS. 773. The baggage train of general head-quarters and the trains of the several divisions are each under the charge of an officer of the Quartermaster's Department. These officers command and conduct the trains under the orders they receive from their respective head-quarters. When the trains of different divisions march together, or the train of a division marches with the train of general head-quarters, the senior Quartermaster directs the whole. 774. The Regimental Quartermaster has charge of the wagons, horses equipments, and all means of transport employed in the service of the regiment. UTnder the orders of the Colonel, he assembles them for the 110
FOR T~~~~~~~~~~~~lE ARMY. 111~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ___ Bagg Tris march, and maintains the order and police of the train in park and on the march. On marches, the regimental trains are under the orders of the Quartermaster of the division. When the march is by brigade, the senior Regimental Quartermaster in the brigade, or the Quartermaster of the brigade, has the direction of the whole. The necessary wagon-masters, or non-commissioned officers to act as such, are employed with the several trains. 775. None but the authorized wagons are allowed to march with the train. The wagons of the several head-quarters, the regimental wagons, and the wagons of sutlers authorized by orders from head-quarters to march with the train, are all to be conspicuously marked. 776. When the train of headquarters is to have a guard, the strength of the guard is regulated by the General. Generals of Brigade guard their trains by the men attached to the train of the first regiment of their brigades. The regimental trains are loaded, unloaded, and guarded, as far as practicable, by convalescents and men not effective in the ranks; in the cavalry, by dismounted men. When the guard of a train is the escort for its defense, the regulations in regard to convoys and escorts take effect. 777. Habitually each division is followed by its train, the regimenta trains uniting at the brigade rendezvous. When otherwise, the order for the movement of the divisions, brigades, and regiments contains the necessary directions in regard to the assembling and marching of the respective trains. The several trains march in an order analogous to the rank of the generals, and the order of battle of the troops to which they belong. Trains are not allowed in any case to be in the midst of the troops, or to impede the march of the troops. 778. The wagon-masters, under the orders of the officers of the Quartermaster's Department, exercise the necessary restraints over the teamsters and servants who leave their teams, or do not properly conduct them; oF who ill treat their horses, or who attempt to pillage, or run away in case of attack. 779. The General commanding the army and the Generals of Division will not permit any general or staff officer, or regiment under their orders, or any person whatsoever, attached to their command, to have more than the authorized amount or means of transportation. For this purpose they will themselves make, and cause to be made, frequent reviews and inspec tic is of the trains. They will see that no trooper is employed to lead rivate horse, no soldier to drive a private vehicle, and that no trooper put on foot to lend his horse to an officer. They will not permit the wagons of the artillery or of the train to be loaded with any thing foreign to theiri proper service, nor any public horse, for any occasion, to be harnessed to a private carriage. FOR TIIE ARMY. III Baggage Trains.
REVISED REGULATIONS General Police. Safeguards. 780. The officers of the Quartermaster's Department, the wagon. masters, and all conductors of trains, are charged with watching that the regulations respecting transportation allowances are strictly observed. GENERAL POLICE. 781. When necessary, the General-in-chief or General of Division may appoint a provost marshal to take charge of prisoners, with a suitable guard, or other police force. 782. Private servants, not soldiers, will not be allowed to wear the uniform of any corps of the army, but each will be required to carry with him a certificate from the officer who employs him, verified, for regimental officers, by the signature of the Colonel; for other officers under the rank of Colonel, by the chief of their corps or department. 783. Laundresses permitted to follow the army will be furnished with certificates, signed as in t'!o preceding paragraph, and no woman of bad character will be allowed to follow the army. Other persons with the army, not officers or soldiers, sueh as guides of the country, interpreters, &c., will carry about them similar certificates from the headquarters that employs them. 784. Deserters firom the enemy, after being examined, will be secured for some days, as they may be spies in disguise; as opportunities offer, they will be sent to the rear; after which, if they are found lurking about the army, or attempting to return to the enemy, they will be treated with severity. 785. The arms and accoutrements of deserters will be turned over to the Ordnance Department, and their horses to the corps in want of them, after being branded with the letters "U.S." The compensation to be accorded to deserters, for such objects, will be according to appraisement, made under the direction of the Quartermaster's Department. The enlistment of deserters, without express permission from general headquarters, is prohibited. 786. It is forbidden to purchase horses without ascertaining the right of the party to sell. Stolen horses shall be restored. Estrays, in the enemy's country, when the owner is not discovered, are taken for the army. 787. Plundering and marauding, at all times disgraceful to soldiers, when committed on the persons or property of those whom it is the duty of the army to protect, become crimes of such enormity as to admit of no remission of the awful punishment which the military law awards against offenses of this nature. SAFEGUARDS. 788. Safeguards are protections granted t, persons or property in 112
-~~~~FRTH RY 1 ___ Saeurs-igs foreign parts by the commanding general, or by other commanders within the limits of their command. 789. Safeguards are usually given to protect hospitals, public establishments, establishments of religion, charity, or instruction, museums, depositories of the arts, mills, post-offices, and other institutions of publie benefit; also to individuals whom it may be the interest of the army to respect. 790. A safeguard may consist of one or more men of fidelity and firmness, generally non-effective non-commissioned officers, furnished with a paper setting out clearly the protection and exemptions it is intended to secure, signed by the commander giving it, and his staff officer; or it may consist of such paper, delivered to the party whose person, family, house, and property it is designed to protect. These safeguards must be numbered and registered. 791. The men left as safeguards by one corps may be replaced by another. They are withdrawn when the country is evacuated; but if not, they have orders to await the arrival of the enemy's troops, and apply to the commander for a safe-conduct to the outposts. 792. Form of a safeguard: By authority of -, A safeguard is hereby granted to [A. B, or the house and family of A. B, or to the college, mills, or property; stating precisely the place, nature, and description of the person, property, or buildings]. All officers and soldiers belonging to the army of the United States are therefore commanded to respect this safeguard, and to afford, if necessary, protection to [the person, family, or property of, as the case may be]. Given at Tlead-Quarters, the- day of A. B, Major-General commanding-in-chief. By command of the General. C. D -, Adjutant-General. 55th Article of the Rules and Articles of War. "Whosoev,r belonging to the armies of the United States, employed in foreign parts, shall force a safeguard, shall suffer death." SIEGES. 793. In the following regulations the besieging force is supposed to be two divisions of infantry and a brigade of cavalry. The same principles govern in other cases. 794. The Brigadier-Generals of infantry serve, in turn, as Generals of the trenches; one or more of them are detailed daily, according to the K2 8 FOR THE ARMY. 118 Safeguards.-Sieges.
11 REIE REUAIN _____ Sigs front an(l number of attacks; they superintend the operations, and dispose the guards of the trenches to repulse sorties and protect the works. Officers of the general staff are assigned to them to transmit their orders and attend to the details of service. 795. The Colonels and Lieutenant-Colonels of infantry alternate for duty in the trenches; one or more are detailed daily; they superintend the service of the guards and workmen in the part of the work to which the General of the trenches assigns them, being posted with troops of their own regiments in preference. The commandant of the siege may place the Colonels on the roster wvith the Brigadier-Generals. 796. The commandants of engineers and artillery accompany the first troops before the place to examine the works and the approaches. When the engineers have completed the reconnoissance of the works, and of each front as far as practicable, the commandant of engineers makes a plan of the works as exact and detailed as possible, and, under the instructions of the General commanding the siege, draws up the general plan of the siege, and discusses it with the commandant of artillery in regard to the best employment of that arm. These officers then submit their joint or separate opinions to the General, who decides on the plan of the siege, and gives the orders for the execution. The commandant of engineers directs the construction of all the works of siege, under the authority of the General, and lays before him every day a report of his operations, and a plan showing the progress of the attack. The commandant of artillery also makes daily reports to the General of all that relates to his branch of the service. 797. The Quartermaster-General establishes the hospitals, and organizes the means for transporting the wounded to them. 798. The commanding General appoints a field officer of the trenches, who is aided by one or two Captains or Lieutenants. 799. The field officer of the trenches is charged with all the details relative to the assembling of the guards and the workmen. He distributes the guards on the different points of the attack agreeably to the orders of the General of the trenches, and forms the detachments of workmen for the engineers and artillery; that he may be prepared for this distribution, he receives every day from the Adjutant-General a statement of the details for the next day. 800 On the arrival of the General of the trenches, the field officer of the trenches gives him all the information necessary to enable him to station the troops, attends him in his visit to the trenches, and takes his orders on the changes to be made in the position of the troops. The execution is intrusted to the commandants of the troops. 801. Tlihe field offter of the trenches sees that men and litters are REVISED REGULATIONS 114 Sieges.
FOR THE ARMY. Sieges. always ready to bring off the wounded. One or more companies of the guards of the trenches are put under his immediate orders for the preservation of order and police in the trenches. 802. The divisions, brigades, regiments, and battalions are encamped during the siege in the order of battle. The service of camp is conducted as heretofore prescribed. 803. The infantry has two kinds of siege service, -the guard of the trenches and the work of the trenches. 804. The guards of the trenches mount every day by battalions, in such order of detail that all the troops may take an equal share, and no part of the line be left too weak. If only one battalion is required, each division furnishes it alternately; if two are required, each division gives one; if three, one division furnishes two, the other one, alternately. The two battalions of the same division are not taken from the same brigade. 805. The detail for work of the trenches is by company, from all the regiments at one time, or in turn, and continues generally twelve hours. The detail from any regiment should never be less than a company. If only half a company would be needed from all the regiments at a time, every other regiment furnishes a full company alternately. 806. The battalions for guard are detailed at least twelve hours in advance; they furnish no other details during this tour. If the whole regiment is called out, it leaves a sufficient police guard in camp. 807. Twenty-four hours, or twelve at least, before mounting guard in the trenches, the battalions detailed for guard do not furnish workmen; and the companies of those battalions whose tour it would have been to work in the trenches, do not go there for twenty-four hours after guard, if possible, or at the least twelve. 808. The workmen who are required for other work than that of the trenches are taken from the roster for fatigue from the battalions and companies not employed in the trenches. 809. The battalions first for detail for guard of the trenches, and the companies first for detail for work in the trenches, furnish no other details, and are held on picket, ready to march at the call of the field officer of the trenches. 810. Materials for the siege, such as fascines, gabions, hurdles, pickets, &c., are furnished by the different corps, in the proportion ordered by the General. 811. Guards and workmen going to the trenches march without beat of drum or music. 812. At all times, and especially on the day the trenches are opened, 115
-16 REVISED BEGULATIO Sieges. every thing is avoided likely to attract the attention of the enemy. With this view, the General may vary the hour of relieving guards. 813. The chiefs of engineers and artillery make requisitions for workmen in advance, that the details may be made in time to prevent any delay in the work. They should exceed the number strictly required, that there may be a reserve for unforeseen wants. If this reserve is found insufficient, the General directs the field officer of the trenches to call on the picket. 814. Before the guards and workmen march, the field officer of thetrenches arranges them so that each detachment can reach its ground without confusion. The troops are posted in the trenches according to the position of their regiments in the order of battle, and, as far as possible, the companies of workmen in like order. The reserves of workmen are placed at the depot of the trenches, or the nearest suitable place to the works. 815. The workmen leave their knapsacks and swords in camp, and march with their firearms and cartridge-boxes, which they place near them while at work. They always carry their overcoats, to cover them in resting or when wounded. 816. The guards always enter the trenches with arms trailed, and the workmen also, unless they carry materials or tools, when the arms are in the sling. 817. The guards and detachments of workmen send a Corporal to the openings of the trenches to guide the relief. They march out of the trenches by the flank, with trailed arms. 818. Sand-bags, forming loop-holes, are placed at intervals on the parapet to cover the sentinels; they are more numerous than the sentinels, so that the enemy may not know where the sentinels are placed. 819. When detachments are placed at night in advance of the trenches, to covert the workmen, the men sit or lie down, with their firearms in their hands, to hide themselves better from the enemy; the sentinels put their ears to the ground frequently, that they may hear troops coming out of the place. To prevent mistakes, the workmen are told what troops cover them. 820. No honors are paid in the trenches. When the General commanding the siege visits them, the guards place themselves in rear of the banquette, and rest on their arms. The colors are never carried to the trenches unless the whole regiment marches to repulse a sortie or make an assault. Even in this case they are not displayed until the General commanding the siege gives a formal order. 821. The materials of the siege of all kinds, together with the tools, arc-e collected in part at the depots of the trenches, and in pars at the 116 REVISED REGULATIONS
FOR THB ARMY. Sieges. openings of the trenches, or in such other place as has been appointed for the convenience of the service by the field officer of the trenches, on the advice of the chiefs of artillery and engineers. They are in charge of officers of engineers and of artillery, with guards or non-commissioned officers of both corps. But if these corps cannot furnish them, the chiefs apply for assistance from the infantry. 822. The workmen, in going to the trenches, carry such tools and materials as are required by the artillery and engineers. In this case, the field officer of the trenches has notice and superintends it. 823. The soldiers sent to the trenches go with their cartridge-boxes filled. Cartridges, when needed, are sent to the trenches on the requisition of commanders of battalions, approved by the General of the trenches. 824. In the case of a sortie, the guards move rapidly to the places that have been designated by the General of the trenches, and which afford the best defense for the head of the works, the batteries, the communications, or the flanks, or best enable them to take the sortie itself in flank or reverse. HIaving lined the banquette to fire on the enemy, the troops form on the reverse of the trench to receive him. The workmen take arms, retain their positions, or retire with their tools, as ordered. The officers commanding the detachments of workmen see that their movements are made promptly and in good order, so as to avoid all confusion in the communications. 825. The troops that advance beyond the trenches to repulse the sortie must not follow in pursuit. The General takes care that they return to the trenches before the retreat of the sortie allows the artillery of tile place to open on them. When the workmen return, the officers and noncommissioned officers of the detachments call the roll without interruptiDg the work, which is immediately resumed. 826. When it is necessary to dismount cavalry and send them to the trenches, they should be employed as near their camp as possible, and posted between the detachments of infantry. 827. Men belonging to the cavalry may, in assaults, be employed in carrying fascines and other materials to fill ditches and make passages. 828. The general officers of cavalry are more particularly employed in the service of posts and detachments placed in observation to protect the siege. They and the field officers of this arm are employed in the command of escorts to convoys, of whatever arms the escorts may be cormposed. When these duties are not sufficient to employ them, they take their share of the duty of the trenches. p29. The officers of engineers and artillery of the trenches make to the General of the trenches a return of all losses in their troops, and such 117
11 REIE REUAIN Sieges.- Defense of Fortified Places. other reports on the work as he requires, in addition to the reports direct to their respective chiefs on the details of the service. 830. At the end of each tour, the field officer of the trenches draws up a report for the twenty-four hours to the General of the trenches. The General of the trenches reports to the General commanding the siege. 831. The commanders of the several corps in the trenches report, when relieved, to their respective head-quarters the losses during the tour, and the conduct of the officers and men. 832. However practicable the breach may appear, or however ruined the works in rear of it, the heads of columns must always be supplied with ladders to get over unexpected obstacles. 833. The General commanding the siege designates picked companies to protect property and persons, and prevent pillage and violence, from the moment the place is carried. The officers exert themselves to restrain the men. 834. The General designates the places requiring particular protection, such as churches, asylums, hospitals, colleges, schools, and magazines. The order for their protection should remind the soldiers, at the time, of the penalty of disobeying it. 835. Whether the place be taken by assault or by capitulation, the provisions and military stores, and the public funds, are reserved for the use of the army. 836. The commander of engineers will keep a journal of the siege, showing the operations of each day in detail, the force employed on the work, the kind and quantity of materials used in them, &c. He will also mark on a plan of the ground the daily progress of the works, and make the necessary drawings explanatory of their construction. 837. The commander of the artillery will keep a daily journal of the operations under his direction, showing-the number and kind of pieces in battery, the force employed in serving them, the kind and quantity of ammunition expended, the number of rounds fired from each piece of ordnance, the effect of the fire, and all other particulars relative to his branch of the service. 838. These journals and drawings will be sent, after the siege, with the report of the General, to the War Department. DEFENSE OF FORTIFIED PLACES. 839. In war, every commander of a fortified place shall always hold himself prepared with his plan of defense, as if at any time liable to attack. He arranges this plan according to the probable mode of attack; determines the posts of the troops i the several parts of the works, the REVISED REGULATIONS 118
FOR THE ARMY. Defense of Fortified Places. reliefs, the reserves, and the details of service in all the corps. He draws up instructions for a case of attack, and exercises the garrison according to his plan of defense. In sea-coast works, he provides the instructions for the different batteries on the approach of ships. 840. In framing his plan, he studies the works and the exterior within the radius of attack and investment, the strength of the garrison, the artillery, the munitions of war, subsistence and supplies of all kinds, and takes immediate measures to procure whatever is deficient of troops or supplies, either by requisition on the government or from the means put at his disposal. 841. On the approach of an enemy, he removes all houses and other objects, within or without the place, that cover the approaches, or interrupt the fire of the guns or the movements of the troops. He assures himself personally that all posterns, outlets, embrasures, &c., are in proper state of security. 842. He shall be furnished by the Department of War with a plan of the works, showing all the details of the fortifications and of the exterior within the radius of attack; with a map of the environs within the radius of investment; with a map of the vicinity, including the neighboring works, roads, water-channels, coasts, &c.; with a memoir explaining the situation and defense of the place, and the relations and bearings of the several works on each other, and on the approaches by land and waterall which he carefully preserves, and communicates only to the council of defense. 843. He -consults his next in rank, and the senior officer of the engineers and of the artillery, either separately or as a council of defense. In the latter case he designates an officer to act as secretary to the council, and to record their proceedings and their joint or separate opinions, which are to be kept secret during the siege. The members may record their opinions under their own signature. In all cases, the commander decides on his own responsibility. 844. The commander of the place, and the chiefs of engineers and of artillery, shall keep journals of the defense, in which shall be entered, in order of date, without blank or interlineation, the orders given or received, the manner in which they are executed, their results, and every event and circumstance of importance in the progress of the defense. These journals and the proceedings of the council of defense shall be sent after the siege to the Department of War. 845. There shall be kept in the office of the commandant of the place, to be sent after the siege to the Department of War, a map of the en, virons, a plan of the fortifications, and a special plan of the front of atack, on which the chief engineer will trace, in succession, the positions lig
REVISED REGULATIONS Defense of Fortified Places. Troops on board of Transports. occupied, and the works executed by the enemy from the investment; and also the works of counter approach or defense, and the successive positions of the artillery and other troops of the garrison during the progress of the siege. 846. The commander shall defend in succession the advanced works, the covered way and outworks, the body of the work, and the interior intrenchments. HIe will not be content with clearing away the foot of the breaches, and defending them by abattis, mines, and all the means used in sieges; but he shall begin in good time, behind the bastions or front of attack, the necessary intrenchments to resist assaults on the main work. 847. He shall use his means of defense in such manner as always to have a reserve of fresh troops, chosen from his best soldiers, to resist assaults, retake the outworks, and especially to resist the assaults on the body of the place; and a reserve of provisions for the last period of the siege, and of ammunition for the last attacks. 848. He must, in every case, compel the besieging force to approach by the slow and successive works of siege, and must sustain at least one assault on a practicable breach in the body of the place. 849. When the commander thinks that the end of the defense has come, he shall still consult the council of defense on the means that may remain to prolong the siege. But in all cases he alone will decide on the time, manner, and terms of the surrender. In the capitulation, he shall not seek or accept better terms for himself than for the garrison, but shall share their fate, and exert his best endeavors for the care of the troops, and especially of the sick and wounded. 850. No commander in the field shall withdraw troops or supplies from any fortified place, or exercise any authority over its commandant, unless it has been put subject to his orders by competent authority. ARTICLE XXXVII. TROOPS ON BOARD OF TRANSPORTS. 851. Military commanders charged with the embarkation of troops, and officers of the Quartermaster's Department intrusted with the selection of the transports, will take care that the vessels are entirely seaworthy and proper for such service, and that suitable arrangements are made in them for the health and comfort of the troops. 852. If, in the opinion of the officer commanding the troops to be embarked, the vessel is not proper or suitably arranged, the officer charged with the embarkation shall cause her to be inspected by competent and experienced persons. 26
s~~~~~O TH ARY 121 Troops on board of Transports. 853. Immediately after embarking, the men will be assigned to quarters, equal parties on each side of the ship, and no man will be allowed to loiter or sleep on the opposite side. As far as practicable, the men of each company will be assigned to the same part of the vessel, and the squads, in the same manner, to contiguous berths. 854. Arms will be so placed, if there be no racks, as to be secure from Injury, and enable the meli to handle them promptly-bayonets unfixed and in scabbard. 855. Ammunition in cartridge-boxes to be so placed as to be entirely secure from fire; reserve ammunition to be reported to the master of the txansport, with request that he designate a safe place of deposit. Fre quent inspections will be made of the service ammnunition, to insure its safety and good condition. 856. No officer is to sleep out of his ship, or to quit his ship, without tLe sanction of the officer commanding on board. 857. The guard will be proportioned to the number of sentinels required. At sea the guard will mount with side-arms only. The officer of the guard will be officer of the day. 858. Sentinels will be kept over the fires, with buckets of water at hand, promptly to extinguish fires. Smoking is prohibited between decks or in the cabins, at all times; nor shall any lights be allowed between decks, except such ship lanterns as the master of the transport may direct, or those carried by the officer of the day in the execution of his duty. 859. Regulations will be adopted to enable companies or messes to cook in turn; no others than those whose turn it is, will be allowed to loiter around or approach the galleys or other cooking places. 860. The commanding officer will make arrangements, in concert with the master of the vessel, for calling the troops to quarters, so that in case of alarm, by storm, or fire, or the approach of the enemy, every man may repair promptly to his station. But he will take care not to crowd the deck. The troops not wanted at the guns or to assist the sailors, and those who cannot be advantageously employed with small arms, will be formed as a reserve between decks. 861. All the troops will turn out at, A.M., without arms (t uniform, and (in warm weather) without shoes or stockings; when every individual will be clean, his hands, face, and feet washed, and his hair combed. The same personal inspection will be repeated thirty minutes before sunset. The cooks alone may be exempted from one of these inspections per day, if necessary. 862. Reeruits or awkward men will be exercised in the morning and evening in the use of arms, an hour each time, when the weather will permit. L FOR THE ARMY. 121
IEVISED REGULATIONS - - Troops on board of Transports. 4!; 863. Officers will enforce cleanliness as indispensable to health. When the weather will permit, bedding will be brought on deck every morning for airing. Tubs may be fixed on the forecastle for bathing, or the men may be placed in the chains and have buckets of water thrown over them. 864. Between decks will not be washed oftener than once a week, and only when the weather is fine. The boards of the lower berths will be removed once or twice a week to change the S,traw. Under the direction of the Surgeon and the officer of the day, frequent fumigations will be performed between decks. The materials required are common salt, four ounces; powdered oxide of manganese, one ounce; sulphuric acid, one ounce, diluted with two ounces of water. The diluted acid is poured over the other ingredients in a basin placed in a hot sand-bath. Solutions of chloride of lime and chloride of zinc are excellent disinfecting agents. 865. During voyages in hot weather, the master of the vessel will be desired to provide wind-sails, which will be kept constantly hung up, and frequently examined, to see that they draw well and are not obstructed. 866. During cooking hours, the officers of companies visit the camboose, and see that the messes are well prepared. The coppers and other cooking utensils are to be regularly and well washed, both before and after use. 867. The bedding will be replaced in the berths at sunset, or at an earlier hour when there is a prospect of bad weather; and at tattoo every man not on duty will be in his berth. To insure the execution of this regulation, the officer of the day, with a lantern, will make a tour between decks. 868. Lights will be extinguished at tattoo, except such as are placed under sentinels. The officer of the day will see to it, and report to the commanding officer. The officers' lights will be extinguished at 10 o'clock, unless special permission be given to continue them for a longer time, as in case of sickness or other emergency. 869. For the sake of exercise, the troops will be occasionally called to quarters by the beat to arms. Those appointed to the guns will be frequently exercised in the use of them. The arms and accoutrements will be frequently inspected. The metallic pa:;ts of the former will be often wiped and greased again. 870. The men will not be allowed to sleep on deck in hot weather or in the sun; they will be encouraged and required to take exercise on deck, in squads by succession, when necessary. 871. At morning and evening parades, the Surgeon will examire the men, to observe whether thlere be any appearance of disease. 122 Troops on board of Transports. T
FOR THE ARMY. Troops on board of Transports. 872. The sick will, as far as practicable, be separated from the healthy men. On the first appearance of mal' gnant contagion, a signal will be made for the hospital vessel (if there be one in company), and the dis eased men removed to her. 873. A good supply of hospital stores and medicines will be taken on each vessel, and used only for the sick and convalescent. 874. The Surgeon will guard the men against costiveness on approach ing a hot climate. In passing through the West Indies, to the southern coast for instance, and for some weeks after landing in those latitudes, great care is required in the use of fruit, as strangers would not be com petent to judge of it, and most kinds, after long voyages, are prejudi cial. 875. In harbor, where there is no danger from sharks, the men may bathe; but not more than ten at a time, and attended by a boat. 876. In fitting up a vessel for the transportation of horses, care is to be taken that the requisite arrangements are made for conveniently feed ing and cleaning them, and to secure them from injury in rough weather by ropes attached to breast-straps and breeching, or by other suitable means; and especially that proper ventilation is provided by openings in the upper deck, wind-sails, &c. The ventilation of steamers may be assisted by using the engine for that purpose. 877. Horses should not be put on board after severe exercise or when heated. In hoisting them on board, the slings should be made fast to a hook at the end of the fall, or the knot'tied by an expert seaman, so that it may be well secured and easily loosened. The horse should be run up quickly, to prevent him from plunging, and should be steadied by guide ropes. A halter is placed on him before he is lifted from the ground. 878. On board, care is to be taken that the horses are not over-fed; bran should form part of their ration. The face, eyes, and nostrils of each horse are to be washed at the usual stable hours, and, occasionally, the mangers should be washed and the nostrils of the horses sponged with vinegar and water. 879. In loading vessels with stores for a military expedition, the cargo of each should be composed of an assortment of such stores as may be available for service in case of the non-arrival of others, and they should be placed on board in such a manner that they may be easily reached, in the order in which they are required for service. Each store-ship should be marked, at the bow and stern, on both sides, in large characters, with a distinctive letter and number. A list is to be made of the stores on board of each vessel, and of the place where they are to be found in it; a copy of this list to be sent to the chief officer of the proper departs ment in the expedition, or at the place of destination. 123
REVISED REGULATIONS Courts-Xartial. ARTICLE XXXVIII. COURTS-MARTIAL. 880. In appointing a general court-martial, as many members will be detailed, from five to thirteen inclusively, as can be assembled without manifest injury to the service. 881. The decision of the officer appointing the court, as to the number that can be assembled without manifest injury to the service, is conclusive. 882. A President of the court will not be appointed. The officer highest in rank present will be President. 883. Form of Qrder appointing a general court-martial; the last paragraph omitted when the court can be kept up with thirteen members. Head-Quarters, &c. A General Court-martial is hereby appointed to meet at, on the - day of, or as soon thereafter as practicable, for the trial of and such other prisoners as may be brought before it. Detail for the Court: 1. 2. 3. 4. 12. 7., Judge Advocate. No other officers than those named can be assembled without manifest injury to the service. By order of - -, commanding -, Assistant Adjutant-General. 884. In the detail the members will be named, and they will take place in the court, in the order of their rank. A decision of the proper authority in regard to the rank of the members cannot be reversed by the court. 885. The place of holding a court is appointed by the authority convening it. 886. Application for delay or postponement of trial must, when practicable, be made to the authority convening the court. When made to the court, it must be before plea, and will then, if in the opinion of the court well founded, be referred to the authority convening the court, to 124 8. 9. 10. ii. 5. 6. 13.
F T A Y. 12-5 Courts-Martial. -decide whether the court should be adjourned or dissolved, and the charges reserved for another court. 887. Upon application by the accused for postponement on the ground of the absence of a witness, it ought distinctly to appear on his oath, 1st. that the witness is material, and how; 2d. that the accused has used due diligence to procure his attendance; and, 3d. that he has reasonable ground to believe, and does believe, that he will be able to procure such r,ttendance within a reasonable time stated. 888. The President of a court-martial, besides his duties and privileges as member, is the organ of the court, to keep order and conduct its business. He speaks and acts for the court in each case where the rule has been prescribed by law, regulation, or its own resolution. In all their Deliberations the law secures the equality of the members. 889. The 76th Article of War does not confer on a court-martial the power to punish its own members. For disorderly conduct, a member is liable as in other offenses against military discipline; improper words are to be taken down, and any disorderly conduct of a member reported to she authority convening the court. 890. The Judge Advocate shall summon the necessary witnesses for the trial; but he shall not summon any witness at the expense of th' United States, nor any officer of the army, without the order of the court, unless satisfied that his testimony is material and necessary to the ends of justice. 891. Every court-martial shall keep a complete and accurate record of its proceedings, to be authenticated by the signatures of the President and Judge Advocate; who shall also certify, in like manner, the sentence pronounced by the court in each case. The record must show that the court was organized as the law requires; that the court and Judge Advocate were duly sworn in the presence of the prisoner; that he was previously asked whether he had any objection to any member, and his answer thereto. A copy of the order appointing the court will be entered on the record in each case. 892. Whenever the same court-martial tries more prisoners than one, tnd they are arraigned on separate and distinct charges, the court is to De sworn at the commencement of each trial, and the proceedings in each case will be made up separately. 893. The record shall be clearly and legibly written; as far as prac. ticable, without erasures or interlineations. The pages to be numbered, with a margin of one inch on the left side of each page, and at the top of the odd and bottom of the even pages; through this last margin the sheets to be stitched together; the documents accompanying the pro L2 FOR THE ARAI
REVISED REGULATIONS Courts-Marti al. ceedings to be noted and marked in such manner as to afford an easy reference. 894. No recommendation will be embraced in the body of the sentence. Those members only who concur in the recommendation will ign it. 895. The legal punishments for soldiers by sentence of a court-martial according to the offense, and the jurisdiction of the court, are-death; confinement; confinement on bread and water diet; solitary confinement; hard labor; ball and chain; forfeiture of pay and allowances; discharges from service; and reprimands, and, when non-commissioned officers, reduction to the ranks. Ordnance Sergeants and Hospital Stewards, however, though liable to discharge, may not be reduced. Nor are they to be tried by regimental or garrison courts-martial, unless by special permission of the department commnander. Solitary confinement, or confinemnent on bread and water, shall not exceed fourteen days at a time, with intervals between the periods of such confinement not less than such periods; and not exceeding eighty-four days in any one year. 896. The Judge Advocate shall transmit the proceedings, without delay, to the officer having authority to confirm the sentence, who shall state, at the end of the proceedings in each case, his decision and orders thereon. 897. The original proceedings of all general courts-martial, after the decision on them of the reviewing authority, and all proceedings that require the decision of the President under the 65th and 89th Articles of War, and copies of all orders confirming or disapproving, or remnitting, the sentences of courts-martial, and all official communications for the Judge Advocate of the army, will be addressed to' "The A(Ijutant-General of the Army, }Far Dei)artmefnt," marked on the cover, "JZudge Advocate." 898. The proceedings of garrison and regimental courts-martial will be transmitted without delay by the garrison or regimental commander to the department head-quarters for the supervision of the department commander. 899. The power to pardon or mitigate the punishment ordered by a ceurt-martial is vested in the authority confirming the proceedings, and in the President of the United States. A superior military commander to the officer confirming the proceedings may suspend the execution of the sentence when, in his judgment, it is void upon the face of the pr(, ceedings, or when he sees a fit case for executive clemency. In such cases, the record, with his order prohibiting tl.e execution, shall be transmnitted for the final ordert of the President. ~Ad When a oourt-martial - or court of inquiry adjourns without day? 126
FOR THE' ARMY. Working-Parties. the members will return to their respective posts and duties unless otherwise ordered. 901. When a court adjourns for three days, the Judge Advocate shall report the fact to the commander of the post or troops, and the members belonging to the command will be liable to duty during the time. ARTICLE XXXIX. 902. When it is necessary to employ the army at work on fortifica tions, in surveys, in cutting roads, and other constant labor of not less than ten days, the non-commissioned officers and soldiers so emnployed are enrolled as extra-duty men, and are allowed twenty-five cents a day when employed as laborers and teamsters, and forty cents a day when employed as mechanics? clerks, storekeepers, &c., at all stations east of the Rocky MIountains, and thirty-five and fifty cents per day, respectively, at all stations west of those mountains. But no man shall be rated and paid as a clerk or mechanic, who is not szilled in his particular employment; nor any man as a storekeeper, &c., whose trust is not of sufficient import ance. Mere strikers, inferior workmen, &c. shall be rated as laborers Commanding officers will particularly see to this; nor shall any soldier be rated at the higher pay, except by their order. 903. Enlisted men of the Ordnance and Engineer Departments, and artificers of artillery, are not entitled to this allowance when employed in their appropriate work. 904. Soldiers will not be employed as extra-duty men for any labor in camp or garrison which can properly be performed by fatigue parties. 905. No extra-duty men, except those required for the ordinary service of the Quartermaster, Commissary, and Medical Departments, and saddlers in mounted companies, will be employed without previous authority from department head-quarters, except in case of necessity, which shall be promptly reported to the department commander. 906. Extra-duty men should attend the weekly and monthly inspections of their companies, and, if possible, one drill in every week. 907. Extra-duty pay of the saddler in a mounted company will be charged on the company muster-roll, to be paid by the Paymaster and refunded by the Ordnance Department. Extra-duty pay of cooks and nurses in the hospital service will be paid by the quartermnaster, in the absence of a medical disbursing officer, and refunded by the Me(lical Department. 908. The officer commanding a working-party will conlform to thQ 127 WORKING-PARTIES.
REVISED REGULATIONS Recruiting Service.-Duties of Superintendents. directions and plans of the engineer or other officer directing the work, without regard to rank. 909.- A day's work shall not exceed ten hours in summer, nor eight in winter. Soldiers are paid in proportion for any greater number of hours they are employed each day. Summer is considered to commence on the ] st of April, and winter on the 1st of October. 910.:Although the necessities of the service may require soldiers to be ordered on working-parties as a duty, commanding officers are to bear in mind that fitness for military service by instruction and discipline is the object for which the army is kept on foot, and that they are not to employ the troops when not in the field, and especially the mounted troops, in labors that interfere with their military duties and exercises, except in case of immediate necessity, which shall be forthwith reported for the orders of the War Department. ARTICLE XL. RECRUITING SERVICE. 911. The recruiting service will be conducted by the Adjutant-General. under the direction of the Secretary of War. 912. Field officers will be detailed to superintend the recruiting districts, and lieutenants to take charge of the recruiting parties. The Adjutant-General will select the field officers, and announce in orders the number of Captains and Lieutenants to be selected for this duty from each regiment by the Colonel. 913. A recruiting party will consist generally of one lieutenant, one non-commnissioned officer, two privates, and a drummer and fifer. The parties will be sent from the principal dep6ts, and none but suitable men selected. 914 Officers on the general recruiting service are not to be ordered on any other duty, except from the Adjutant-General's office. DUTIES OF SUPERINTENDENTS. 915. As soon as a recruiting station is designated, the superintendent sends estimates for funds to the Adjutant-General, and requisitions on the proper departments (through the Adjutant-General) for clothing, camp equipage, arms, and accoutrements. 916. Subsequent supplies for the station in his district are procured by the superintendent on consolidated estimates; these are made quartcrly for funds, and every six or twelve months for clothing, equipage, arms, and accoutrements Estimates for funds will be in the following form: 128
FOR THE ARMY. ltecruiting Service.-Superintendeuts. Estimate of Recruiting Ftnds requi2ed for the during t -A iu:rter endf,g _~~~~~~ tk,q, l, Amount ex N0 peiidd last Amount on Names.. A qua te. lt hand. o quarter. __________a $ Cts. $ Cts. Total amount requil ed......................................... , Superintendent. 917. Funds and supplies of clothing, camp and garrison equipage, arms and accoutrements, when ordered, will be sent direct to each station. 918. For subsistence to recruiting stations, see regulations of the Sub sistence Department. When army rations are issued for recruits, savings on the rations shall be applied for their benefit, as in companies. 919. The superintendents will transmit to the Adjutant-General conso lidated monthly returns of the recruiting parties under their superintendence, according to directions on the printed blanks, accompanied by one copy of the enlistment of each recruit enlisted within the month. 920. When recruits should be sent to regiments, a superintendent will report to the Adjutant-General for instructions in reference thereto. 921. When recruits are sent from a dep6t or rendezvous to a regiment or post, a nmtuster and descriptive roll, and an account of clothing of the detachment, will be given to the officer assigned to the command of it. And a duplicate of the muster and descriptive roll will be forwarded to the Adjutant-General by the superintendent, who will note on it the names of all the officers on duty with the detachment, and the day of its departure from the dep6t or rendezvous. 922. The superintendent will report all commissioned or non-commissioned officers who may be incapable or negligent in the discharge of their functions. Where a recruiting party fails to get recruits from any cause'other than the fault of the officer, the superintendent will recoInmend another station for the party. 923. When a rendezvous is closed, the superintendent will give the necessary instructions for the safe-keeping or disposal of the public property, so as not to involve any expense for storage. 924. Tours of inspection by superintendents will be made only on instructions from the Adjutant-General's Of e. Officers on the recruit. I 129 ) 18. Amount required. $ Cts. Remarks.
REVISED REGULATIONS Duties of Recruiting Officers. ing service will not be sent from place to place without orders from the same source. DUTIES OF RECRUITING OFFICERS. 925. Success in obtaining recruits depends much on the activity and personal attention of recruiting officers, and they will not entrust to enlisted men the duties for which themselves only are responsible. They will in no case absent the nselves from their stations without authority from the superintendent. 926. They will not allow any man to be deceived or inveigled into the service by false representations, but will in person explain the nature of the service, the length of the term, the pay, clothing, rations, and other allowances to which a soldier is entitled by law, to every man before he signs the enlistment. 927. If minors present themselves, they are to be treated with great candor; the names and residences of their parents or guardians, if they have any, must be ascertained, and these will be informed of the minor's wish to enlist, that they may make their objections or give their consent. 928. With the sanction of superintendents, recruiting officers may insert, in not exceeding two newspapers, brief notices directing attention to the rendezvous for further information. - 929. Any free white male person above the age of eighteen and under thirty-five years, being at least five feet three inches high, effective, ablebodied, sober, free from disease, of good character and habits, and with a competent knowledge of the English language, may be enlisted. This regulation, so far as respects the height and age of the recruit, shall not extend to musicians or to soldiers who may "re-enlist," or have served honestly and faithfully a previous enlistment in the army. 930. No man having a wife or child shall be enlisted in time of peace without special authority obtained from the Adjutant-General's Office, through the superintendent. This rule is not to apply to soldiers who "re-enlist." 931. No person under the age of twenty-one years is to be enlisted or re-enlisted without the written consent of his parent, guardian, or master. The recruiting officers must be very particular in ascertaining the true age of the recruit. 932. After the nature of the service and terms of enlistment have been fairly explained to the recruit, the officer, before the enlistments are filled up, will read to him, and offer for his signature, the annexed declaration, to be appended to each copy of his enlistment: I,, desiring to enlist in the Army of the United States for the period of five years, do declare that I am years and - months of age; that I have neither wife nor child; that I have never 130 0
FOR THE ARMY. 181 Duties of Recruiting Officers. been discharged from the United States service on account of disability, or by sentence of a court-martial, or by order before the expiration of a term of enlistment; and I know of no impediment to my serving honestly and faithfully as a soldier for five years. - Witness: 933. If the recruit be a minor, his parent, guardian, or master must sign a consent to his enlisting, which will be added to the preceding de claration, in the following form: I,, do certify that I am the (father, only survivinyparent, legal master, or guardian, as the case may be) of; that the said is - years of age; and I do hereby freely give my consent to his en listing as a soldier in the Army of the United States for the period of five years. Witness: 934. The forms of declaration, and of consent in case of a minor, having been signed and witnessed, the recruit will then be duly examined by the recruiting officer, and surgeon if one be present, and, if accepted, the 20th and 87th Articles of War will be read to him; after which he will be allowed time to consider the subject until his mind appears to be fully made up before the oath is administered to him. 935. As soon as practicable, and at least within six days after his enlistment, the following oath will be administered to the recruit: "I, A- B-, do solemnly swear or affirm (as the case may be) that 1 will bear true allegiance to the United States of America, and that I will serve them honestly and faithfully against all their enemies or opposers whatsoever, and observe and obey the orders of the President of the United States, and the orders of the officers appointed over me, according to the rules and articles for the government of the armies of the United States." (See 10th Art. of War.) 936. Under the 11th section of the act of 3d August, 1861, chap. 42, the oath of enlistment and re-enlistment may be administered by any commissioned officer of the army. 937. It is the duty of the recruiting officer to be present at the examination of the recruit by the medical officer. (See par. 1261.) 938. Recruiting officers will not employ private physicians without authority from the Adjutant-General's Office, for the special purpose of examining the recruits prior to their enlisting. 939. If it be necessary, as in case of sickness, to employ a physician, the recruiting officer may engage his services by contract on reasonable terms, "by the, visit," or by the month. If by the month, the examina FOR TI-IE AR-MY. 131
REVISED REGULATIONS Duties of Recruiting Officers. tion of the recruits must be stated in the contract as part of his duty. In vouchers for medical attendance and medicines, the name of each patient, date of, and charge for, each visit, and for medicine filrnished, must be given, and the certificate of the physician added, that the rates charged are the usual rates of the place. The physician/will be paid from the recruiting funds. 940. Enlistments must, in all cases, be taken. in triplicate. The recruiting officer will send one copy to the Adjutant-General with his quarterly accounts, a second to the superintendent with his monthly return, and a third to the dep6t at the time the recruits are sent there. In cases of soldiers re-enlisted in a regiment, or of regimental recruits, the third copy of the enlistment will be sent at its date to regimental head-quarters for file. 941. When ordnance sergeants re-enlist, the recruiting officer will immediately send the second copy of the enlistment direct to the Adjutant-General, and the third copy to the station of the ordnance sergeant for file. 942. Enlistments must, in no case, be ante-dated so as to entitle a soldier who applies after the period for "re-enlistfig" has expired, to any additional pay therefor. 943. The recruiting officer will see that the men under his command are neat in their personal appearance, and will require the permanent party to wear their military dress in a becoming manner, especially when permitted to go abroad. 944. Only such articles of clothing as are indispensable for immediate use will be issued to recruits at the rendezvous. Their equipment will not be made complete till after they have passed the inspection subsequent to their arrival at the dep6t. 945. The instruction of the recruits will commence at the rendezvous from the moment of enlistment. The general superintendent will see that all recruiting officers give particular attention to this subject. 946. Recruits will be sent from rendezvous to dep6ts every ten days, or oftener if practicable, provided the number disposable exceeds three The detachments of recruits will be sent from rendezvous to depots under charge of a non-commissioned officer. 947. Before recruits are sent from recruiting depots to regiments or companies, the amounts due by them to the laundress and sutler, having been verified and audited, will be entered on a roll made for the purpose, and will be paid by the paymaster on his next visit at the post, the receipts of the laundress and sutler to the amounts paid being the voucher: Provided the recruits have a clear amount of pay due them, over and above their dues to the government, equal to the claims of the laundress 132
FOR THE ARMY. Rendezvous.-Blanks. and sutler. The same amounts will be entered on the muster and de scriptive roll of the recruits as "amount paid laundress, or sutler," (naming them,) to be deducted from the pay of the soldiers at their first subsequent payment. 948. Every officer commanding a recruiting party will procure the necessary transportation, forage, fuel, straw, and stationery, taking the requisite vouchers. 949. The transportation of recruits to depots, and from one recruiting station to another, will be paid from the recruiting funds; transportation of officers and enlisted men on the recruiting service will be paid in the same manner, except when first proceeding to join that service, or returning to their regiments after having been relieved. 950. No expenses of transportation of officers will be admitted that do not arise from orders emanating from the Adjutant-General's office, except they be required to visit branch or auxiliary rendezvous under their charge, when they will be allowed the stage, steamboat, or railroad fare, porterage included. 951. Whenever an officer is relieved or withdrawn from the recruiting service, he will pay over the balance of any unexpended recruiting funds in his possession to the officer appointed to succeed him, or to the paymaster, if no officer be so designated; and if there be no paymaster or other proper officer convenient to receive such balance, the amount will be deposited to the credit of the Treasurer of the United States, with the most convenient Assistant Treasurer, or other depositary of public moneys. In either case the officer will forward to the Adjutant-General the evidence of the disposition he may make of the funds, and report the fact to the superintendent, or to his Colonel, if on regimental recruiting service. RENDEZVOUS, QUARTERING AND SUBSISTING RECRUITS. 952. Written contracts will be made by recruiting officers for the rent of a rendezvous upon the most reasonable terms possible. The rent will be paid from the recruiting funds. The terms of the contract will be immediately reported to the Adjutant-General. 953. For the manner of subsisting recruits, see regulations of the Subsistence Department. BLANKS. 954. Officers on recruiting service will make timely requisitions for printed blanks, direct, as follows: To the Adjutant-General.-For enlistments; re-enlistments; forms for medical inspection of recruits; muster-rolls; muster and descriptive rolls; M 138
REyISED REGULATIONS Furniture and Stationery.- Accounts, Returns, &M. monthly returns; tri-monthly reports; recruiting accounts current accounts of clothing issued; posters or handbills. To the Quartermaster-General.-For estimates of clothing, camp and garrison equipage; clothing receipt rolls; quarterly returns of clothing, camp and garrison equipage. 955. Of the blanks above named, none but the printed forms furnished will be used. Other blanks, when required, must be ruled. 956. Blanks for the regimental recruiting service are furnished to the company commanders. FURNITURE AND STATIONERY. 957. The articles of furniture and police utensils which may be absolutely necessary at a recruiting station may be procured by the officer in charge of the rendezvous, on the special authority of the superintendent. 958. Necessary stationery will be purchased monthly or quarterly, not to exceed, per quarter at each station, six quires of paper, twenty-four quills, or twenty-four steel pens and two holders, half an ounce of wafers, one paper of ink-powder, one bottle of red ink, four ounces of sealingwax, one quire of cartridge paper, or one hundred envelopes, one-fourth quire of blotting-paper, and one piece of tape. If necessary, an additional supply of one-fourth of these rates will be allowed to the recruiting officer having charge of one or more auxiliary rendezvous distant from his permanent station. At the principal dep6ts the allowance must be fixed by the wants of the public service. 959. To each office table is allowed one inkstand, one wafer stamp, one Wafer box, one paper-folder, one ruler, and as many lead-pencils as may be required, not exceeding four per annum. 960. Such blank books as may be necessary are allowed to the general superintendent and at permanent recruiting depots; also, one descriptive book for the register of recruits at each permanent station. Blank books will be purchased by recruiting officers, under instructions from the superintendent. 961. When a recruiting officer is relieved, the blanks, books, and unexpended stationery, with all the other public property at the station, will be transferred to his successor, who will receipt for the same. ACCOUNTS, RETURNS) ETC. 962. The following are the accounts, returns, &c. to be rendered by officers on recruiting service: To the Adjutant-General. I Recruiting accounts current, quarterly, with abstract, (Form C,) vouchers, (Form D,) and one set of enlistments. An account will 1.34
FOR THEB ARMY. Accounts, Returns, &c be rendered by every officer who may receive funds, whether he makes expenditures or not during the quarter. 2. A quarterly return of stationery, books, fuel, straw, and such other property as may have been purchased with the recruiting funds. 3. A monthly summary statement of money received, expended, and remaining on hand, (Form E,) to be transmitted on the last day of each month. 4. A muster-roll of all enlisted men at the rendezvous, including the names of all who may have joined, died, deserted, been transferred or discharged, during the period embraced in the muster-roll. b. Tri-monthly reports of the state of the recruiting service, accord ing to the prescribed form. To the Superintendent. 6. A monthly return of recruits and of the recruiting party, accom panied with one copy of the enlistment of every recruit enlisted within the month. 7. Duplicate muster-rolls for pay of the permanent recruiting party, which may be sent direct to the nearest paymaster, when authorized by the superintendent. A triplicate of this roll will be retained at the station. 8. Muster and descriptive rolls and an account of clothing of every detachment of recruits ordered to the principal depot. If the re cruits be ordered to proceed from the rendezvoau direct, to join any regiment or post, these rolls and accounts of clothing will be delivered to the officer in command of the detachment, a duplicate of each muster and descriptive roll only being then made and sent to the superintendent. 9. Copy of the quarterly abstract of contingent expenses; to be forwarded within three days after the expiration of each quarter. 10. Quarterly estimates for funds. 11. Estimates for clothing, and camp and garrison equipage, and for arms and accoutrements, for six or twelve months, or for such times as may be directed by the superintendent. 12. Copy of the return No. 13. To the Quartermaster-General. 13 A quarterly return of clothing and camp and garrison equipage, and of all quartermaster's property in his possession, not including such as is purchased with the recruiting funds. 13C'
REVISED REGULATIONS Accounts, Returns, &c. To the Ordnance Department. 14. A quarterly return of arms, accoutrements, ammunition, and of all ordnance stores. RULES FOR MAKING ACCOUNTS AND PAPERS. 963. The following rules must be observed in making out and forwarding accounts and papers: 1. Letters addressed to the Adjutant-Geneal "on recruiting service," will be so endorsed on the envelopes, under the words "official business." 2. Each voucher must be separately entered on the abstract of contingent expenses, (Form C,) and only the gross amount of the abstract must be entered on the account current. 3. No expenditure must be charged without a proper voucher to support it. (See Form D.) 4. The receipt to the voucher must be signed, when practicable, by a principal. When this is not practicable, the recruiting officer will add to his own certificate a statement that the agent is duly authorized to sign the receipt. 5. When an individual makes "his mark" instead of signing his name to the receipt, it must be witnessed by a third person. 6. Expenditures must be confined to items stated in the Regulations. In an unforeseen emergency, requiring a deviation from this rule, a full explanation must be appended to the voucher for the ex penditure; and, if this be not satisfactory, the account will be charged in the Treasury against the recruiting officer. 7. In all vouchers, the different items, with dates, and cost of each, must be given. To vouchers for transportation of officers, a copy of the order under which the journey was performed, must be appended. 8 In vouchers for medical attendance and medicines, the name of each patient, date of, and charge for, each visit, and for medicine furnished, must be given, and the certificate of the physician added, that the rates charged are the usual rates of the place. 9. To each voucher for notices inserted in newspapers a copy of the notice will be appended. 10. Quarterly accounts current must exhibit the numbers of Treasury drafts and dates of their receipt; and when funds are transferred, the names of officers from whom they are received, or to whom they are turned over, with the dates of transfer. 11. Fractions of cents are not to be taken up on accounts current. 12. Enlistments must be filled up in a fair and legible hand. The 136
FOR THE ARMY. 137 Depots for Collecting Recruits. real name of the recruit must be ascertained, correctly spelled, and written in the same way wherever it occurs; the Christian name must not be abbreviated. Numbers must be written, and not expressed by figures. Each enlistment must be endorsed as follows: No.-. A B — enlisted at January-, 186-, ByLt.C D - Regiment of —. The number in each month to correspond with the names alpha betically arranged. 13. Whenever a soldier re-enters the service, the officer who enlisted him will endorse on the enlistment, next below his own name and regiment, "second (or third) enlistment," as the case may be, to gether with the name of the regiment and the letter of the com pany in which the soldier last served, and date of discharge from former enlistment. This information the recruiting officer must obtain, if possible, from the soldier's discharge, which he should in all cases be required to exhibit. (See 22d Art. of War.) 14. Re-enlistments must be forwarded with recruiting accounts, al though the bounty due on them may not be paid. When the bounty is subsequently paid, the soldier's receipt is to be taken on a voucher showing date and place of re-enlistment, company and regiment, and by whom re-enlisted. 15. The filling up of, and endorsement on, the enlistment, will be in the handwriting of the recruiting officer, or done under his imme diate inspection. t6. To facilitate the final settlement of accounts of discharged soldiers, the name of the State, as well as the town, where each recruit is en listed, will be recorded on all muster, pay, and descriptive rolls. DEPOTS FOR COLLECTING AND INSTRUCTING RECRUITS. 954. The depots for recruits are established by orders from the Adjubut-General's Office. 965. To each (ldepo6t there will be assigned a suitable number of officers to command and instruct the recruits; and, when necessary, such number of enlisted men as may be designated at the Adjutant-General's Office, will be selected for the permanent party, to do garrison duty and for drill-masters. 966. The number of recruits at depots to be assigned to each arm and regiment is directed from the Adjutant-General's Office. M2 FOR THE ARMY. 137
18 -Id-}~ REUAIN Depots for Collecting Recruits. 967. The recruits are to be dressed in uniform according to their respective arms, and will be regularly mustered and inspected. They are to be well drilled in the Infantry Tactics, through the school of the soldier to that of the battalion, and in the exercise of field and garrison pieces. Duty is to be done according to the strict rules of service. 968. The general superintendent will cause such of the recruits as are found to possess a natural talent for music, to be instructed (besides the drill of the soldier) on the fife, bugle, and drum, and other military instruments; and boys of twelve years of age, and upward, may, under his direction, be enlisted for this purpose. But as recruits under eighteen years of age and under size must be discharged, if they are not capable of learning music, care should be taken to enlist those only who have a natural talent for music, and, if practicable, they should be taken on trial for some time before being enlisted. 969. Regiments will be furnished with field music on the requisitions of their commanders, made, from time to time, direct on the general superintendent; and, when requested by regimental commanders, the superintendents will endeavor to have suitable men elected from the recruits, or enlisted, for the regimental bands. 970. At every dep6t pains will be taken to form from the permanent party a body of competent cooks, some of whom will be sent with every large draft of recruits ordered to regiments. 971. To give encouragement to the recruits, and hold out inducements to good conduct, the commanding officer of the dep6t may promote such of them as exhibit the requisite qualifications to be lance corporals and lance sergeants, not exceeding the proper proportion to the number of recruits at the dep6t. These appointments will be announced in orders in the usual way, and will be continued in force until they join their regiments, unless sooner revoked. No allowance of pay or emoluments is to be assigned to these appointments: they are only to be considered as recommendations to the captains of companies and colonels of regiments for the places in which the recruits may have acted; but such non-commissioned officers are to be treated with all the respect and to have all the authority which may belong to the stations of sergeant and corporal. 972. Permanent parties at dep6ts, and recruiting parties and recruits, will be mustered, inspected, and paid in the same manner as other soldiers. Recruits will be mustered for pay only at dep6ts, and, when paid there, one-half of their monthly pay will be retained until they join their regiments. 973. WThen recruits are received at a garrisoned post, the commanding officer will place them under the charge of a commissioned officer. 138 REV18ED REGULATIONS
D~~~~~O TEAM. _'9 Inspection of Recruits at Depots and Posts. Rejected Recruits. 974. Recruits are not to be put to any labor or work which would interfere with their instruction, nor are they to be employed otherwise than as soldiers, in the regular duties of garrison and camp. 975. The Rules and Articles of War are to be read to the recruits wvery month, after the inspection; and so much thereof as relates to the duties of non-commissioned officers and soldiers will be read to them every week. INSPECTION OF RECRUITS AT DEPOTS AND POSTS. 976. The superintendent or commanding officer will cause a minute and critical inspection to be made of every recruit received at a depot, two days after his arrival; and should any recruit be found unfit for service, or to have been enlisted contrary to law or regulations, he shall assemble a Board of Inspectors, to examine into the case. A board may also be assembled in a special case, when a concealed defect may become manifest in a recruit, at any time during his detention at the depot. 977. Every draft of recruits ordered from a dep6t to any regiment or post, shall, immediately preceding its departure, be critically inspected by the superintendent or commanding officer, and surgeon; and, when necessary, a Board of Inspectors will be convened. 978. Recruits received at a military post or station shall be carefully inspected by the commanding officer and surgeon, on the third day after their arrival; and if, on such inspection, any recruit, in their opinion, be unsound or otherwise defective, in such degree as to disqualify him for the duties of a soldier, then a Board of Inspectors will be assembled to examine into and report on the case. (See paragraphs 979, 980, 981.) 979. Boards for the inspection of recruits will be composed of the commanding officer, the senior medical officer of the army present, and, if possible, the three senior regimental officers present on duty with the troops. REJECTED RECRUITS. 980. In all cases of rejection, the reasons therefor will be stated at large in a special report, to be made by the board; which, together with the surgeon's certificate of disability for service, will be forwarded by the superintendent or commandant of the post direct to the Adjutant-General. In all such cases the commanding officer will cause the articles of clothing, which may have been issued to the recruit, with the price of each article, to be endorsed on the certificates of disability. If the recommendation of the board for the discharge of the recruit be approved, the authority therefor will be endorsed on the certificate, which will be sent back to be filled up and signed by the commanding officer, who will return the same to the Adjutant- eneral's Office. FOR THE ARMY. 189
4O REVISED REQULATIONS Recruits sent to Regiments. 981. The board will state in the report whether the disability, or other cause of rejection, existed before his enlistment; and whether with proer care and examination it might not have been discovered. RECRUITS SENT TO REGIMENTS. 982. An officer intrusted with the command of recruits ordered to regiments, will, on arriving at the place of destination, forward the following papers: 1. To the Adjutant- General and the Supertntendent, each, a descrip tive roll and an account of clothing of such men as may have deserted, died, or been left on the route from any cause whatever, with date and place; also, a special report of the date of his arrival at the post, the strength and condition of the party when turned over to the commanding officer, and all circumstances worthy of remark which may have.occurred on the march. 2. To the Commanding Officer of the regiment, or- post, the muster and descriptive roll furnished him at the time of setting out, properly signed and completed by recording the names of the re cruits present. and by noting in the column for remarks, opposite the appropriate spaces, the time and place of death, desertion, ap prehension, or other casualty that may have occurred on the route. 983. Should an officer be relieved in charge of a party of recruits en route, before it reaches its destination, the date and place, and name of the officer by whom he is relieved, must be recorded on the roll of the party. Without the evidence of such record, no charge for extra pay on account of clothing accountability of the party, where equal to a company will be allowed. 984. The "original muster and descriptive roll" of every draft, with remarks showing the final disposition of each recruit, and the regiment and letter of the company to which he may be assigned, will be signed and forwarded to the Adjutant-General by the commanding officer who makes the assignment. If the recruits embraced in one roll happen to be assigned to different posts, the -original roll is to continue with the last party to its destination, each commander completing it so far as concerns the recruits left at his post. When this is not practicable, extracts from the original roll are to be made by the authority which distributes the recruits, to accompany the several parties, and to be forwarded to the Adjutant-General as in case of the original roll. REGIMENTAL RECRUITING SERVICE. 985. The regimental recruiting will be conducted in the manner pre. scribed for the general service. REVISED REGULATIONS 140
FOR THB ARMY. Regimental Recruiting Service. 986. Every commander of a regiment is the superintendent of the recruiting service for his regiment, and will endeavor to keep it up to its establishment; for which purpose he will obtain the necessary funds, clothing, &c., by requisition on the Adjutant-General. 987. At every station occupied by his regiment, or any part of it, the colonel will designate a suitable officer to attend to the recruiting duties; which selection will not relieve such officer from his company or other ordinary duties. The officer thus designated will be kept constantly furnished with funds, and, when necessary, with clothing and camp equipage. 988. The regimental recruiting officer will, with the approbation of the commanding officer of the station, enlist all suitable men. He will be governed, in rendering his accounts and returns, by the rules prescribed for the general service; and, when leaving a post, will turn over the funds in his hands to the senior company officer of his regiment present, unless some other be appointed to receive them. 141
FORM[ A. . THE UNITED STATES, To - --, Specia C For rations issued to recruits under the command of i-, at - panying abstract: -- complete rations, at - cents - - lbs. extra soap, at - cents -. - - - lbs. extra candles, at - cents - Due contractor - Received from the United States dollars and cents, in full of the a
FORM B. Attract of rations issd to recruits statwued at -, under commana Date. No. of No. of No. of Commencing Ending No. of d. return. men. women..drawn f Total number of complete rations...................................... I certify that I have carefully compared the above abstract with the original returns - complete rations.
REVISED REGULATIONS Recruiting Service.-Forms. FORK C. Abstract of disbursements on account of contingencies of the recruiting service, by, in the quarter ending, 18-, at Amount. N.o Daeopa- T hmpi. O htacut I t $ Recruiting 00 o. I w 6
FOR THE ARMY. 145 Recruiting Service. Forms. FORM D. THE UNITED STATES, To I DR. Dolls. For I certify that the above account is correct. Recruiting Offcer. Received - -this day of, 18-, of - -, recruiting officer, - dollars and cents, in full of the above account. $ (DUPLIcATe.) 10 FOR THE ARMY. -145 Date. Cts,
146 RE,VISED REG~ULATIONS Recruiting~ Service.-Forms. : 4, * o, I 0 E4 * : *-~It 0 0) :!i: I ;a t;, 94 r-) .4 a a 'ti I 0 11 P. g tI -9 I.0 11 1 6 QIz Q t .5 Im pq E-4 rn A pq z pq t4 E-4 94 A
3~~~~~O ~l.RY 4 Public Property, Money, and Accounts. ARTICLE XLI PUBLIC PROPERTY, MONEY, AND ACCOUNTS. 989. All officers of the Pay, Commissary, and Quartermaster's Depart. ments, and military store-keepers, shall, previous to their entering on the duties of their respective offices, give good and sufficient bonds to the United States fully to account for all moneys and public property which they may receive, in such sums as the Secretary of War shall direct; and the officers aforesaid shall renew their bonds every four years, and oftener if the Secretary of War shall so require, and whenever they receive a new commission or appointment. 990. The sureties to the bond shall bc bound jointly and severally for the whole amount of the bond, and shall satisfy the Secretary of War that they are worth jointly double the amount of the bond, by the affidavit of each surety, stating that he is worth, over and above his debts and liabilities, the amount of the bond or such other sum as he may specify; and each surety shall state his place of residence. 991. The chiefs of disbursing departments who submit requisitions for money to be remitted to disbursing officers, shall take care that no more money than actually needed is in the hands of any officer. 992. The Treasury Department having provided, by arrangement with the assistant treasurers at various points, secure depositories for funds in the hands of disbursing officers, all disbursing officers are required to avail themselves, as far as possible, of this arrangement, by depositing with the assistant treasurers such funds as are not wanted for immnediate use, and drawing the same in convenient sums as wanted. 993. No public funds shall be exchanged except for gold and silver. When the funds furnished are gold and silver, all payments shall be in gold and silver. When the funds furnished are drafts, they shall be presented at the place of payment, and paid according to law; and pay ments shall be made in the funds so received for the drafts, unless said funds or said drafts can be exchanged for gold and silver at par. If any disbursing officer shall violate any of these provisions, he shall be suspended by the Secretary of War, and reported to the President, and promptly removed from office or restored to his tiust and duties as to the President may seem just and proper. (Act August 6, 1846.) 994. No disbursing officer shall accept, or receive, or transmit to the Treasury to be allowed in his favor, any receipt or voucher from a creditor of the Urited States without having paid to such creditor, in such funds as he ieceivcd for disbursement, or isuch other fun(s as be is FOR TIIE JRMY. 147
REVISED RE(}ULAT.ONS Public Property, Money, and Accounts. authorized by the preceding article to Lake in exchange, the full amount specified in such receipt or voucher; and every such act shall be deemed to be a conversion to his own use of the amount specified in such receipt or voucher. And no officer in the military service charged with the safe-keeping, transfer, or disbursement of public money, shall convert to his own use, or invest in any kind of merchandise or property, or loan with or without interest, or deposit in any bank, or exchange for other funds, except as allowed in the preceding article, any public money intrusted to him; and every such act shall be deemed to be a felony and an embezzlement of so much money as may be so taken, converted, invested, used, loaned, deposited, or exchanged. (Act August 6, 1846) 995. Any officer who shall directly or indirectly sell or dispose of, for a premium, any Treasury note, draft, warrant, or other public security in his hands for disbursement, or sell or dispose of the proceeds or avails thereof without making returns of such premium and accounting therefor by charging it in his accounts to the credit of the United States, will forthwith be dismissed by the President. (Act August 6, 1846.) 996. If any disbursing officer shall bet at cards or any game of hazard, his commanding officer shall suspend his functions, and require him to turn over all the public funds in his keeping, and shall immediately report the case to the proper bureau of the War Department. 997. All officers are forbid to give or take any receipt in blank for public money or property; but in all cases the voucher shall be made out in full, and the true date, place, and exact amount of money, in words, shall be written out in the receipt before it is signed. 998. When a signature is not written by the hand of the party, it must be witnessed. 999. No advance of public money shall be made, except advances to disbursing officers, and advances by order of the War Department to officers on distant stations, where they cannot receive their pay and emoluments regularly; but in all cases of contracts for the performance of any service, or the delivery of articles of any description, payment shall not exceed the value c? the service rendered, or of the articles delivered, previously to such payment. 1000. No officer disbursing or directing the disbursement of money for the military service shall be concerned, directly or indirectly, in the purchase or sale, for commercial purposes, of any article intended for, making a part of, or appertaining to the department of the public service in which he is engaged, nor shall take, receive, or apply to his own use ,my gain or emolument, under the guise of presents or otherwise, for negotiating or transacting any public business, other than what is or may be allowed by law. 148
Public Property, Money, and Accounts. 1001. Nowagon-master or forage-master shall be interested or concerned. directly or indirectly, in any wagon or other means of transport employed by the United States, nor in the purchase or sale of any property procure-l for or belonging to the United States, except as the agent of the United States. 1002. No officeer or agent in the military service shall purchase from ny other person in the military service, or make any contract with any such person to furnish supplies or services, or make any purchase or contract in which such person shall be admitted to any share or part, or to any benefit to arise therefrom. 1003. No person in the military service whose salary, pay, or emoluments is or are fixed by law or regulations, shall receive any additional pay, extra allowance, or compensation in any form whatever, for the dis. bursement of public money, or any other service or duty whatsoever, unless the same shall be authorized by law, and explicitly set out in the appropriation. 1004. All accounts of expenditures shall set out a sufficient explanatior of the object, necessity, and propriety of the expenditure. 1005. The facts on which an account depends must be stated and vouched by the certificate of an officer, or other sufficient evidence. 1006. If any account paid on the certificate of an officer to the facts is afterward disallowed for error of fact in the certificate, it shall pass to the credit of the disbursing officer, and be charged to the officer who gave the certificate. 1007. An officer shall have credit for an expenditure of money or property made in obedience to the order of his commanding officer. If the expenditure is disallowed, it shall be charged to the officer who ordered it. 1008. Disbursing officers, when they have the money, shall pay cash, and not open an account. Heads of bureaus shall take care, by timely remittances, to obviate the necessity of any purchases on credit. 1009. When a disbursing officer is relieved, he shall certify the out. standing debts to his successor, and transmit an account of the same to the head of the bureau, and turn over his public money and property appertaining to the service from which he is relieved to his successor, unless otherwise ordered. 1010. The chief of each military bureau of the War Department shall, under the direction of the Secretary of War, regulate, as far as prac.. ticable, the employment of hired persons required for the administrative service of his department. 1011. When practicable, persons hired in the military service shall be FOR THE ARMY. 149 N 2
REVISED REGULATIONS Public Property, Money, and Accounts. paid at the end of the calendar month, and when discharged. Separate pay-rolls shall be made for each month. 1012. When a hired person is discharged and not paid, a certified statement of his account shall be given him. 1013. Property, paid for or not, must be taken up on the return, and accounted for when received. 1014. No officer has authority to insure public property or money. 1015. Disbursing officers are not authorized to settle with heirs, executors, or administrators, except by instructions from the proper bureau of the War Department upon accounts duly audited and certified by the proper accounting officers of the Treasury. 1016. Public horses, mules, oxen, tools, and implements shall be branded conspicuously U. S. before being used in service, and all other public property that it may be useful to mark; and all public property having the brand of the U.S. when sold or condemned, shall be branded with the letter C. 1017. No public property shall be used, nor labor hired for the public be employed, for any private use whatsoever not authorized by the regulations of the service. 1018. When public property becomes damaged, except by fair wear and tear, or otherwise unsuitable for use, or a deficiency is found in it, the officer accountable for the same shall report the case to the commanding officer, who shall, if necessary, appoint a Board of Survey. 1019. Boards of Survey shall have no power to condemn public property. They are called only for the purpose of establishing data by which questions of administrative responsibility may be determined, and the adjustment of accounts facilitated; as, for example, to assess to amount and kind of damage or deficiency which public property may have sustained from any extraordinary cause, not ordinary wear, either in transit or in store, or in actual use, whether from accident, unusual wastage, or otherwise, and to set forth the circumstances and fix the responsibility of such damage, whether on the carrier, or the person accountable for the property or having it immediately in charge; to make inventories of property ordered to be abandoned, when the articles have not been enumerated in the orders; to assess the prices at which damaged clothing may be issued to troops, and the proportion in which supplies shall be issued in consequence of damage that renders them at the usual rate unequal to the allowance which the Regulations contemplate; to verify the discrepancy between the invoices and the actual quantity or description of property transferred from one officer to another, and ascertain, as fai as possible, where and how the discrepancy has occurred, whether in the lands of the carrier or the officer mak-ng the transfer; and to make 150
}'OR THE ARMY. 151 Public Property, Money, and Accounts. inventories and report on the condition of r,public property in the possession of officers at the time of their death. The action of the board for these authorized objects will be complete with the approval of the commanld ing officer, provided that neither he nor any of the board are interested parties; but will be subject to revision by higher authority. In no case, however, will the report of the board supersede the depositions which the law requires with reference to deficiencies and damage. 1020. Boards of Survey will not be convened by any other than the Commanding officer present, and will be composed of as many officers, not exceeding three, as may be present for duty, exclusive always of the commanding officer and the officer responsible in the matter to be reported on; but in case the two latter only are present, then the one not responsible will perform the duties, and the responsible officer will perform them only if there be no other recourse. The proceedings of the board will be signed by each member, and a copy forwarded by the approving officer to the head-quarters of the department or army in the field, as the case may be, duplicates being furnished to the officer accountable for the property 1021. All surveys and reports having in view the condemnation of public property, for whatever cause, will be made by the commanding officers of posts or other separate commands, or by Inspectors-General, or inspectors specially designated by the commander of a department or an army in the field, or by higher authority Such surveys and reports having a different object from those of Boards of Survey, will be required independently of any preliminary action of a board on the same matter. 1022. When public property is received by any officer, he will make a careful examination to ascertain its quality and condition, but without breaking packages until issues are to be made, unless there should be cause to suppose the contents defective; and in any of the cases supposed in the preceding paragraph, he will apply for a Board of Survey for the purposes therein set forth. If he deem the property unfit for use and that the public interest requires it to be condemned, he will, in addition, report that fact to the commanding officer, who will make, or cause to be( made, a critical inspection of it-according as he may be commander of a post only, or have a higher command. If the inspector deem the property fit,.it shall be received and used. If not, he will forward a formal inspection report to the commander empowered to give orders in the case. The same rule will be observed, according to the nature of the case, with reference to property already on hand. The person accountable for the property, or having it in charge, will submit an inventory, which will accompany or be embodied in the inspection report, stating how long the property has been in his possession, how long in use, and from whom it was received. The inspector's report will state the exact condition of each FOR THE ARMY. 151
152 REVISED REGULATIONS Public Property, Money, and Accounts. article, and what disposition it is expedient to make of it: as, to be de. stroyed, to be dropped as being of no value, tG be broken up, to be repacked or repaired, or to be sold. The inspector will certify on his report that he has examined each article, and that its condition is as stated. If the commanding officer, who ordinarily would be the inspector, is himself accountable for the property, the next officer in rank present for duty will act as the inspector. The authority to inspect and condemn will not, without special instructions, be exercised by commanding officers of arsenals with reference to ordnance and ordnance stores, but only in regard to other unserviceable supplies. 1023. An officer commanding a department, or an army in the field may give orders, on the report of the authorized inspectors, to sell, destroy, or make such other disposition of any condemned property as the case may require-ordnance and ordnance stores alone excepted, for which the orders of the War Department must always be taken. But if the property be of very considerable value, and there should be reason to suppose that it could be advantageously applied or disposed of elsewhere than within his command, he will refer the matter to the Chief of the Staff Department to which it belongs, for the orders of the War Department. No other persons then those above designated, or the General-in. chief, will order the final disposition of condemned property; saving only in the case of horses which should be killed at once to prevent contagion and of provisions or other stores which are rapidly deteriorating, when the immediate commander may have to act perforce. Inventories of condemned property will be made in triplicate, one to be retained by the person accountable, one to accompany his accounts, and one to be forwarded through the department or other superior head-quarters to the Chief of the Staff Department to which the property belongs. Separate inventories must be made of the articles to be repaired, of those to be broken up, those to be sold, to be dropped, &c. 1024. Every inspector, member of a Board of Survey, and commander acting on their proceedings, shall be answerable that his action has been proper and judicious, according to the Regulations and the circumstances )f the case. 1025. As far as practicable, every officer in charge of public property, whether it be in use or in store, will endeavor by timely repairs to keep tt in serviceable condition, for which purpose the necessary means will be allowed on satisfactory requisitions; and property in store so repaired will be issued for further use. Unserviceable arms will be sent to an arsenal for repair. Provisions and other perishable stores will be repacked whenever it may be necessary for their preservation and their value will justify tbo expense, which will be a legitimate charge against the depart 152 REVISED REGULATIONS
-~~~~O TH RM Public Property, Money, and Accounts. ment to which they belong. Public animals will not be condemned for temporary disease or want of condition, but may, by order of the com manding officer after inspection, be turned in for rest and treatment, if unfit for the service for which they are immediately required. 1026. Public property shall not be transferred gratuitously from one staff department to another; nor shall the funds of one be used to liquid ate the debts of another. 1027. If any article of public property be lost or damaged by neglect or fault of any officer or soldier, he shall pay the value of such article, or amount of damage, or cost of repairs, at such rates as a Board of Survey, with the approval of the commanding officer, may assess, according to the place and circumstances of the loss or damage. And he shall, moreover, be proceeded against as the Articles of War provide, if he demand a trial by court-martial, or the circumstances should require it. 1028. Charges against a soldier shall be set against his pay on the muster-roll-but only on clear proof, and never without an inquiry, if he demand it. Charges against an officer to be set against his pay shall be promptly reported to the Secretary of War.* 1029. If any article of public property be embezzled, or by neglect lost or damaged, by any person hired in the public service, the value or damage, as ascertained, if necessary, by a Board of Survey, shall be charged to him, and set against any pay or money due him. 1030. Public property lost or destroyed in the military service must be accounted for by affidavit, or the certificate of a commissioned officer, or other satisfactory evidence. 1031. Affidavits or depositions may be taken before any officer in the list, as follows, when recourse cannot be had to any before named on said list, which fact shall be certified by the officer offering the evidence: 1st. a civil magistrate competent ta administer oaths; 2d. a judge advocate; 3d. the recorder of a garrison or regimental court-martial; 4th. the adjutant of a regiment; 5th. a commissioned officer. 1032. Military stores and other army supplies regularly condemned, and ordered for sale, shall be sold for cash at auction, on due public notice, and in such market as the public interest may require. The officer making the sale will bid in and suspend the sale when, in his opinion, better prices may be got. Expenses of the sale will be paid from its proceeds. The auctioneer's certified 4ecount of the sales in detail, and the vouchers for the expenses of the sale, will be reported to the * If the pay of any officer or soldier's wrongfully withhold for arrears or liabilities to the United States, a civil remedy is prt ided by the act of January 25, 1828. FOR THE ARIIIY. 154
15 RIIE EUAIN Public Property, Money, and Accounts. chief of the department to which the property belonged. The net pro ceeds will be applied as the Secretary of War may direct. 1033. No officer making returns of property shall drop from his return any public property as worn out or unserviceable until it has been condemned, after proper inspection, and ordered to be so dropped. 1034. An officer issuing stores shall deliver or transmit to the receiving officer an exact list of them in duplicate invoices, and the receiving officer shall return him duplicate receipts. 1035. When an officer to whom stores are forwarded has reason to suppose them miscarried, he shall promptly inform the issuing and for. warding officer, and the bureau of the department to which the property appertains. 1036. When stores received do not correspond in amount or quality with the invoice, they will be examined by a Board of Survey, and a copy of the report of the board be communicated to the proper bureau, to the issuing and forwarding officer, and to the officer authorized to pay the transportation account. Damages recovered from the carrier or other party liable, will be refunded to the proper department. 1037. On the death of any officer in charge of public property or money, the commanding officer shall appoint a Board of Survey to take an inventory of the same, which he shall forward to the proper bureau of the War Department, and he shall designate an officer to take charge of the said property or money till orders in the case are received from the proper authority. 1038. When an officer in charge of public property is removed from the care of it, the commanding officer shall designate an officer to receive it, or take charge of it himself, till a successor be regularly ap. pointed. Where no officer can remain to receive it, the commanding officer will take suitable means to secure it, and report the facts to the proper authority. 1039. Every officer having public money to account for, and failing to renjer his account thereof quarter-yearly, with the vouchers necessary to its correct and prompt settlement, within three months after the expiration of the quarter if resident in the United States, and within six months if resident in a foreign country, will be promptly dismissed by the President, unless he shall explain the default to the satisfaction of the President. (Act January 31, 1823.) 1040. Every officer intrusted with public money or property shall render all prescribed returns andl accounts to the bureau of the department in which he is serving, whire all such returns and accounts shall pass through a rigid administrative scrutiny before the money accounts REVISED REGULATIONS 154
FOR TIlE ARMY. Contracts and Purchases. are transmitted to the proper offices of the Treasury Department for settlement. 1041. The head of the bureau shall cause his decision on each account to be endorsed on it. He shall bring to the notice of the Secretary of War all accounts and matters of account that require or merit it. When an account is suspended or disallowed, the bureau shall notify it to the officer, that he may have early opportunity to submit explanations or take an appeal to the Secretary of War. 1042. When an account is suspended or disallowed in the proper office of the Treasury Department, or explanation or evidence required from the officer, it shall be promptly notified to him by the head of the mili tary bureau. And all vouchers, evidence, or explanation returned by him to the Treasury Department shall pass through the bureau. 1043. Chiefs of the disbursing departments shall, under the direction ok the Secretary of War, designate, as far as practicable, the places where the principal contracts and purchases shall be made and supplies procured for distribution. 1044. All purchases and contracts for supplies or services for the army, except personal services, when the public exigencies do not require the immediate delivery of the article or performance of the service, shall be made by advertising a sufficient time previously for proposals respecting the same. 1045. The officer advertising for proposals shall, when the intended contract or purchase is considerable, transmit forthwith a copy of the advertisement and report of the ease to the proper bureau of the War Department. 1046. Contracts will be made with the lowest responsible bidder, and purchases from the lowest bidder who produces the proper article. But when such lowest bids are unreasonable, they will be rejected, and bids again invited by public notice; and all bids and advertisements shall be sent to the bureau. 1047. When sealed bids are required, the time of opening them shal] be sl1ecified, and bidders have privilege to be present at the opening. 1048. When immediate delivery or performance is required by the public exigency, the article or service required may be procured by open purchase or contract at the places and in the mode in which such articles are usually bought and sold, or such services engaged, between individuals. 1049. Contracts shall be made in quadruplicate; one to be kept by the officer, one by the contractor, and two to be sent to the military bureau, one of which for the office of the Second Comptroller of the Treaury. 155
156 REVISED REGULATIONS Contracts and Purchases. Abstracts. 1050. The contractor shall give bond, with good and sufficient security, for the true and faithful performance of his contract; and each surety shall state his place of residence. 1051. An express condition shall be inserted in contracts that no memiber of Congress shall be admitted to any share or part therein, or any benefit to arise therefrom. 1052. No contract shall be made except under a law authorizing it, or an appropriation adequate to its fulfilment, except contracts by the Secretary of War for the subsistence or clothing of the army, or the Quartermaster's Department, which shall not exceed the necessities of the current year. 1053. It is the duty of every commanding officer to enforce a rigid economy in the public expenses. 1054. The commander of a geographical district or department shall require abstracts to be rendered to him, at least once in each quarter, by every officer under his orders who is charged with the care of public property or the disbursement of public money, showing all property received, issued, and expended by the officer rendering the account, and the property remaining on hand, and all moneys received, paid, or contracted to be paid by him, and the balances remaining in his hands; and where such officer is serving under any intermediate commander, as of the post, regiment, &c., the abstracts shall be revised by such commander; and both the accounting officer and the commanding officer shall accompany the abstracts with full explanations of every circumstance that may be necessary to a complete understanding, by the commander of the department, of all the items on the abstracts. These abstracts, where the accounting officer is serving in more than one staff department, will be made separately for each. 1055. The commander of the department shall promptly correct all Irregularities and extravagances which he may discover. He shall also forward, as soon as practicable, the money abstracts to the bureau of the War Department to which the accounts appertain, with such remarks as may be necessary to explain his opinions and action thereon. 1056. All estimates for supplies of property or money for the public service within a department shall be forwarded through the commander of the department, and carefully revised by him. And all such estimates shall go through the immediate commander, if such there be, of the officer rendering the estimate, as of the post or regiment, who shall be required by the department commander to revise the estimates for the service of his own command. 1057. The administrative control exercised by department commanders shall, when troops are in the field, devolve on the commanders ot 156 REVISED REGULATIONS
FOR TIHE ARMY. divis'ons; or, when the command is less than a division, on the commander of the whole. 1058. No land shall be purchased for the United States except under a law authorizing such purchase. 1059. No public money shall be expended for the purchase of any land, nor for erecting armories, arsenals, forts, fortifications, or other permanent public buildings, until the written opinion of the Attorney-General shall be had in favor of the validity of the title to the land or site, nor, if the land be within any State of the United States, until a cession of the jurisdiction by the Legislature of the State. 1060. No permanent buildings for the army, as barracks, quarters, hospitals, store-houses, offices, or stables, or piers, or wharves, shall be erected but by order of the Secretary of War, and according to the plan directed by him, and in consequence of appropriations made by law. And no alteration shall be made in any such public building without authority from the War Department. 1061. Complete title papers, with full and exact maps, plans, and drawings of the public lands purchased, appropriated, or designed for permanent military fortifications, will be collected, recorded, and filed in the Bureau of the Corps of Engineers; of the public lands appropriated or designated for armories, arsenals, and ordnance depots, will be collected, recorded, and filed in the Ordnance Bureau; of all other land belonging to the United States, and under the charge of the War Department for barracks, posts, cantonments, or other military uses, will be collected, recorded, and filed in the office of the Quartermaster-General of the army. 1062. A copy of the survey of tte land at each post, fort, arsenal, and depot, furnished from the proper bureau, will be carefully preserved in the office of the commanding officer. SIGNAL OFFICER. 1063. The signal officer shall have charge, under the direction cf thlo Secretary of War, of all signal duty, and of all books, papers, and appa. ratus connected therewith. 0 157 Signal Officer.
IREVISED REGULATIONS FOR THE ARMY. Quartermaster's Department.-Barracks and Quarters. ARTICLE XLII. QUARTERMASTER'S DEPARTMENT. 1064. This department provides the quarters and transportation of the army; storage and transportation for all army supplies; army clothing; camp and garrison equipage; cavalry and artillery horses; fuel; forage; straw; material for bedding, and stationery. 1065. The incidental expenses of the army paid through the Quarter master's Department include per diem to extra-duty men; postage on public service; the expenses of courts-martial, of the pursuit and apprehension of deserters, of the burials of officers and soldiers, of hired escorts, of expresses, interpreters, spies, and guides, of veterinary surgeons and medicines for horses, and of supplying posts with water; and generally the proper and authorized expenses for the movements and operations of an army not expressly assigned to any other department. BARRACKS AND QUARTERS. 1066. Under this head are included the permanent buildings for the use of the army, as barracks, quarters, hospitals, store-houses, offices, stables. 1067. When barracks and quarters are to be occupied, they will be allotted by the quartermaster at the station, under the control of the commanding officer. 1068. The number of rooms and amount of fuel for officers and men are as follows: Cords of Rooms. wood per month.* n X g E; iInf A Major-General............................................... 5 1... It 5 A Brigadier-General or Colonel...................................... 4 1... 1 4 A Lieutenant-Colonel or Major...................................... 3 1... 1 3i A Captain or Chaplain.................................................. 2 1... 3 Lieutenant................................................... 1... + 2 Military store-keeper....................................................1 1. The General commanding the army...................................... 3....3... The commanding officer of a division or department, an as sistant or deputy Quartermaster-General.................2..... 2 ~ Or coal, at the rate of 1500 lbs. anthracite, or 30 bushels bituminous, to the cord. t Two cords of pine wood for fuel may, at the discretion of a department commander be issu(ed in lieu of one cord of oak, pr)vided the cost be not greater. 159
Quartermaster's Department.-Barracks and Quarters. Cords of Rooms. wood per month. . So -, t 9 G _ - - _ 1. - P,.: 9. e 4P The commanding officer of a regiment or post, Quarter master, Assistant-Quartermaster, or Commissary of Sub sistence.................................................................. The senior Ordnance Officer stationed at the Head-Quarters of a Military Department........................................... The Assistant Adjutant-General at the Head-Quarters of the Army, the Assistant Adjutant-General, the Medical Di rector and Medical Purveyor of a Military Department, each...................................................................... Officers of the Pay Department...................................... An acting Assistant-Quartermaster, when approved by the Quartermaster-General.............................................. Wagon and forage master, Sergeant-MAajor, Ordnance Ser geant, Quartermaster-Sergeant, Medical C det, or Prin cipal Mlusician......................................................... Each non-commissioned officer, musician, private, officer's servant, and washerwoman...................................... Each necessary fire for the sick in hospital, to be regulated by the surgeon and commanding officer, not exceeding....... Each guard-fire, to be regulated by the commanding officer, not exceeding.......................................................... A commissary or quartermaster's store-house, when neces sary, not exceeding.................................................... A regiment or post mess.............................................. To every six non-commissioned officers, musicians, and pri vates, servants and washerwomen, 225 square feet of room north of 38~ N., and 256 square feet south of that latitude. t 1 1069. Merchantable hard wood is the standard; the cord is 128 cubic feet. 1070. A particular set of quarters will be set apart at every chaplainpost for the chaplain. He will not be disturbed in these further than by a reduction of his allowance when that of the other officers is reduced Nor will he be alloyed to choose other quarters. 1071. No officer shall occupy more than his proper quarters, except by order of the commanding officer when there is an excess of quarters at the station; which order the quartermaster shall forward to the Quartermaster-General, to be laid before the Secretary of War. But the amount of quarters shall be reduced pro r ata by the commanding officer when the number of officers and troops make it necessary; and when the public buildings are not sufficient to quarter the troops, the commanding officer shall report to the commander of the department for authority to hire quarters, or other necessary orders in the case. The department commander shall report the case, and his orders therein, to the Quarterm[-ter General. n REVI,SED RE'GULA'TIONS 160 1 1 I I ...... ... ... ... ... ...... 1... ...... 1... ...... 1 1 Ii l i 1 2 3, 1 1 ...... ......... ... ...... ............ I..-......
Quartermaster's Department. —Barracks and Quarters. 1072. A mess-room, and fuel for it, are allowed only when a majo(rity of the officers of a post or regiment unite in a mess; never to less than thiree officers, nor to any who live in hotels or boarding-houses. Feel for a mess-room shall not be used elsewkere, or for any other purpose. 1073. Fuel issued to officers or troops is public property for their use; what they do not actually consume shall be returned to the quartermaster and taken up on his quarterly return. With this exception, however: that the fuel issued to troops, and not actually used in quarters, may be used in baking their bread. 1074 In November, December, January, and February, the fuel is increased one-fourth at stations from the 39th degree to the 43d degree north latitude, and one-third at stations north of the 43d degree. 1075. Fuel shall be issued only in the month when due. 1076. In allotting quarters, officers shall have choice according to rank, but the commanding officer may direct the officers to be stationed convenient to their troops. 1077. An officer may select quarters occupied by a junior; but, having, made his choice, he must abide by it, and shall not again at the post displace a junior, unless himself displaced by a senior. 1078. The set of rooms to each quarters will be assigned by the quar termaster, under the control of the commanding officer; attics not counted as rooms. 1079. Officers cannot choose rooms in different sets of quarters. 1080. When public quarters cannot be furnished to officers at stations without troops, or to enlisted men at general or department head-quarters, quarters will be commuted at a rate fixed by the Secretary of War, and fuel at the market price delivered. When fuel and quarters are commuted to an officer by reason of his employment on a civil work, the commutation shall be charged to the appropriation for the work. No commrutation of rooms or fuel is allowed for offices or messes. 1081. The following rates of monthly commutation for quarters, when officeers are serving without troops and at posts where there are no publio qual ters which they can occupy, have been established: 1. At Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Washington City, Charleston, Key West, Mob,le, and New Orleans, and at all posts and stations in Texas, and in the Territories of New Mexico, Oregon, and Washington, $9 per room. 2. At Detroit, Chicago, and St. Louis, and at all places east of the Rocky Mountains, not heretofore enumerated, $8 per room. 8. At San Francisco, $20 per room, and at all other places in Cali fornia, $12 per roam. 02 11 FOR TIIE ARMY. 161
REVISED REG:ULATIONf Quartermaster's Department. Barracks and Quarterl. 1082. An officer is not deprived of his quarters and fuel, or commuta tion, at his station, by temporary absence on duty. 1083. Officers absent from their appropriate duties for a period exceed. ing six months, either with or without leave, shall not receive the allow. ances authorized by the existing laws for servants, forage, transportation of baggage, fuel, and quarters, either in kind or in commutation. (A.ct5 Aug. 1861, chap.- 38, sect. 20.) 1084. Officers and troops in the field are not entitled to commutation for quarters or fuel. 1086. An officer arriving at a station shall make requisition on the quartermaster for his quarters and fuel, accompanied by a copy of the order putting him on duty at the station. If in command of troops, his requisition shall be for the whole, and designate the number of officers of each grade, of non-commissioned officers, soldiers, servants, and washerwomen. 1087. Bunks, benches, and tables provided for soldiers' barracks and hospitals, are not to be removed from them, except by the quartermaster of the station, or order of the commanding officer, and shall not be removed from the station exceptby order of the Quartermaster-General. 1088. The furniture for each office will be two common desks or tables, six common chairs, one pair common andirons, and shovel and tongs. 1089. Furniture will be provided for officers' quarters when special appropriations for that purpose are made. Sales to officers of materials for furniture may be made at cost, at posts where they cannot be otherwise obtained. 1090. When buildings are to be occupied or allotted, an inspection of them shall be made by the commanding officer and quartermaster. Statements, in triplicate, of their condition, and of the fixtures and furniture in each room, shall be made by the quartermaster, and revised by the commanding officer. One of these shall be retained by the commanding officer, one by the quartermaster, and the third forwarded to the Quartermaster-General. 1091. Like inspection of all buildings in the use of troops will be made at the monthly inspections of the troops, and of all buildings which have been in the use of officers or troops, whenever vacated by them. Damages will be promptly repaired if the quartermaster has the means Commanding officers will take notice, as a military offense, of any neglect by any officer or soldier to take proper care of the rooms or furniture in his use or occupancy; but such officer or soldier may be allowed to pay the cost of the repairs when the commanding officer deems that sufficient in the case. Commanding officers are required to report tc the Quarter. 116-a
t v A Quartermaster's Department. Army-Transportation. master-General their proceedings in all cases pf neglect under this regulation. 1092. An annual inspection of the public buildings at the several stati:ns shall be made at the end of June by the commanding officer and quartermaster, and then the quartermaster shall make the following reports: 1st. of the condition and capacity of the buildings, and of the additions, alterations, and repairs that have been made during the past year; 2d. of the additions, alterations, and repairs that are needed, with plans and estimates in detail. These reports the commanding officer shall examine and forward, with his views, to the Quartermaster-General. 1093. Necessary repairs of public buildings, not provided for in the appropriations, can only be made by the labor of the troops. 1094. When private buildings occupied as barracks or quarters, or lands occupied for encampments, are vacated, the commanding officer and quartermaster shall make an inspection of them, and a report to the Quartermaster-Geneial of their condition, and of any injury to them by the use of the United States. 1095. Military posts evacuated by the troops, and lands reserved for military use, will-be put in charge of the Quartermaster's Department, unless otherwise specially ordered. ARMY TRANSPORTATION. 1096. When troops are moved, or officers travel with escorts or stores, the means of transport provided shall be for the whole command. Proper orders in the case, and an exact return of the command, including officers' servants and company women, will be furnished to the quartermaster who is to provide the transportation. 1097. The baggage to be transported is limited to camp and garrison equipage, and officers' baggage. Officers' baggage shall not exceed (mess.. chest and all personal effects included) as follows: In the field. Changing stations. General officers............................... 125 pounds. 1000 pounds. Field officers............................. 100 " 800 " Captains................................ 80 " 700 Subalterns................................. 80 " 600 " These amounts shall be reduced pro rata by the commanding officer when necessary, and may be increased by the Quartermaster-General on transports by water, when proper in special cas s. FOR TII-E -ARMY. 163
16f REIE EUAIN Quartermaster's Department.-Army Transportation. 10. The regimental and company desk prescribed in army regular tions will be transported; also for staff officers, the books, papers, and instruments necessary to their du,ties; and for medical officers, their medical chest. In doubtful cases under this regulation, and whenever baggage exceeds the regulated allowance, the conductor of the train, or officer in charge of the transportation, will report to the commanding officer, who will order an inspection, and all excess to be rejected. 1099. Estimates of the medical director, approved by the commanding officer, for the necessary transportation to be provided for the hospital service, will be furnished to the quartermaster. 1100. The sick will be transported on the application of the medical officers. 1101. Certified invoices of all public stores to be transported will be furnished to the quartermaster by the officer having charge of them. In doubtful cases, the orders of the commanding officer will be required. 1102. Where officers' horses are to be transported, it must be authorized in the orders for the movement. 1103. The baggage trains, ambulances, and all the means of transport continue in charge of the proper officers of the Quartermaster's Department, under the control of the commanding officers. 1104. In all cases of transportation, whether of troops or stores, an exact return of the amount and kind of transportation employed will be made by the quartermaster to the Quartermaster-General, accompanied by the orders for the movement, a return of the troops, and an invoice of the stores. 1105. Wagons and their equipments for the transport sernice of the army will be procured, when practicable, from the Ordnance Department, and fabricated in the government establishments. 1106. Spring wagons or carriages will not be used except on extraordinary occasions, and then only on the written order of a department commander or the commander of an army in the field, a copy of which order will be transmitted to the Quartermaster-General. The purchase of this description of conveyance is prohibited, unless specially authorized by the War Department. 1107. When army supplies are turned over to a quartermaster for transportation, each package shall be directed and its contents marked on it; and duplicate invoices and receipts in bulk will be exchanged between the issuing and forwarding officer. 110t. )n transports, cabin passage will be provided for offioers, and reasonable and proper accommodation for the troops, and, when possible, separate apartment for the sick. 1109. An fficer who travels not less than ten miles without troops, l64 REVISED REGTJLATION',R
F()R THE ARMY. 165 Quartermaster's Department.- Army Transportation. escort, or military stores, and under special orders in the case from a superior, or a summons to attend a military court, shall receive ten cents mileage, or, if he prefer it, the actual cost of his transportation and of the transportation of his allowance of baggage for the whole journey, provided he has traveled in the customary reasonable manner. Mileage will not be allowed where the travel is by government conveyances, which will be furnished in case of necessity. 1110. If the journey be to cash treasury drafts, the necessary and actual cost of transportation only will be allowed; and the account must describe the draft and state its amount, and set out the items of expense, and be supported by a certificate that the journey was necessary to procure specie for the draft at par. 1111. If an officer shall travel on urgent public duty without orders, he shall report the case to the superior who had authority to order the journey; and his approval, if then given, shall allow the actual cost of transportation. Mileage is computed by the shortest mail route, and the distance by the General Post-Office book. When the distance cannot be so ascertained, it shall be reckoned subject to the decision of the Quartermaster-General. 1112. Orders to an officer on leave of absence to rejoin the station or troops he left, will not carry transportation. 1113. In changes of station, an officer entitled to mileage, or actual cost of transportation, shall be entitled to actual cost of transportation of his authorized servants; and in other cases than change of station, an officer entitled to transportation, who, from wounds or disability, requires and takes one servant, shall be entitled to the actual cost of his transportation. 1114. The Inspectors-General, when on tours of inspection where they are obliged to take a servant, shall be entitled to the actual cost of his transportation. 1115. Citizens receiving military appointments join their stations without expense to the public. 1116. But assistant surgeons approved by an examining board and commissioned, receive transportation in the execution of their first order to duty, and graduates of the Military Academy receive transportation from the academy to their stations. 1117. When officers are permitted to exchange stations, or are transferred at their own request from one regiment or company to another, the public will not be put to the expense of their transportation. They must bear it themselves. 11 18. A paymnaster's clerk will receive the actual expenses of his traul,-i)ortation, while traveling under orders in the discharge of his duty, F,OR THE ARMY. 166
16 RVSE REUAIN Quartermaster's Department.-Forage.-Straw. upon his affidavit to the account of expenses, and the certificate of the paymaster that the journey was on duty. 1119. Travel of officers on business of civil works will be charged to the appropriation for the work. 1120. No officer shall have orders to attend personally at Washington to the settlement of. his accounts, except by order of the Secretary of War on the report of tile bureau, or of the Treasury, showing a necessity therefor. FORAGE. 1121. The forage ration is fourteen pounds of hay and twelve pounds of oats, corn, or barley. For mules, fourteen pounds of hay and nine pounds of oats, corn, or barley. 1122. The allowance of forage to mounted officers will apply for mules equally as for horses, when the exigencies of the service make it necessary to use the former instead of the latter. This will not: authorize officers to make the substitution on drills and parades, or, under ordinary circumstances. oh any duty under arms. 1123. Forage shall be issued to officers only in the month when due, and at their proper stations, and for the horses actually kept by them in service, not exceeding in number as follows: In time of war, MajorGeneral, seven horses; Brigadier-General, five; Colonels who have the cavalry allowance, five; other Colonels, four; Lieutenant-Colonels and Majors who have the cavalry allowance, four; other Lieutenant-Colonels and Majors, three; Captains who have the cavalry allowance, three; all other officers entitled to forage, two; and in time of peace, general and field officers, three horses; officers below the rank of field officers in the regiments of dr agoons, cavalry, and mounted riflemen, two horses; all other officers entitled to forage, one horse. 1124. No officer shall sell forage issued to him. Forage issued to public horses or cattle is public property; what they do nor actually consume is to be properly accounted for. 1125. Whenever the state of the supplies or circumstances of the service make it necessary to issue a part, only, of the ration, in kind, comaianding, officers will prescribe what part shall be so issued. STRAW. 1126. In barracks, twelve pounds of straw per month for bedding will be allowed to each man, servant, and company woman. 1127. The allowance and change of straw for the sick is regulated by the surgeon. 1128. One hundred pounds pq monte;' allowed for bedding to each horse in public service. I REVIS-ED REGULATIONS ,lf36
FOR THE ARMY. 167~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Quartermaster's Department.-Stationery. 1129. At posts near prairie land owned by the United States, hay will be used instead of straw, and provided by the troops. Straw not actually used as bedding shall be accounted for as other public property. STATIONERY 1130. Issues of stationery are made quarterly, in amount as follows: A .* A. I 0~ 0 Commander of an army, department, or division (what may be necessary for himself and staff for their public duty.) Commander of a brigade, for himself and staff...... Officer commanding a regiment or post of not less than five companies, for himself and staff......... Officer commanding a post of more than two and less than five companies................................. Commanding officer of a post of two companies.... Commanding officer of a post of one company or less, and commanding officer of a company....... A Lieutenant-Colonel or Major not in command of a regiment or post........................................ Officers of the Inspector-General's, Pay, and Quar termaster's Department (the prescribed blank books and printed forms, and the stationery re quired for their public duty). All officers, including Chaplains, not enumerated above, when on duty and not supplied by their respective departments.................................. Steel pens, with onelholder to 12 pens, may be issued in place of quills, and envelopes in place of envelope paper, at the rate of 100 to the quire. 1131. When an officer is relieved in command, he shall transfer the office stationery to his successor. 1132. To each office table is allowed one inkstand, one stamp, one paper-folder, one sand-box, one wafer-box, and as many lead-pencils as may be required, not exceeding four per annum. 1133. Necessary stationery for military courts and boards will be furnished on the requisition of the recorder, approved by the presiding officer. 1134. The commander of an army, department, or division, may direct orders to be printed, when the requisite dispatch and the number to be distributed make it necessary. The necessity will be set out in the order for the printing, or certified on the account. 1135. Regimental, company, and post books, and printed blanks for the officers of Quartermaster and Pay Departments, will be procured by timely requisition on the Quartermaster-General. FOR THE ARMY. 167 I i z .i .1. I I 0 z ,g, 4 I.1 I v I D.. o 1.I .5 (21 -i I I I 10 I -S 12 .10 8 6 6 .3 1 1 50 40 30 - 26 20 12 1 8 6 6 4 3 2 2 2 2 I 2 1 1 1 1 i i i i i I 1 1 1 I I I lii6 11 ii
168 REVISED REGULATIONS Quartermaster's Department.-Horses for Mounted Officers. 1136. Printed matter procured by the Quartermaster-General for use out of Washington may be procured elsewhere, at a cost not to exceed the rates prescribed by Congress for the public printing increased by the cost of transportation. EXPENSES OF COURTS-MARTIAL. 1137. An officer who attends a general court-martial or court of in quiry, convened by authority competent to order a general court-martial, will be paid, if the court is not held at the station where he is at the time serving, one dollar a day while attending the court and traveling to and from it if entitled to forage, and one dollar and twenty-five cents a day if not entitled to forage. 1138. The Judge Advocate or Recorder will be paid, besides, a per diew of one dollar and twenty-five,cents for every day he is necessarily employed in the duty of the court. When it is necessary to employ a clerk to aid the Judge Advocate, the court may order it; a soldier to be procured when practicable. 1139. A citizen witness shall be paid his actual transportation or stage fare, and three dollars a day while attending the court and traveling to and from it, counting the travel at fifty miles a day. 1140. The certificate of the Judge Advocate shall be evidence of the time of attendance on the court, and of the time he was necessarily employed in the duty of the court. Of the time occupied in traveling, each officer will make his own certificate. EXTRA-DUTY MEN. 1141. Duplicate rolls of the extra-duty men, to be paid by the Quartermaster's Department, will be made monthly, and certified by the quartermaster, or other officer having charge of the work, and countersigned by the colmmanding officer. One of these will be transmitted direct to the Quartermaster-General, and the other filed in support of the pay-roll. PUBLIC POSTAGE. 1142. Postage and dispatches by telegraph, on public business, paid bl an officer, will be refunded to him on his certificate to the account, and to the necessity of the communication by telegraph. The amount for postage, and for telegraph dispatches, will be stated separately. The telegraph should be used only in cases of urgent and imperative necessity, where the delay of the mail would be prejudicial to the public interest. Copies of the telegrams must accompany vouchers for their payment. HORSES FOR MOUNTED OFFICERS. 1143. In the field, on the frontier, or in active service, the commanding
FOR THE ARMY. Quartermaster's Department. Allowance of Clothing. officer may authorize a mounted officer to take from the public stables one or two horses at a price one-third greater than the average cost of the lot from which he selects, or at the actual cost of the horse when that can be ascertained; providing he shall not take the horse of any trooper. A lhorse so taken shall not be exchanged or returned. Horses of mounted officers shall be shod by the public farrier or blacksmith. 1144. The horses of a field battery will be shod by the artificers of the company, one of whom shall be a farrier. No other compensation than the pay and allowances of that grade will be made for these services. CLOTHING, CAMP AND GARRISON EQUIPAGE. 1145. Supplies of clothing and camp and garrison equipage will sent by the Quartermnaster-General from the general depot to the officers of his department stationed with the troops. 1146. The contents of each package, and the sizes of clothing in it, will be marked on it. 1147. The receiving quartermaster will give duplicate receipts for the clothing as invoiced to him, if the packages as received and marked agree with the invoice, and appear rightly marked, andin good order; if otherwise, an inspection will be made by a board of survey, whose report in case of damage or deficiency will be transmitted, one copy to the Quartermaster-General and one to the officer forwarding the supplies. In case of damage, the board will assess the damage to each article. 1148. ALLOWANCE OF CAMP AND GARRISON EQUIPAGE. .2 S A General....................................................... 1...... Field or staff officer above the rank of Captain... 1... 2...... Other staff officers or Captains 1....................... I. Subalterns of a company, to every two................... To every 15 foot and 1I mounted men.................. 1 2 2 2 2 5 1149. Bed-sacks are provided for troops in garrison, and iron pots may be furnished to them instead of camp-kettles. Requisitions will be sent to the Quartermaster-General for the authorized flags, colors, standards, guidons, drums, fifes, bugles, and trumpets. ALLOWANCE OF CLOTHING. 1150. A soldier is allowed the uniform clothing stated in the following table, or articles thereof of equal value. When a balance is due him at ttie end of a year, it is added to) his allowance for the next: p 169
REVISED REGULATIONS Quartermaster's Department. Allowance of Clothing. FOR FIV YES. Y1-E R 2d. 3d. 4th. 5th. i 1 2 1 1 7 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 5 ... 1... 2 I ~~~2 1 2 1 2 8 2 3 2 3 13 3 3 3 3 15 2 2 2 2 11 4 4 4 4 20 4 4 4 4 20 ... i...... 2 ............ 1 I...... 2 1 1 1 1.5 1..... 2 Cap, complete.................................................... Hat with trimmings complete............................... Fatigue forage caps, of pattern in the Quartermaster General's Office, will be issued, in addition to hats Pompon............................................................. Eagle and ring.................................................... Cover....................................... 1 1. Coat................................................................. Trowsers........................................................... Flannel shirt....................................................... " drawers................................................. Bootees,* pair............................................... Stockings, pair................................................... Leather stock..................................................... Great-coat......................................................... Stable-frock (for mounted men)............................ Fatigue overalls (for engineers and ordnance)......... Blanket............................................................. * Mounted men may receive one pair of "boots" and two pairs of " bootees" instead of four pairs of bootees. 1151. One sash is allowed to each company for the first sergeant, and one knapsack with straps, haversack, and canteen with straps, to each enlisted man. These and the metallic scales, letters, numbers, castles, shells, and flames, and the camp and garrison equipage, will not be returned as issued, but borne on the return while fit for service. They will be charged to the person in whose use they are, when lost or destroyed by his fault. 1152. Commanders of companies draw the clothing of their men, and the camp and garrison equipage for the officers and men of their company. The camp and garrison equipage of other officers is drawn on their own receipts. 1153. When clothing is needed for issue to the men, the company commander will procure it from the quartermaster on requisition, approved by the commanding officer. 1154. Ordinarily the company commander will procure and issue clothing to his men twice a year; at other times, when necessary in special cases. 1155. Such articles of clothing as the soldier may need will be issued to him. When the issues equal in value his allowance for the year, further issues are extra issues, to be charged to him on the next muster-roll. 1156. The talmas furnished the mounted troops will be accounted for as company property, and the men to whom they are issued will be held responsible foi their preservation. 1157. The money value of' the clotl,;ng, and of each articlc of it, will I 170 CLOTHING. Ist. 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 4' 4 1 1 I 1 1
FOR ~fIE ARMY. 171 Quartermaster's Department.-Allowance of Clothing. be ascertained annually, and announced in orders from the War Department. 1158. Officers receiving clothing, or camp and garrison equipage, will render quarterly returns of it to the Quartermaster-General. 1159. Commanders of companies will take the receipts of their men for the clothing issued to them, on a receipt-roll, witnessed by an officer, or, in the absence of an officer, by a non-commissioned officer; the witness to be witness to the fact of the issue and the acknowledgment and signature of the soldier. The several issues to a soldier to be entered separately on the roll, and all vacant spaces on the roll to be filled with a cipher. This roll is the voucher for the issue to the quarterly return of the company commander. Extra issues will be so noted on the roll. 1160. Each soldier's clothing account is kept by the company commander in a company book. This account sets out only the money value of the clothing which he received at each issue, for which his receipt is entered in the book, and witnessed as in the preceding paragraph. 1161. When a soldier is transferred or detached, the amount due to or by him on account of clothing will be stated on his descriptive list. 1162. When a soldier is discharged, the amount due to or by him for clothing will be stated on the duplicate certificates given for the settlement of his accounts. 1163. Deserters' clothing will be turned into store. The invoice of it, and the quartermaster's receipt for it, will state its condition, and the name of the deserter. 1164. The inspection report on damaged clothing shall set out, with the amount of damage to each article, a list of such articles as are fit for issue, at a reduced price stated. 1165. Commanding officers may order necessary issues of clothing to prisoners and convicts, taking deserters' or other damaged clothing when there is such in store. 1166. Officers of the army may purchase, at the regulation price, from the quartermaster of their post, such articles of uniform clothiing as they actually need-certifying that the articles so drawn are intended solely for their own personal use. 1167. But-with the exception of under-clothing and shoes, of which, when there are no other means of procuring them, a reasonable quantity may, on the officers' certificate to that effect, be purchased for them from the quartermaster-no officer's private servant, not a soldier, shall be permitted to draw or to wear the uniform clothing issued to the troops. 1168. In all cases of deficiency, or damage of any article of clothing, or camp or garrison equipage, the officer accountable for the property is required by law "to show by one or more depositions setting forth tbe
172 REVISED REGULAT [ONS Quartermaster's Department.-Returns. circumstances of the case that the deficiency was by unavoidable accident or loss in actual service, without any fault on his part, arid, in case of damage, that due care and attention were exerted on his part, and that the damage did not result from neglect." RETURNS IN THE QUARTERMASTER'S DEPARTMENT. 1169. All officers and agents having money and property of the De partment to account for, arc required to make the monthly and quarterly returns to the Quiartermaster-General prescribed in the following articles: 1170. Monthly returns, to be transmitted within five days after the month to which they relate, viz.: A summary statement (Form 1); report of persons and things (Form 2); roll of extra-duty men (Form 3); report of stores for transportation, &c. (Form 4); return of animals, wagons, harness, &c. (Form 5); report of forage (Form 6); report of fuel and quarters commuted (Form 7); report of pay due (Form 8); an estimate of funds for one month (Form 9) will be sent with the monthly returns. It will be for the current month, or such subsequent month as may give time to receive the remittance. Other special estimates will be transmitted when necessary. 1171. Quarterly returns, to be transmitted within twenty days after the quarter to which they relate, viz.: An account current of money (Form 10), with abstracts and vouchers, as shown in Forms Nos. 11 to 22; a return of property (Form 23), with abstracts and vouchers, as shown in Forms Nos. 24 to 45; a duplicate of the property return without abstracts or vouchers; and a quarterly statement of the allowances paid to officers (Form 46). 1172. A distinct account current will be returned of money received and disbursed under the appropriation for "contingencies of the army." (See Forms Nos. 47, 48, and 22, for the forms of the account current, abstracts, and vouchers.) Necessary expenditures by the quartermaster for the Medical Department are entered on Abstract C. (See Forms 49 and 50.) The account will, ordinarily, be transferred from "army contingencies" to the appropriation for the Medical and HIospital Department, in the Treasury. 1173. Forms 51 and 52 are the forms of the quarterly returns of clothing, camp and garrison equipage, and the receipt-roll of issues to soldiers. 1174. When persons and articles hired in the Quartermaster's Department are transferred, a descriptive list (Form 53) will be forwarded with them to the quartermaster to whom they are sent. 1175. Officers serving in the Quartermaster's Department will report to the Quartermaster-General useful information in regard to the routes and means of transportation and of supplies.
No. 1. MONTHLY SUMMARY STATEMENT. Me United States in account with, at, in the month of,186. DR. CR. To amount of purchases within the month To amount of expenditures within the month....................................... To amount of advances made to officers, per abstract............................... By balance per last statement................ By cash received from.......................... By cash received from Treasurer of the United States, being amount of war rant No. -................................. to a0 so I-* ? ID CD Idp OF hd .10 Balance due the United States, carried to next statement............................ I certify that the above is a true statement of all the moneys which have come into my hands on account of the Quartermaster's Department, during the month of, 186, and that the disbursements have been faithfully made. The balance due the United States is deposited in A. B., Quartermaster. NOTE.-NO vouchers accompany this statement; abstracts of advances or transfers only, when the number of them makes the abstract necessary. 0 PH tt Otd 4 I I I 10 CR. Di&. -1 C^
REVISED REGULATICNS Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. No. 2. Report of Persons and Articles empiloyed and hired at I X Rate of hire or compensation. Designation and occupation. Names of persons and articles. Service during the month. 1 31 31 3 31 29 1 31 31 1 31 -,31 1 31 31 l 31 31 l 31 31 7 10 4 7 12 6 22 31 7 1 31 31 . PI Amount. $40 00 31 O0 1.0 00 22,000 00 700 00 100 00 75 00 2 00 40 00 2 00 20 00 Day, month, or voyage. Month. Month. Month. Voyage Month. Month. Month. Day. Month. Day. Month. House, 3 rooms House, 4 rooms 8house, 2 rooms Ship Fanny.... Schr. Heroine. Wagon & team Chas. James... Isaac Lowd.... Peter Keene... John Peters... Thos. Cross.... United States Steamer Fashion Jas. Corwin... Geo. Pratt...... John Paul...... Amount of rant and hire during the month,.......................... I certify that the above is a true report of all the persons and articles employed the head of Remarks, and the statement of amounts due and remaining unpaid, Examined. O,. D,, C(,mmanding. I I I I I I I 1.74 t a, 1. 6 4 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 ]Date of contract, agreement, or entry into service. July 1, 1860. Dec. 3,18,59. Dec. 3,1859. May 3, 1860. June4,1860 Jan.1,1860 Dec. 3,1860 Jan. 7,1861 Jan. 7,1861 Jan.1,1861 May 3,1860. Quarters... Storehouse Gu,,ird 11 Transport. Transport. ............... Clerk....... In.terpreter Express.... Bl,,,tcksinith Laborer.... I . 2 3 1 2 1 .1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 2 1 3 1 Captain"" Eiagineer,, M.t".. 1 31 31 1 31 31 1 31 31 150 00 100 00 50 00 Dec. 1,1860. Dec. 1,1860. Dec. 1,1860. Month. Month. Month.
FOR THE ARMY. 175 Quartermaster's Department.- Forms. No. 2. 2 186 by-. during the month of Remarks showing by whom the buildings were occupied, and for what purpose, and how the vessels and men were em ployed during the month. (Transfers and discharges will be noted under this head.) 1860. Dec. 1. Dec. 3. 1861. Jan. 1. Jan. 1. *......... .......... ........... .......... Major 3d Infantry................ Subsistence Store and Office... Companies I & K,'d Infantry Transporting stores to Benicia $80 00 60 00 completed. 700 00 100 00 oooooooo, ..oooooo, ..... ooo. ......... Transporting stores to Brazos. Hauling stores to San Antonio Quartermaster's Office.......... Employed by Com'ing General Express to Indianola............ Shoeing public horses.......... Helping blacksmith.............. Steamship sent to Brazos... { .............. 1303 74 Total amount due and remaining unpaid......... 1240 00 and hired by me during the month of -, 186, and that the observations under are correct. E. F., Aig, Qr. Master. 175 FOR THE ARMY. Time and amount due and remaining unpaid. A-mount of rent or pay in the month. By whom owned.. From. To. Am't. 1861. Jan. 31. Jan. 31. ......... not 1861. Jan. 31. Jan. 31. ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... A. Byrne... Jas. Black. Jas. Black. G. Wilkins. $40 00 29 00 10 00 ......... T. Browne. Jas. Barry. 700 00 100 00 75 00 8 00 7 74 14 00 20 00 150 00 100 00 60 00 July 1. July 1. July 1. July 31. July 31. July 31. 150 00 100 00 60 00
No. 3. Roll of Noon-commissioned Officers and Privates employed on extra duty, as mecha? month of, 186, by Term of service. an 4 0 0 F. Is6 _Z By whose order employed. . -M be I certify that the above is a correct roll of non-commissioned officers, musicians, and p: direction, during the month of, 186, and that the remarks opposite their names are Quarte7 Examined. C. D., Commanding. I i i Rank or designation. Nature of service. o .a No. Names.
W;o. 4. Report of Stores received for Transportation and Distribution at by - Marks. No. Contt From whom By whom To whom sent, s,.. Conents..ro wh *o m u Mars. N oCotenreceived. received. and where. *_e *~~~~~~~~H 186. 186. June 1. W. S. &c. 1 to 3. Clothing. Capt. A. B., Sloop Sally, June 3. Capt. C.,Asst. Asst. Quar- Capt. A. W. Quar'master, termaster,. St. Louis. Boston. I certify that the above report is correct.
Mont7ly Returm of Public Animals, Wayons, Harness, and other means of transportation in the possession o at, dering the month of ) 186. ~. A, ~ On hand.................................. Purchased during the month....... IReceived from officers................ Total to be accounted for............ Transferred.............................. Sold and worn out..................... Died and lost........................... Total issued and expended......... Remaining on hand................... AD 0o S. I certify that the above return is correct. NoTE.-No other articles than those above enumerated will be placed on this return. A. B., Quartermastet No. 5. s-) Remarks. td ~ t'd rp 3 (Z) tn
No. 6. Monthly Report of Forage which 7has been issued to Itorses, Au7les, and Oxen in i durin# the month of 186. Public. Private Toal- Quantity issued. Av t~~~~ al., Date. To whom issued. - C3 c 0 I Pounds. Pounds. $ c. Field and staff officers...... 6..12... 18 6,480... 1,350......... 100 CompanyA, lstDragoons.. 61...... 4... 65 23,400... 2,240 B, 2d " 47........4... 51 18,360... 2,100................. K, 1st Artillery.. 45...... 6... 51 18,360............ 1,640........ Qr. Master's Department... 60 300 80...... 440 158,400... 33,000 Total...................... 219 300 80 26... 625 225,000... 38,690 1,640 I certify that the above report is correct
No. 7. Report of Officers of the Army stationedl at -, whose Quarters and Fuel a' 186,by Quarters. Fuel. Period. Names. Rank. Corps. Rate per Amount. Wood Price per Names. Rank. month. W oo d. month. Aon~cord. From. To. 0 ~ ~~~~~,4.. Amoount of Fuel, $ I certify, that the above report is corret,. i r i Amou .i ;g s I Amount of Quarters, $
No. S. Report of Per?sons Hired and Employed in the Quartermaster's Department at have been discharged the service withpay due, during the month of RATE OF PAY OR TIME FOR, AND AMOUNT RENI HIRE. UNPAID. No. Names. Occupation. Dolls. Cts. PerFrom. To. I month. ~...._ 11 George Peters Blacksmith 2 00 Day.......... 1 Aug., 1860. 30 Sept., 1860. 27 John Smith.... Teamster... 25 00 Month...... 1 Sept.,1860. 15 Sept., 1860. 39 Peter Davis.... Laborer.... 20 00 Month...... ISept., 1860. 15 Sept., 1860. $ I certify that the above is a true report of all persons hired and employed by me in deceased, deserted, or been discharged the service with pay due, and that the statement ( and the remarks, are correct and just. NOTF. —This report must contain all the information required, to enable the Departm deceased persons, to examine into the cases of deserters, and to examine and verify the co: of discharge
L8 HEIE REU -IN Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. No. 9. Estimate of Funds required for the service of the Qu?artermaster's -Department at I by ---- in the month of,2 186. Dolls. For Fuel................................................................... Forage................................................................ Straw................................................................ Stationery........................................................... Materials for building. (State what, and for what purpose.)......................................................... Hire of mechanics. (State for what work.)............. Hire of laborers. (State for what service.)............. Hire of teamsters. (State on what service.)............ Pay of extra-duty men. (State for what work.)......... Pay of wagon and forage masters........................... Hire of clerks, guides, escorts, expenses of courts martial, of burials, of apprehending deserters, and other incidental expenses.................................... Hire or commutation of officers' quarters.................. Hire of quarters for troops, or ground for encamp ment or use of military stations........................... Hire of store-houses, offices, &c. (For what use.)..... Mileage to officers................................................. Army transportation,-viz.: Of troops and their baggage............................... Of Quartermasters', subsistence, ordnance, and hos pital stores................................................... Purchase of horses and mules (Q. M. Dept.)............. Purchase of wagons and harness do............. Purchase of horses for mounted troops, —viz.: Horses for Company Dragoons...................... Horses for Company - Artillery, &c., &c........... Outstanding debts....................................................... Deduct actual or probable balance on hand...................... I t82 REVISED REGUL.A-TIONS Cts. 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
The United States in account current with -, Quartermaster United States, on account of the Quartermaster's Department at I in the quarter ending on the day of,186. DR. Ca.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ To amount of purchases, per Abstract A... To amount of expenditures, perAbstract B. To amount of transfers to officers, per ab stract B b......................................... To balance due the United States carried to new account................................. By balance on hand, per last account. By cash received from Treasurer of the United States, being amount of warrant No. -........................... By cash received of sundry of.icers, per abstract B b b....................... By cash received from sales of public property, as per account herewith. el CD 19 i n to ID F, okI 0 $ $ I certify that the above is a true account of all the moneys that have come into my hands, on account of the Quartermaster's Department, during the quarter ending on the day of, 186, and that the disbursements have been faithfully made. A. B., Quartermaster. NOTE.-Moneys for clothing, camp and garrison equipage, and contingencies of the army, are not accounted for in this account current. Abstracts B b and B b b are used only where the number of transfers make them necessary. I I I i I o.10. Du. CR. 186. March 31. 41 31. is 31. is 31. 186.' Jan. 1 - 11 15. March 31. It 31. Pt tt P. OK) CZ
NO. 11.-(ABSTRACT A.) Abstract of Purchases paid for at - in the quarter edind1g on t Classes. Fuel. Forage Amount. Wood. Coal. a Date. Q From whom v o purchased. > urhsd Dolls. Cts. Cords. Feet. Ins. Lbs. Bu. Bu. LI Purchased prior to the quarter.... Purchased within the quarter Purchased within the quarter...... l l l-~~~~ Total paid within the quarter...... NOTE,.-This abstract will be suipported by vouchers (Form 12), and must exhibit all purcli,ise(l within or prior to the quarter, except purchases of clothing, camp and gi OontingenIcies." I I
NO. 12. —(VOUcHzr FOR PURCHASES TO ABSTRA( To Date of purchase. For 20 cords of wood, at - per cord...................................... 20,352 pounds of straw, at - per 100 lbs............................... 100 bushels of coal, at - per bushel.................................. I certify that the aoove account is correct and just; the articles are to be (or have beei tue - quarter ending on the day of, 186. Received at, the of, 186, of C. D., Quartermaster U. S. Army, - above account. (Signed duplicates.) NOTE -The certificate made by the officer whlo purchased t?,poperty. The rece The United States, June 3, 1860....... " 10,......... " 29, "....
186 REVISED REGULATIONS Quartermaster's D)epartment.-Forms. - 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t p 0 0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0 0 0 0 P. 00 t* t)* 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 00 186 REVISED REGULATIONS 9 Q 9 t3 ;2 tm .i E5 E4 0 f& E-PA D m 1 C6 6 0 0 P: 0
FOR THE ARMY. 187 Quartermaster's D~epartment.-Formis. 0 p 0 0 14 0 00 Z5 4)4) 0 0 d; 4) 4) FOR THE ARMY. 187 16 40 PAEl u pq I 4 6
INo. 15.-(VOUOHER TO ABSTRACT B.) We, the subscrnbers, do hereby acknowledge to have received of, Assistant Q sums opposite to our names respectively, being in full of our pay for the period h hereof. Amount Am't of Amo Period of service. Rate of pay. of pay. stopge. reei of pay. stop'ges. recei, Date. No. Name. Occupation. A A 0 A- 7 S~~~~ ~ ~~~~~ _ _0 0 I certify, that the above receipt-roll is correct and just.
FOR THE ARMY. 189 Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. 75 0 x0 0i F. 0 4) 0 I 94 I- I I I FOR THE ARMY. 189 .i u 14 p 0 0 $4 4 ?i 19 0 to 00 .2 zz r, 4 .t; C) 4) ;4 Ei 0 0 4
No. 17.-(VOUCHIRI TO ABSTRACT B.) ne United States, To Date. For expenses incurred for transportation of self and allowance of baggage, ing from to, per annexed statement............................... I certify that the above account is correct and just; that I have performed the journey for the purpose of -, and necessarily incurred the expenses as stated; that I have tr and not returning from leave of absence to the station or troops I left; that I have not be( money in lieu thereof, for any part of the route. The approval of the journey by the pro Received at, the of, 186, of, Assistant Quartern ctnts, in full of the above account. (Signed in dupli Dolls. TO Certificate in case ofjourney under orders. I certify that this account is correct and just; that I performed the journey, and unde incurred the expenses as stated; that I traveled in the customary reasonable manner; th' ;Lo the station or troops I had left; that I have not been furnished with public transporta atf the route.
NO. 18.-(VOUCHER TO ABSTRACT B :'he United States, To I Date. For mileage from to, pursuant to annexed copy of Order (or annexed summons to attend) a court-martial at, distance cents per mile................................................................ days' attendance on said court-martial, being from the of, 186, inclusive (per annexed certificate), at $.......... days' traveling on the of, going to, and on the - ing from, the court, at $...................................................... I certify that the above account is correct and just; that I have actually performed 1 stated, in obedience to the authority hereunto annexed; that I have not been furnish money in lieu thereof, for any part of the route charged for. Received at, the of, i86, of, Assistant Quartermaster U in full of the above account. (Signed in dupl! I
NO. 19.-(VouCHER TO ABSTRACT B.) Date. Dollars. For the actual expense of his transportation, while traveling unler orders in the discharge of his duty as clerk to Major, Paymaster United States Army, from to -, per annexed statement................................................................................................ $ I certify that was, during the time above specified, employed as a clerk in the Pay Department, United States Army, and that the journeys charged for in the above account were performed by him in the discharge of his official duties, under my orders. , Pcymater U.S. Army. 10 r_ c-1 CD OF c a,. Itl qO c-~ 10p h4 I -I m 02 tt C)g COUNTY, 838. On this day of, one thousand eight hundred and sixty, personally appeared before me, the subscriber, a justice of the peace in and for the county aforesaid,, and made oath in due form of law, that the above account is correct and just, and exhibits the actual expense of his transportation for and during the journey above specified. (Subscribed in duplicate.) _ -, Justice of the Peace. Received at, the of, 186, of, Assistant Quartermaster United States Army, dollars and cents, in full of the above account. (Signed in duplicate.) Dollars Ad I I 0cc LIO The United States, TO Dia. Cents. -
NO. 20.-(VOUCHER TO ABSTRACT B.; The United States To Date. For cash paid for postage on letters and packages on public servi( him from the of, 186, to the of, I certify that the foregoing account is correct and just; that the letters and packag stated, were all on public service; that I have actually paid the amount charged. Received at, the of, 186, of, Assistant quartermaster 1 in full of the above account. (Signed in duplicate.) A 0 cow
NO. 21.-(VOUCHER TO ABSTRACT B.) 7he Uanited States, To Date. For commutation of quarters at, from the of , 186, inclusive......................................................... For rooms, at dollars each, per month.................................. For commutation of fuel for the same period: For myself, cords feet inches, at do] For my servant, - cords feet inches, at I certify that there were no quarters owned or hired by the public at the above stati, the above period, and that the fuel is charged at the average market price for the month I certify that the above account is correct and juist; that I have been regularly statio period charged for; that I have not been furnished with quarters, rent, or fuel by the pi lieu thereof. Received at, the of - 186, of, Quartermaster of the U.' full of the above account. (Signed in duplicate.) oTzL-The certificate mut show by whose order the officer was stationed, and the first accour
FOR THE ARMY. 9 Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. 00 4) 0 0 6 '4). '4) I 195 94 9z el
REVISED REGULATIONS. Quartermaster's Department. Forms. No. 23. QUARTERLY RETURN OF QUARTERIMASTER'S STORES received, issued, and remanining on hand ot, in the quarter ending on the of -, 186. A. B., Quartermaster. NOTE. The property on this return (which does not include clothing, camp and garrison equipage) will be classed as follows: Fuel. Forage. Straw. Stationery. Barrack, Hospital, and Office Furniture, Means of Transportation, including Ilarness, &O. Building Materials. Veterinary Tools and Horse Medicines. Blacksmiths' Tools. Carpenters' Tools. Wheelwrights' Tools. Masons' and Bricklayers' Tools. Miscellaneous Tools for Fatigue and Garrison Purposes. Stores for Expenditure, such as Iron, Steel, Horse-Shocs, R(:pe, &c., &c., to be eias,se(d all habetically. R2 197 I a
Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. No. 23. Quarterly Return of Quartermaster's Stores, received and issued at by C]asses.................................... 1. Fuel. Wood. Coal. 4) Date. Abstracts, & a.,, No. No. No. Lbs. Bu. Per last return. On hand....................... Abstract D...... Received by purchase..... E...... " from officers.... N...... Fabricated, taken up, &c. Total to be accounted for................. Fue l............................. Forage......................... Straw........................... Stationery.................... Special issues................ Expended, sold, &c......... Transferred................... Total issued and expended............... Total remaining on hand................. Condition 1.........- In good order................ 2............... Unfit for service, but re pairable.................... " 3............... Totally unfit for service... ii I I I 198 REVISED REGULATIONS Per Abstract F.. 16 G.. 11 H.. 11 I... 11 K.. 11 L. - 11 M.
Oats. Hay. ? a Fodder. ? For Bedding. I olcpPpr c: o ~D gt 0' 0 t -l Is - J~ oo Two-quire blank-books. l l l re-luiebi books. I I I I I I I I I i I I I v Corn. T Ot 'I0 p N 9 to 0 IP t 'ICD 19 p CD It t=l 19 19 CD iz SI 0 19 i-3 bd Ott 4 ul
Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. No. 23. Quarterly Return of Quarte~master's Stores, received and issued at 4. Stationery. o 0 Abstracts, m 0' &c a) e<) - -- a I e No. Bottles. Papers. Ozs. Ozs. No. Gross. No. Pieces. No. No. 0. H. 0. H........... D............... E............... N.......*...... F.......... G............... H.............. I................ K. 'K............... L.............. m ~ ~ ~.......... .11 I I 200 REVISED REGULATIONS
FOR THE ARMY. Quartermaster's Department. Forms. No. 23. I in the guarter ending on the of - 186 X by Continued. 4. Stationery. - 0 0 No. No. No. No. I certify that the foregoing return exhibits a true and correct statement of all1 the property which has come into my hands on account of the Quartermaster's Department during the quarter ending on the - of, 186. A. B., Quartermaster. i I I I 201
NO. 24.-(ABSTRACT D.) Abstract of Articles purchased at, in the quarter ending on the of, 186, by. Classes.................... Fuel. Forage. Straw. Stationery. Date. g Amount. Wood. Coal. From whom p)urchased..._ _ ____ __ _. - _ _ ___ Articles purchased and paid for...... Articles purchased and not paid for Total purchased within the quarter 2 td }-4 t4 2 ED CD ED Io CD 0 NOTE.-This abstract appertains exclusively to the Property Return, and is designed to show all the supplies purchased by the Quartermaster, whether paid for or not. No vouchers of the purchases paid for accompany this abstract. They are in the second division of Abstract A. Purchases not paid for are vouched as in Form No. 25. to I certify that the above abstract is correct. A. B3., Quarterma-ster.
No. 25.-(VOUCt:ER TO ABSTRACT D.) The United Atates, To Date of purchase. For cords of wood, at per cord................... For pounds of hay, at - per 100 lbs I certify that the above account is correct and just; that I purchased the articles a prices therein charged, amounting to dollars and cents, and that I have iot non-payment.)
No. 26.-(ABSTRACT E.) Abstract of Artices receivedfrom officers at -, in the quarter ending on the - of - -, 186, by Classes....................Fuel. Forage. Straw. Stationery. Wood. Coal. Date. ~ From whom received. otlrciv,.......... Total received.................... 0 so CD It to -t F F9 lD tt o )X2 I certify that the above abstract is correct. A.B., Quartermaster. NOTE.-All property received from other officers will be entered on this abstract, whether receipted for or not. For vouchers see Form No.27 OP
No. 27.-(VoUIciru TO AnSTRACT E.) List of Quartermaster's Stores, &c., delivered 6jy to, at Number or quantity. Articles. Cost when ne 40 Forty............................................... Felling axes......... $1 00 each....... 300 Three hundred pounds.......................... Bar iron, assorted.. 6 per pound 1,000 One thousand pounds........................... Cut nails..............5 per pounc 656 Six hundred and fifty-six bushels........... orn............... 1 00 per bushe 30,500 Thirty thousand five hundred pounds.... a...............1 00 per hundr 10 Ten................................................. Wheelbarrows....... 4 00 each....... 5 Five................................................... Wagons (4-horse)... 150 00 each........ 5 Five................................................. Wagons do....... 150 00 each I certify that I have this day delivered to A. B., Quartermaster United States Army, the NOTE..-When no invoice is received, the receiving officer will substitute for this form c tified by himself. When the person responsible for the property entered without invoice i:
No. 28.-(ABSTRACT F.) Abstract of Fuel issued at - in the quarter ending on the - a>@~~~~~~~~~~ ~Wood. Date. t- To whom issued. For what period. 11 Q 6 P. -, C) z u Total issued................................................................. i certify that the above abstract is correct NOTE.-For vouchers, see Forms No 29 and No. 30. All fuel issued is entered on this a to be accounted for by them, is entered on Abstract I I I
No. 29.-(VOUcHER TO ABSTRACT F.) Requtsitionfor Fuelfor -- Company, Reygiment of -, commanded I TOTAL Wood. O. w v 0 0 r 6 < C0 C, Total................................................................................. I certify that the above requisition is correct and just, and that fuel has not been draw Received,. 186, of, Assistant Quartermaster U.S. Army, cords - of coal, in full of the above requisition. (Signed duplicates.1 I I I I 0.w Q. 0. C),~. r w S r~ . 4. 3 0qc ;z It Station. ,,a ;z c3 .6 li o4 -5
No. 30 —(VOUCHER TO ABSTRACT F.) Requisition for Fuel for, stationed at for the mn Wood. ~~Cow Pa C — $ 0 06 C, u Q -~~ ~ 0 for myself.................................. For private servant...................... Total............................... [ I certify that the above requisition is correct and just, and that I have not drawn fuel f( Received,, lbb, of, Assistant Quartermaster United States Army, - and of coal, in full of the above requisition. NorTE.-This form will be used for individual officers hospitals, guards. &c. I Z.~ - I_ Wood.
No. 31.-(AB Lbstract of Forage issued at -, in the quarter e n Frwha, I Total Corn. c Date. ~~~~ To who;;m isud.__ , 4 o;4 c ;z 0 0 cq PA ~~ pq ~C Total..................................... I certify that the above abstract is correct. NoTE.-For vouchers, see Forms Nos. 32, 33, 34. All-forage issued will be entered on officers, to be accounted for by them, will be entered on Abstract M. I I I I 1.Q Date. -. - I,c I (D 0 a,.l o cD ;4 ;z 0 :z R. ;i 4 0 o F. To whom issued. I o I E0 . — y
NO. 32.-(VOUCHER TO ABSTRACT G.) Requisition for Forage for Public Horses, Mules, and Oxen, in the service of of, 186, and ending on the of Im~ I |Daily allowance to each animal. 'a 0 a o ~ Corn. 0 t ~ a a 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 T o be suppliedo o...................................... o i _ VRequired..................................................................... On hand, to be deducted................................................ To be supplied.............................................................. I certify that the above requisition is correct and just; that I have nowv in service t: required; and that forage has not been received for any part of the time specified. Received at, on the day of, 186, of, Quartermaster Uni - --- pounds of barley, pounds of oats. nmunds of hay, pounds of k-i,,ned duplicates.' Total allowance Barley. Oats. ] 0 c0 o o o o P4 P
Wo. 33.-(VOUcHER TO ABSTRACT (-.A Requisition for Forage for Jrivate Jiorses in tle service of -, J. S. Army, at, for days, commencing the of, - ad ending the of - 186. Daily allowance for each. .6 0 0 Ao :z Hay. Fodder 0 o 0 C, rrom. Corn. pq- o g:) e0 AD o Sn i l It o r1 I __________ Total..................................................... I certify that the above requisition is correct and just, and that I have not drawn forage for any part of the time above charged. Received at, the of, 186, of, Assistant Quartermaster U. S. Army, b bushels corn . 3 bushels oats, pounds hay, pounds fodder, in full of the above requisition. (Signed duplicates.) _j I I I i I f I I I Period. Total allowance. I Oats. -.6 9 Corn. .i 0 0 0 Hay. .i 0 0 P-4 Oats. , z ;E 0 -i 0 p 1- p, Date. Remarks. To. H t-I 4 LIO I I
No. 34.-(VOUCHER TO ABSTRACT G.) Statement of Foraye issued to and consumed by the Public Animals under my direction at, during the month of , 186. Remarks. 0 Pounds. Pounds. Pounds. Pounds. Pounds. CD 19 CD CD Idp CD Sor I Total, Total............ FH rA I certify that the above statement is correct; that the forage was issued to the Public Animals as stated, and that the issues were necessary. Approved: A. B., Quartermaster. R. S., Commanding I I L I I LID p
NO. 35.-(ABSTRACT H.) Abstract of Straw issued at,in the quarter endify on t7e For what period. 0. c3 - eE O Q 0 From- To - ~~~~0e ~ To whom issued. Total......................................................... I certify that the above abstract iS correct. NOTE.-For voucher, see Form No. 36. Issues on this abstract. Transfers on Abstract M I I r4 S0 C6 Date. a1, :3 .i 11 a, m c3 P. 0 From To
No. 36.-(VOUCHER TO ABSTRACT H.) Requisition for Straw for- Company, - Regiment of, commnanded by, for the month of, 18 o X ,! ~ Monthly allowance otal allowance 0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Total allowance. =~ ~~ ~:3 ~~~~~to each. o Station. a' a,Total drawn for. Remarks. a c, as = sPounds. Pounds. o0, Total...... I I certify that the above return is correct and just, and that straw has not been drawn for any part of the time charged. G. H., Commanding Company. Received at -, the of, 18, of, U. S. Army, pounds of straw, in full of the above requisition. (Signed duplicates.) G. H., C7ommanding Company. to am 0 o CD I I I I I i I I 4 t'd -11 I cn t —i tt m (!!i L-4 t4 m
NO. 37.-(AnSTRACT I.) Abstract of Stationery issued at, in the quarter endi?g on the For what period. ~~~~~ a) Date. To whom issued. From. To. ~ ~, Totalz'.................... Total............................................................. I certify that the above abstract is correct. NOTE.-For voucher, see Form No. 38. The stationery used by the Quartermaster in the and all issues by him. Transfers on Abstract M
To. 38.-(VOUCH.ER TO ABSTRACT I.) Aeu'isition for Stationery for, stationed at, for the, comment o, the - of, 186. ID xI 0 - o) 0a a) ~~ao 0~~~~1 " 0 o a) ~~~~~~~ 0 0 ~~~~~~.,. a) a) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ a) a)~~~~~~~~~... I certify that the above requisition is correct, and that I have not drawn stationery for a, Received at, on the of, 186, of, Assistant Quartermaster quires of foolscap paper, quills, ounces of wafers, ounces of seal of cartridge paper, papers of ink-powder. (Signed duplicates.) I I I I
FOR TilE ARMY. 217 Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. I I I I I I C I 11 0a 0 * I -I I z~ 00* (Z o I * * 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4,0 ;g Q ~~~~ * *~1 __ C~~~~ m C) '*C ~~~~~4 T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I FOR THE ARMY. 217 i rc t; Is co r m .4
No 40.-(VoUCIIER TO ABSTRIACT K.) SP.EIAL REQUISITION. Io For o I i I certify thliat the above requisition is correct, an(l that the articles specified are absolutely requisite for the public service, rendered so by the following circumstances: [here the officer will insert such reasons as he may think fit to give, tendingto show the necessity for the supplies.] Captain J. B, Assistant Quartermaster United States Army, will issue the articles specified in the above requsition. C. 1)., Command'ing. Received sit, the - of, 18-, of, Assistant Quartermaster United States Army rhere insert the articles] in full of the above requisition. (Signed duplicates.) NOTE.-The cost of articles issued on special requisitions, and oraers of commanding officers, will be entered on the requisition and on the list or invoice furnished the receiving officer. I.: ., . - ------ I 40 $3 -1 14 0 p 0 It tzf CD Id p 0 CD ts I -!d 0 14
No. 41.-(ABSTRACT L.) Abstract of Articles Expecndc(, Lost, Destroyed(, ii tlhe j)tbl,'.':e.So(I,, &c., ( in the quarter eii(Iiijy on the - o' _k _- _. Classes................... By whom made. 0 4. 0 d Total....................... I certify that the above abstract is correct. I I I1 I Date.
RLEVISED REGULATIONS Quart~ormaster's Department.-Forms. .2 0 0 0 -.~ Is 0. gi 0 0 0f 0 220 0 P. 0 4, 0 a) 14 0F. 4 A E,'o PA FA 'otg ;D 0 4 6 ;q .i .2
FOR TUE ARMY. 221 Quartormaster' Department.-Forms. __________ 0 0 I 0 4) 4) 4) 4)4) 4)* 0 *4) 0 4) 4). 0) E, o z * 0 ;s Q, 0 4) Ii II I I I F 0 R T IT E A R'Al Y. 221' Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. ."I I I It, t .9 0 Q4 .-t. oo m .2 1 :z 0 c; z
No. 44.-(VOUCHER TO ABSTRACT L.) Account Sales of articles of public property sold at tpublic auction at, und of, 186. Number or quantity. Articles. Purchaser. I certify that the above account sales is accurate and just. I certify that the above enumerated articles were sold at public auction as above stated. D
FOR THE ARMY. 223 Quartermaster' 5 Department, -Forms. I I 0 E-4) FA 0E. l, a) 00 -;t E-0. __ I a) 4, -6 ____ __________ a) .0 I I i I I i I I I I I I i FOR THE ARMY. 223 .2 Is 'st m .4 .5 H m 4 Q
ID~ 0 C' C D -1 H ___________ No. tv -P No. of'invoice, &C. !Z ;' ,0 p z ea CD:! ; o r: Cords. -- 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Feet. 0 Inches. 0 '0 ? I Bushels. Corn. (i lbs.) Bushels. I 0.t 0~ I I I I r c3 CD _,. Pt 11 0 5 4 -CD 0 0 'ICD CD 2. 4 F" 9t ;t
i
~!~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1 861i. 1 ISCII. I -.Jaly, Aug., Sep.. 96 ()00).ly,l Aug., Sep.. JI.................. -o () July, Aug., p T \I ( 1 ~~\lI)Au~u~(.;50 ol0'July, Aug., Step 85 ).. Auguist.............. 30 t 0 J I Y,A Sel. I B C I Eiigrs...30 00July, Aug., Sop.. 5)0)S 0 A g Ist..............0 illy Atig. Sep. .~Illy, Auig., S(I..'I O3 ) Aug.,Sup.......... .Jlly, Aug., Sep.. 30 00....................... ..........................................J..A... J. l.Ar.. ul, Aug. 20 0......................Jy A Jul, Aug........). J12 00....................... July, Aug.......1200 I I I 1 186 I. ]20 00............... 80 10'0............... Id 0() 0................ So90 0............... 80 0 0'July......... 80 00............... ....... YJul', 4u, ....... July, Aig.. .......,July, Aug.. W. S...... J. T...... lrig. ( enl... K. J.... CS,,I. Aj t. (; 1.. T. 5I... (7ol. Q}.M\. l). T. I. aj. Pay Dt. 14. B.... C,,I. En-girs... B. L.... 5Ij.T. E~ngs.. B. 5I. (Col. Drags.... J. C..... Col. Art...... F. E.... Maj. inftyT.... ... 3 o...I ... I "'i 4 1 4
B 1, 7, 9-1 9.. 19 2, 1 1,14-I 4. B 17.............. 13 21.............. B 4, 20-G 13. 13 19............... B 26, 27........ 13 27, 30-)-( 1I. 1328, 32-11 2. 4-I11 6........ 120 00 00 00 I....... 60 00 ....... 100 O0 30 00 70 00 ....... I certify that the above is correct. A. B., Quartermaster. NOTe'.-When officers occupy quarterq owned by:he public, the numiber of rooms only will bc reported. I[ 40 00 ....... ....... ....... ,...... 40 00 ....... ....... so on 15 00 ....... ....... ....... :....... ....... ....... 396 00 215 0I)0 120 00 110 0 0 230 0 0 130 00 110 0 0 139. 5() 126 50 12 50 ....... ...... ....... 30;"0 ....... 35 00 ....... ........ ...... ....... 30 00 ....... 37' 50 ...... ....... ...,.... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... 2(00 1 50) 50 Public quarters
No. 47. he United States in account current with. for expenditures on account o; Departments, in the quarter ending on the o0) DR. Dolls. Cts. To amount of expenditures, perAbstract C. By balance By cash re By cash rN the Unit rant No. Sept. 80. To balance due the United States, carried to new account................................. $ I certify that the above exhibits a true account of all moneys which have come into m; army, daring the quarter ending on the of. 18-, and that the disbursemen I .... Date. Sept. 30. Date. July 1. July 8. Aug. 4.
FOIL THE ARMY. Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. 0 94 et 00 CD a) a)~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.. a) 0 0 E-C 0 0 0*a a) I 229 -2 ts Zs t 14 Is 0 v 13 I Is ;a A (O 9 0 .3 ,4 0: 0 0
230 lEVISED lEGULATIONS Quartermasterl's,,Department.-Forms. ID :t 0 4)a 4. ill I 230 REVISED REGULATIONS 6 9 Q Z, 4 ts Is I t3 94 PA C3 t10 0.
NO. 50.-(VOUCHER TO ABSTRACT C.) Bill of Medicine, &c., when purchased by an officer of the Quarte Te United States, it Date of purchase. For I certify that the prices of the articles above charged, for the use of the sick at reasonable and just. Received,, 186, of, - dollars and cents, in full of the above ac( (Signed duplicates.) NoTE.-The above certificate may be signed by the surgeon making the requisition, or b3 irg to the army. The requisition on which the purchase may be made must be attached to in Abstract C, and the articles not noticed in the property returns. iI To -
RIEVISED REGULATIONS Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. No. 51. Quarterly Return of Clothing, Camp, and Garrison ~Equil)age of -- 186 POMPON8 Color. O F WHOM RECEI'VED. o .0 4.0_ To 6 e di = E . cd al t3 v1 c.o 3 Vt On hand per last return Total to be accounted for........................... o WUEN ISSUED. TO WHOM ISSUED. o Total issued......................................... On hand to be accounted for................ I I 232 WHZN RZCZIVED. .3 li I d u 4) P0o d u
FOR THE ARMY. Quartermaster's Department.-Form's. No. 51. received and issued at, in~ the quarter ending on the d-y by CLOTHING. HNTALLIC UNIFORM COATS. ~~~SEALS. AKTS -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- 0 0 fr 0 - d ~ 4) 4 Id_ w) )~ I 0 0-~. 4) .P4) - 4 Q Q ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~____________ U 2 I I I I I 23,1, COAI!S. -S P.. ,e9 C, 0k u zo 9 b.0 ,v m ID bo 4) 0 't 9 C) 0 .0 z 0 d bb k m ?L 1. 9 .le ID bo pq 9 d 4) .!i 0 .4 0 9 bo k rn 4 F. 0 k0 u e01 k
Sergeants'. f~: oprl' Privates'. 11 Yards of binding. Ba Q Q Co - I II I I I'ITalmas. l I l I |I~ Blankets. I I I I |KKnapsacks and straps. ! I!I1 I Haversacks. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I te C) P4, r',0 i;o g t,3 C4 4 Corporals'. to id IP .1,CD 19 ICD It 1. u CD Idp 19 CD ts -I I 0 0 !O t-d co bd ti t4 td pi, 0 t4 m Ln 0 .3 t4 p t4 p cn
FOR THlE ARMY. 3 Quartormastor's Departmenlt.-Forn J. No. 51. Eguipage, received and issued,c.Cniud &o.-Continued. EQUIPAGE. -1 BACKS. It 4) - - -'5'5'50~~~~ 0 ~~~ ~ ~ 4) ~~~ 4) 4) ~~~~b 4) 4)'5''5 - -~~~~~l -.60 4). 4) ~~~ 4) a '5:5 ) 4) Co I I I I 235 .61 d 44 bo e. $Z 0 d a 'A It -t 0 d 41 0 d u .i 9 't2 ;g 0 0 It 0 U. bo u 9 .3 0 't-IR s e. u .i E d li sz It 16 u E e. u a, m .6 m m 0 0 :z (Z
Trump, I Bugles, Fifes. I Comple .Heads, I I I ~~~~~~~~~~~~Heads, I Slings. Stioks, _ Drum-s C Cords. I Snares, I Wall-te I Wall-te I Wall-te CI ommo: Commoo [Iron po ! Pickaxi I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .I II I I I I
Quartermaster's D~epartmenlt.-Forms. No. 51. rison FauT aye, received and issued, &c.-Continued. BOOKS AND BLANKS. 'I I I 237 FOR THE ARMY.
REVISED REGULATIONS Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. No. 52. We, the undergned Non-commisoned Officers, Articers, Mlsicians and several articles of Clothing set UNIFORM JACKETS. Name and designation of the soldier. 16 b0 D dt pq 0 PI 0 u< 0 .2 NOTES.-Erasures and alterations of entries are prohibited. Regular and extra issues will be distinguished on the receipt-roll. Each signature, whether written by the soldier or acknowledged b. mark, must be witnessed. Vacant space will be filled by a cipher. Mounted men may receive one pair of "boots" and two pairs of "boot ees," instead of four pairs of bootees. I I 238 LINIFORM COATS. Date of the issue. u 9 :z w bo a) m 0 u I 0 C, 4) co m ID k P4 06 ri ;4 .i .3 C-)
FOR TIlE ARMY. 23 Quartermaster's Department.-Forms. No. 52.-Continued. Privates of, do hereby acknowledge to have received of the opposite our respective names. It '3 P fp -4 c0 ;A .! p; b 4~ 41 Signatures. o 4,0 s0 c3 A) n: d R9 a6 .!I It bo 10 0. ., Pa 4) Es4 As the metallic shoulder-scales, letters, numbers, castles, and shells and flames will last for many years, they will be borne on the returns as company property, in the same manner as are sashes, knapsacks and straps, haversacks, canteens and straps, and other articles of camp and garrison equipage, and will be charged to the soldier only when lost or destroyed through neglect, I I I I FOR THE ARMT. 239 I .1 16 .2 i !5 C, )4 4) 0 9 4 PR 0 0 .5 m Witness. .i 0 tI? 2 ,v 0 p;
No. 53. Descrtptive Lis.t of Persons and Articles employed and hired in the Quarterm at, to, Quartermaster at -- on the Period for which pay is due. Raste of hire or compensation. .o O I-' d. 0o Designation Articles and names esignation a ud occu of persons. aiocu pation. . - So I Po Total amount due...................................................................... I certify that the above is a true list of persons and articles transferred by me to - 186-; and that the periods of service, raLes of hire or compensaLion, and at 'Am di PI c to or ct 5~ .6 I. 0 .4 0 Gu Pa I o I
FOR THE ARMY. Subsistence Department.-Contracts. ARTICLE XLIII. SUBSISTENCE DEPARTMENT. 1176. The Commissary-General of Subsistence will designate, as far as practicable, the places where contracts and purchases for subsistence supplies shall be made, and, under/the direction of the Secretary of War, assign to stations and duties the officers and agents of his Department. SUBSISTENCE SUPPLIES. 1177. These supplies comprise: 1st, articles composing the ration, such as pork, flour, coffee, candles, &c., called SUBSISTENCE STORES; 2d, the necessary means of issuing and preserving these stores, such as stationery, scales, measures, tools, &c., called COMMISSARY PROPERTY. Subsistence supplies shall not be transferred gratuitously to another staffdepartment, nor obtained, issued, sold, or otherwise disposed of, except as herein prescribed. CONTRACTS.* 1178. Subsistence stores for the army, when time and circumstances permit, shall be procured under written contracts with suitable bonds, made by the Commissary-General or other authorized officer of the Subsistence Department. The Commissary at the place of delivery, if not provided with funds for payment, shall receipt for the articles accepted, on duplicate inspection certificates (Form 18),- one of which he shall give to the contractor, and the other forward to the Commissary-General or officer authorized to pay for the stores, with a report on the quality of the articles and the condition of the packages. The inspector shall be one holding his appointment by law, if at the place of delivery there be such an officer, for the articles to be inspected. 1179. Contracts for subsistence stores shall be made after due public notice, and on the lowest proposal received from a responsible person who produces the required article. These agreements shall expressly provide for their termination at such time as the Commissary-General may direct, and for the exclusion of any interest in them on the part of members of Congress, officers or agents of the Government, and all persons employed in the public service. (Forms 36 and 37.) 1180. A contract shall be executed in quintuplicate: one copy to be kept by the contractor, and one by the contracting officer or agent; two copies to be sent to the Commissary-General (with the bond), and the remaining one to the Returns-Office, at Washington, D.C. (See Act, * See Act, approved July 17, 1862. 241
REVISED REGULATIONS Subsistence Department.-Purchases. approved June 2, 1862.) The copies of the contract for the CommissaryGeneral and the Returns-Office will be sent by the officer making and signing them, as soon as possible after completion, accompanied by the advertisement and one copy of every bid received. 1181. Under the provisions of the excise law, each copy of every contract for subsistence supplies is liable to a stamp duty of five cents for every sheet or piece of paper upon which it is written, and each copy of the bond to these contracts is likewise liable to a stamp duty of twenty-five cents.* The adhesive stamp for each copy of a contract, and for each copy of the accompanying bond, must be furnished, affixed, and cancelled by the contractor. The stamp is cancelled by the contractor writing on its face his initials and the date. 1182. When bids to furnish subsistence are solicited, the advertise.ment or notice shall call for sealed proposals, in. duplicate. If the bids received be deemed unreasonable, or if there be other sufficient cause for not accepting them, they will be rejected, and others again invited. The time and place of opening proposals shall be stated in the advertisement, and bidders allowed to be present at the opening. PURCHASES. 1183. Subsistence stores for such corps or posts as, by reason of their position, the climate, or other cause, the Secretary of War may authorize to be so supplied, will be procured in open market, on due public notice, and from the lowest bidder who produces the required article. The advertisement, and all the bids received, will be sent to the CommissaryGeneral as soon as the purchasing-officer has accepted the proposals. 1184. When a deficiency of subsistence stores makes an additional supply necessary, the Commissary where they are needed will make a requisition for them on the proper purchasing or issuing Commissary. (Form 15.) If the stores can be obtained in his vicinity, of good quality, and on terms advantageous to the Subsistence Department, the Commissary requiring them shall represent such facts by a detailed statement to the officer charged with the duty of providing him with subsistence, and, when authorized, will himself procure the stores in the manner prescribed in preceding paragraphs. 1185. A disbursing officer, or agent of the Subsistence Department, when provided with sufficient public funds, shall pay for supplies purchased by him. (Form 23.) When not in funds he shall furnish the seller with a certified account of the purchase, in duplicate, stating thereon the : A bond for the performance of duties pertaining to an office (a Commissary's bond, for example) is liable to a stamp duty of fifty cents. The officer executing this bond furnishes, affixes, and cancels the stamp required.
-~~~~~O Tw RY 4 Subsistence Department.-Storage. cause of its non-payment, and on what Return he has taken up the articles. (Form 24.) 1186. Subsistence supplies purchased by a Commissary, or agent, whether paid for or not, must be accounted for by him on the proper Return. (Forms I and 8.) The name of each person from whom stores have been purchased during a month, date of purchase, articles and quanttities procured, must be entered on the Returns of Provisions for that month (Form 1); or, when the purchase bills are many, oit the Abstract which accompanies the Return. (Form 6.) When stores are purchased but not paid for, a note to that effect will be entered by the purchasing officer or agent, in the column of "Remarks" to his Return of Provisions. or its accompanying Abstract. 1187. Salt meats and flour, whether procured under contract or otherwise, must be inspected before acceptance, and by a legal inspector for these articles when the services of such an officer can be obtained. A certificate of inspection, in duplicate (Form 18), will be taken and attached to the voucher for payment. 1188. The Subsistence Department will purchase at cost-prices, without including cost of transportation, all soItit(l articles of subsistence saved by troops or employees by an economical use or managemnent of the ration, -molasses, green or desiccated vegetables, and articles furnished as antiscorbutics, excepted. This is intended to embrace savings of companies, of bakeries, and all savings from the ration made by an organized command. The purchase-bill (Form 26) will be made out in the letter or ,name of the company to which the savings belong, and in tuat7ttuplicate; two copies for the Commissary who takes up the stores (one to accompany his Return of Provisions to the Conmmissary-General), and two copies for the Commissary who pays the bill. Payment for these savings will be made to the actual commanders of conmpanies, to officers in charge of bakeries, &c., by any officer of the Subsistence Department having funds for the purpose, and on proof that the Commissary certifying to the bill has made a Return to the Commissary-General satisfactorily accounting for the stores. STORAGE. 1189. Good and sufficient storehouses, sheds, paulins, or other proper and adequate means of covering and protecting subsistence supplies, will be provided by the Quartermaster's Department. Care mnust be taken to keep the store-rooms dry and well ventilated. (For information on storing, see "Miscellaneous Items," page 301.) FOR TIIE ARMY. 243
244 FVISEI) REGULATIONS Subsistence Department. The Ration. THE RATION.* 1190. A ration is the established daily allowance of food for one person. For the United States army it is composed as follows: twelve ounces of pork or bacon, or, one pound and four ounces of salt or fresh beef; one pound and six ounces of soft bread or flour, or, one pound of hard bread, or,: one pound and four ounces of corn meal; and to every one hundred rations, fifteen pounds of beans or peas,t and ten pounds of rice or hominy; ten pounds of green coffee, or, eight pounds of roasted (or roasted and ground) coffee, or, one pound and eight ounces of tea; fifteen pounds of sugar; four quarts of vinegar; one pound and four ounces of adamantine or star candles; four pounds of soap; three pounds and twelve ounces of salt;t four ounces of pepper; thirty pounds of potatoes,t when practicable and one quart of molasses. The Subsistence Department, as may be most convenient or least expensive to it, and according to the condition and amount of its supplies, shall determine whether soft bread or flour, and what other component parts of the ration, as equivalents, shall be issued. 1191. Desiccated compressed potatoes, or desiccated compressed mixed vegetables, at the rate of one ounce and a half of the former, and one ounce'of the latter, to the ration, may be substituted for beans, peas, rice, -hominy, or fresh potatoes. 1192. Sergeants and corporals of the Ordnance Department (heretofore classed as armorers, carriage-makers, and blacksmiths) are entitled, each, to one and a half rations per day; all other enlisted men, to one ration a day. 1193. Officers in chbre of principal depots and purchasing stations will render to the Commissary-General monthly statements of the cost and quality of the ration, in all its parts, at their stations. The annexed table (pp.306,307.) shows the quantity in builk of each part of the ration, in any number of rations, from one to one hundred thousand. ISSUES IN BULK. 1194. Stores longest on hand shall be issued first, whether the issue be in bulk or on ration returns. .-'" After the present insurrection shall cease, the ration shall be as provided by law and regulations on the first day of July, eighteen hundred and sixty-one." (Section 13, Act approved August 3, 1861.) t Beans, peas, salt, and potatoes (fresh) shall be purchased, issued, and sold by weight, and the bushel of each shall be estimated at sixty pounds. Thus, 100 rations of beans or peas will be fifteen pounds, the equivalent of eight quarts; 100 rations of salt will be three pounds and twelve ounces, the equivalent of two quarts; and 100 rations of potatoes (fresh) will be thirty pounds, the equivalent of half a bushel. 244 P,EVISET) REGULATION-S
FOR TIIF ARMY. 245~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Subsistence Department. — Issues. 1195. A Commissary required to send off subsistence supplies will turn them over to the Quartermaster for trasportation, each package directed and its contents marked thereon. He will give the Quartermaster duplicate transportation invoices of the packages and their contents, as marked (Form 29), and take from him like receipts* (Form 30). The Comnmissary who transfers the supplies shall also transmit duplicate invoices of them to the Commissary for whom they are intended, who shall return receipts for the supplies received (Form 32), and account as wastage on his next Return of Provisions for any ordinary loss of stores accruing in transportation. 1196. Any deficiency of supplies not attributable to ordinary loss in transportation, any damage, or discrepancy between the invoices and the actual quantity or description of supplies received, shall be investigated by a board of survey. (See paragraph 1019.) The officer revising the action of'the board shall immediately transmit a copy of its proceedings to the Commissary-General of Subsistence, and a copy to the issuing Commissary. A copy of the proceedings of the board shall also accompany the receiving Commissary's Return of Provisions to the Commissary-General of Subsistence. Where the carrier is liable, the issuing Commissary shall report the amount of loss or damage to the Quartermaster authorized to pay the transportation account, in order that this amount may be recovered for the Subsistence Department. 1197. Invoices shall express the prices of articles named thereon. ISSUES TO TROOPS. 1198. Subsistence shall be issued to troops on ration returns signed by their immediate commander, and approved by the commanding officer of the post or station. (Form 13.) These returns, ordinarily to be made for a few days at a time, shall, when practicable, be consolidated for the post or regiment (Form 14), and shall embrace only the strength of the command actually present. At the end of the calendar month, the Commissary shall enter on sepa)ate Abstracts, for each class of troops (see paragraph 1224), every return upon which he has issued provisions in that month; which Abstracts the commanding officer shall compare with the original ration returns, and if correct, so certify. (Form 2.) 1199. When men leave their company, the rations they have drawn and left with it shall be deducted from the next ration return for the comnpany; a like rule, when men are discharged from hospital, shall govern the hospital return. .When subsistence supplies are transferred from one Commissary to another, at the same post or station, they may be invoiced and receipted for according to Forms 31 and 32. V2 0 FOR THF, AIIMY. 245
REVISED REGULATIONS Subsistence Department. —Issues. 1200. Four women, as laundresses, are allowed to a company, and one ration per day to each when present with the company. In order that an authorized woman (laundress) of a company may draw rations while temporarily separated from it, the officer commanding the company must designate her by name and in writing to the commanding officer of the post or station where she may be living, as attached to his company, and entitled to rations. The rations of company women are not to be commuted, and they can only be drawn at a military post or station where subsistence is on hand for issue. ISSUES TO CITIZENS. 1201. One ration a day may be issued to each person employed with the army, when such are the terms of his engagement, on returns similar to Form 13. These returns will be entered on a separate Abstract (Form 3), compared, certified to, &c., as prescribed in paragraph 1198. No hired person shall draw more than one ration per day. ISSUES TO INDIANS. 1202. When subsistence can be spared from the military supplies, the commanding officer is authorized to allow its issue, in small quatitities, to Indians visiting military posts on the frontiers or in their respective nations. The return for this issue shall be signed by the Indian agent (when there is one present), and approved by the commanding officer of the post or station. 1203. Regular daily or periodical issues of subsistence to Indians, or issues of subsistence in bulk to Indian agents for the use of Indians, are forbidden. ISSUES EXTRA. 1204. The issues authorized under this head shall be made on returns signed by the officer in charge of the guard, by the Assistant AdjutantGeneral or Adjutant of the head-quarters, by the Quartermaster or other officer accountable for the animals, by the officer in charge of the working party, &c., as the case may be, and approved by the commanding officer of the post or station. At the end of the calendar month these returns shall be entered on an Abstract (Form 4), compared and certified to, as prescribed in paragraph 1198. 1205. Extra issues will be allowed as follows, viz.: ADAMANTINE CANDLES. To the principal guard of each camp or garrison, per month 12 pounds. And when serving in the field, not exceeding the follow ing rates per month, viz.: To the head-quarters of a regiment or brigade................. 10 pounds. - I.. 1. --- 246
FOR TIIE ARMY. 247 Subsistence Department.-Issues. To the head-quarters of a division................................ 20 pounds. To the head-quarters of a corps................................. 30 pounds. To the head-quarters of each separate army, when composed of more than one corps.......................................... 40 pounds. SALT. Two ounces a week to each public animalw The number of animals to be supplied, and the period drawn for, will be stated on each return for extra issues, and so entered on the Abstract. (Form 4.) WHISKY. One gill per man daily, in cases of excessive fatigue, or severe exposure. The number of men issued to will be stated on each return for extra issues, and so entered on the Abstract. (Form 4.) Under "Remarks," on the return and on the Abstract, the letters of companies to which the men belong; number and designation of regiment, &c., will be given. 1206. Oil, candles, or gas, with which to light a fort, barrack, or stable, are not allowed from the Subsistence Department. Extra issues of subsistence, except as prescribed in preceding paragraph, are forbidden. (See Notes, page 265.) ISSUES TO HOSPITAL. 1207. Subsistence shall be issued to a hospital on ration returns signed by the medical officer in charge, and approved by the commanding officer of the post or station. These returns (Form 13) will be made for a few days at a time. 1208. Medical cadets and female nurses employed in permanent or general hospitals are entitled, each, to one ration per day, either in kind, or by commutatioi at the cost of the ration at their station. 1209. The Abstract of issues to a hospital shall be made by the Coiniissary, and certified to by the Surgeon and the commanding officer. (Form 5.) The Surgeon's certificate to this Abstract shall include the provisions issued to hospital from the subsistence storehouse, and the amount of purchases for it in the month. 121( Medical officers will not be allowed to sell or exchange any portion of the ration saved in hospital. HOSPITAL FUND. 1211. The sick in hospital, not needing full rations for their subsistence, only such parts thereof are issued as are actually required for the support of themselves and authorized attendants. The difference between the number of rations due a hospital, at cost price of a complete ration at the station, and the value of the stores issued to it, during the same period I i
24J REIE REtLAI Subsistence Department.-Hospital Fund. and at the same prices, constitutes a credit with the Subsistence Department in favor of the hospital. This credit is called "Hospital Fund." 1212. The Commissary who issues to a hospital (post, regimental, field, general, or any military hospital) is authorized, on the requisition of the medical officer in charge, to expend its Hospital Fund in purchasing the following articles, or in paying for the same, when procured by the medical officer, on accounts Duly niade out and certified to by him (Form 25), viz.: 1st. Food, solid or fluid, to be used for the diet of the sick, and not furnished by the Subsistence Department or Medical Department. 2d. Articles to be used in either the preparation or serving of the food, embracing principally cooking utensils and table furniture, and not furnished by the Quartermaster's Department or Medical Department. 3d. Gas, oil, and other means of illumination, to be used instead of candles, which are part of the soldier's ration. 1213. The Hospital Fund being thus a means for supplying the suffering sick with food and conveniences needful for their health and more comfortable condition, not otherwise to be obtained, its management should be held as a sacred trust, and its expenditure confined strictly to the purposes which this fund is designed to accomplish. Medical and hospital supplies, quartermasters' supplies, and all objects of expenditure from the appropriations of the different departments of the military service, are not proper charges against the hospital credit. (For articles furnished by the Medical Department, see Subsistence Regulations of 1863, pamphlet edition, pages 69 and 70.) 1214. An expenditure of money by the Commissary for the subsistence or convenience of the sick in hospital is accounted for in the manner prescribed for other disbursements of the Subsistence Department. At large depots or general hospitals, this fund may be partly expended for the benefit of the sick at dependent posts or in detachments, on requisitions approved by the Medical Director or senior Surgeon of the district. 1215. A "Statement of the Hospital Fund" is made out at the end of each calendar month, and appears as a part of the Commissary's "Abstract of Issues to Hospital" for that month. On it are entered the balance of credit (if any) to hospital at the end of the preceding month, and the number of rations due it in the month, at cost price; also, the stores which have been issued by the Commissary to the hospital, and articles purchased by him for the sick, during this period, with the cost of each set opposite. The difference between these two amounts (credit and debit) leaves an ascertained balance of credit (if the hospital fund for the month has not been entirely used up), applicable to authorized expenditures for the subsistence or convenience of the sick in hospital 48 REVISED REGULATIONS
t~~~~FI TH ARY 249\v Subsistence Department. Hospital Fund during the following month. This statement may be prepared in the same manner, at any day, should there be occasion for ascertaining the exact state of the credit of a hospital at any particular date. An "Abstract of Issues to Hospital," and a "Statement of the Hospital Fund," shall be made out monthly for each s,)parafe hospital. 1216. At the request of the Surgeon-General, and on instructions from the Commissary-General of Subsistence, Hospital Fund may be transferred as follows: The Commissary directed to transfer any portion of this credit from a hospital he supplies to another one, drops the amount specified from his next statement of its Hospital Fund as transferred to the hospital designated in the instructions, giving (when informed) the name, rank, regiment or'corps, and station of the Commissary who issues it. The Commissary directed to receive a stated amount of this credit, takes up the same in favor of the designated hospital supplied by him, on his next statement of its Hospital Fund, and as received from the one mentioned in the instructions, giving (when informed) the name, rank, regiment or corps, and station of the Commissary who issues to such hospital. When an officeer is relieved from subsistence duty, he shall give his successor a certified statement of the hospital credit of each separate hospital supplied by him, and shall note such action on the hospital Abstract. His successor shall take up these credits in favor of each separate hospital he issues to, in manner as above explained. Hospital Fund, being a credit only, cannot be transferred from one officer's papers to another's as money. 1217. Mode of ascertaining the cost at which the ration shall be credited the hospital, and commuted to soldiers while on furlough, cost of transporting stores not included: 100 complete rations consist of, say100 rations of pork or bacon are 75 pounds, at 6 cents per pound... i 100 rations of fresh beef are 125 pounds, at 4 cents per pound......$4 75 100 rations of flour are 1371 pounds, at 4 cents per pound.............. 5 50 100 rations of beans or peas are 15 pounds, at 4 cents per pound... 60 100 rations of rice are 10 pounds, at 5 cents per pound............... 100 rations of hominy are 10 pounds, at 3 cents per pound.......... is 40 100 rations of coffee are 10 pounds, at 15 cents per pound........... 100 rations of tea are 1~ pounds, at 48 cents per pound............. is 1 11 100 rations of sugar are 15 pounds, at 8 cents per pound............. 1 20 100 rations of vinegar are 4 quarts, at 4 cents per quart............... 16 100 rations of adamantine candles are 1} pounds, at. 20 cents per poun...........-.........................25 25 20 4 $14 21 Carried forward................................... 240 FOR THE ARMY. t k i I
-5O REVISED:'EGULAT~S. Subsistence Department. —Wastage. Brought forward....................................... 1 00 rations of pepper are 4 ounces, at 1 cents per ounce............ 100 rations of potatoes are 30 pounds, at 2 cents per pound.......... 100 rations of molasses are 1 quart, at 12 cents per quart............ Cost of 100 rations.............................................. or one ration costs 15 cents. The proportions here given are fixed, but the prices of the component parts of the ration are variable. The Cominmissary's invoices of stores received in the month will give the prices from which to calculate the cost of the ration for that month. WASTAGE. 1218. Wastage on issues from evaporation, leakage, &c., will be ascertained monthly, or when most convenient. The actual deficiency thus found will be reported on the Return of Provisions. Ordinary waste on issues to troops, &c. should not exceed, say three per cent. on salt meats, flour, hard bread, corn-meal, sugar, vinegar, soap, and salt; and one per cent. on beans, peas, rice, hominy, coffee, tea, candles, and pepper. No wastage is allowed on stores turned over in bulk from one officer to another, or on issues of fresh beef furnished directly from the butcher. Surplus stores shall be taken up on the Return of Provisions (Form 1) as "gained in issuing." 1219. Loss on issues exceeding ordinary waste, errors in the estimated weight of beef on the hoof, and loss on cattle strayed, stolen, or died, must be accounted for by affidavit, board of survey, certificate of a commissioned officer, or other satisfactory evidence, according to the magnitude of the loss and the circumstances of the case. BEEF CATTLE. 1220. When practicable, beef~cattle presented for acceptance, whether procured under contract or purchased in open market, must be weighed on the scales. From the live weight of a steer thus ascertained, his net weight shall be determined by deducting forty-five per cent. when his gross weight exceeds thirteen hundred (1300) pounds, and fifty per cent. when less than tha, and not under eight hundred (800) pounds. When it is impracticable to weigh on the scales, one or more average steers must be selected, killed, and dressed in the usual manner. The average net weight of these (necks, shanks, and kidney tallow excluded) shall be accepted as the average net weight of the herd. 1221. In all written instruments for the delivery of beef cattle, the manner prescribed above for determining net weight must be inserted; in verbal agreements (which will be allowed only when time does not admit REVISF,D REGULATIONS 260 $14 21 . 7 -1 60 12 $15 00
FOR ARMY. -251 Subsistence Department. Abstracts of Issues. of reducing to writing the terms agreed upon) this mode must be understood and accepted by the party delivering the cattle. 1222. Hay, corn, and other forage will be procured for beef cattle when the pasture is insufficient. 1223. Beef received on the hoof, whether under contract, by open purchase, or otherwise, shall be accounted for on the Return of Provisions by the number of cattle, and by their net weight in pounds. When beef cattle are transferred, they should be appraised, if possible, and their loss or gain in weight since previous appraisement reported by the officer delivering the cattle. ABSTRACTS OF ISSUES. 1224. Issues to troops (regulars), to volunteers and militia, to sailors, to marines, to prisoners of war or State, to citizens employed with the army, to Indians, to "contrabands," to hospitals, and -extra issues, shall be entered on separate Abstracts, each certified to by the commanding officer of the post or station. The "original ration returns" will be retained by the officer who certifies to the Abstract-the latter, after completion, being the Commissary's voucher for the issues. 1225. Abstracts of issues shall show, in column of "Remarks," the corps or detachment issued to on each ration return; and if to citizens, the particular department in which they are employed. When they require more than one sheet, the sheets will be numbered in series-the total at the foot of each carried to the head of the next, &c. DAMAGED SUPPLIES.* 1226. When supplies on hand become damaged, the Commissary accountable for them shall report it to the commanding officer, who will make, or cause to be made, a critical inspection of them. (See paragraphs 1018 to include 1025; also Form 17.) Under orders from the proper authority (paragraph 1023), the supplies examined shall be disposed of as advised by the inspector. Prior to inspection, the Commissary shall examine damaged parcels and separate and repack sound parts. SALES. 1227. Sales of subsistence supplies by the Governmnent, except sales * Wheel public property is presented to an inspector for condemnation, the officer responsible will certify on the inventory that the property had not been previously condemned. The inspector will mark the letters I. C. (Inspected-Condemned) upon all property condemned and ordered to be dropped from the returns, with a brand, stencil, cold chisel, steel-cutter, or punch, depending upon the material to be marked. Should it happen, when final action is had, that the Inspector's recommendation is disapproved, the marks will be cancelled, and a certificate of the fact will be given to the officer accountable. FOR T-HE ARMY. 251
1-1 ~ ~ I -11P -I EUAION Subsistence DIepartment. Sales. of stores to officers for their - personal use, and in like cases, shall be on due public notice, and in such market as the interests of the service may require. The order for the sale, the auctioneer's bill of sale exhibiting the names of purchasers, articles, and quantities sold, prices obtained, &c., and a copy of the inspection report, shall accompany the Return of Provisions to the Commissary-General. 1228. Subsistence supplies, in good condition, but not required for use, will be disposed of by orders from the Commissary-General. In urgent cases, and on the advice of an inspecting officer, they may be sold as prescribed in preceding paragraph. 1229. An officer may purchase subsistence from the Commissariat, paying cash for it on delivery, at cost prices, without including cost of transportation, on his certificate that it is for the use of himself and family. These certified lists the commanding officer shall compare with the Commissary's monthly Abstract of Sales to Officers, and if correct, so certify. (Form 7.) Commanding officers of companies may, in the same way, when authorized by the post commander, purchase subsistence for their company mess. 1230. When provisions can be safely spared from the public supplies, the commanding officer is authorized to allow their sale, in sntall quantities, to persons employed with the army, when they cannot otherwise procure food, and to Indian agents for issue to Indians in their respective nations, or when visiting military posts. Such sales shall be for cash, at cost, including all expenses. 1231. Subsistence supplies may be sold to any department of the military service for public use, when the amount on hand will admit of it. Such sales shall be for cash, at cost, without including cost of transportation. 1232. The articles and quantities of stores sold during any month shall be reported on the Commissary's Return of Provisions for that month; and the net proceeds of all sales of subsistence supplies shall be credited to the United States in his Summary Statement and Account Current, for the month. (Forms 9 and 10.) 1233. Empty barrels, boxes, hides, &C., shall be sold, and the net proceeds of sale accounted for as indicated in preceding paragraph. 1234. Savings from the ration, when the articles are sound, shall only be sold to the Subsistence Department. (See paragraph 1188.) ABSTRACTS OF SALES. 1235. Sales to officers, to citizens employed with the army, to Indian agents, at auction, to departments of the military service, &c., shall be 252 itEV1819i) REGULATIONS
FOR THE ARMY. 253 Subsistence Department.-Recruiting Service. Subsistence Department. —Recruiting Service. entered on separate Abstracts. One copy of each shall accompany the Return of Provisions, and one copy the Account Current. RECRUITING SERVICE. 1236. When subsistence cannot be advantageously issued by the Commissariat to recruiting parties, it will be procured by the officer in charge, on written contracts for complete rations. When a contract is for board and lodging, the amount to be paid for each must be separately mentioned therein (Form 36); board otlj will be paid by the Subsistence Department. (See articles "Contracts" and "Purchases," pages 241 and 242.) 1237. Under circumstances rendering it impossible to make a contract, the recruiting officer may pay from subsistence funds the actual necessary expenses of subsistiig his party. 1238. When the recruiting officer does not disburse subsistence funds, the contractor will send to the Commissary-General for payment, monthly, his accounts for rations issued (Form 20), accompanied by the Abstract of Issues, certified to by the recruiting officer. (Form 19.) In that case, the expense of subsistence at branch rendezvous, and of advertising for proposals, &c., will be paid for by the contractor at the principal station, and included in his acounts. 1239. Issues of subsistence will be made on the usual ration returns (Form 13), and board will be furnished on a return showing the number of men and of days, dates, &c. SPECIAL SERVICE. 1240. The commanding officer will detail a suitable non-commissioned officer or private soldier for special service in the Subsistence Department, when such service is needed. The soldier so detailed will be under the orders of the Commissary, and will be exempt from company or garrison duty. No extra pay for this service is allowed. COMMUTATION OF RATIONS.* 1241. No persons, except those who are by law entitled to rations, will be allowed commutation therefor. * The commutation of rations allowed by the Secretary of War in exceptional cases, since April 24, 1862, is not affected by these regulations. NOTES.-When the care of sick and wounded soldiers is assumed by the States from which they come, the Subsistence Department will commute their rations at twenty-five cents. The rations of prisoners held in the rebel States shall be commuted for and during the period of their imprisonment, on rolls or accounts prepared and certified to by the Commnissary-General of Prisoners; the commutation to be rated at cost price of the ration. The settlement of accounts for the board of soldiers in private hospitals is assigned to the Surgeon-General's Department.
254 REVISED REGULATIONS Subsistence Department. Expenditures. 1242. Commutation, in lieu of subsistence in kind, will not be allowed to recruiting parties while at their stations, nor to soldiers serving where subsistence is provided by the Government. When practicable, persons entitled to rations must draw them at the place and time they are due, or forfeit their claim to them. 1243. Commutation will be allowed to soldiers while on furlough by competent autho7-ity, to medical cadets, to female nurses employed in permanent or general hospitals, and to persons entitled to rations when stationed where the Government has not provided subsistence for them, on satisfactory evidence that they have not received rations, or an equivalent therefor, during the time for which commutation is claimed. (Form 22.) The rate of commutation in these cases shall be the cost of the ration at the station where it is due. The authority competent to give a furlough is indicated in the General Regulations of the Army, or is announced from time to time in orders from the War Department. Payment of commutation to a soldier while on furlough shall not be made until he has returned to duty, or until he is discharged from the military service, when furloughed to that date; and when the voucher for payment is not accompanied by the furlough, the fact of payment, fully and officially attested, shall be entered on the furlotyh. (Form 35.) 1244. When a soldier is travelling on detached command, and it is impracticable to carry rations with him, his subsistence may be commuted at a rate not exceeding seventy-five cents a day, to be paid by the Commnissary when due, or in advance on the order of the commanding officer. The voucher shall show on its face the nature and extent of the duty the soldier was directed to perform, and be certified by the officer under whose order the journey was made, that it was impracticable for the soldier to carry rations with him. (Form 21.) EXPENDITURES. 1245. Subsistence funds shall not be used in payment of supplies or services pertaining to another staff department, nor applied to purposes other than those for which these funds have been appropriated by Congress. 1246. Vouchers for disbursement of' public funds shall specify the quantity and price of each article bought, date of purchase, hame of person from whom procured, &c. (Forms 23, 25, and 26.) When the vouchers are for services rendered, and like cases, they shall state the nature of duty, period of service, rate of pay per day or month, &c. They shall also set out a sufficient explanation of the object, necessity, and propriety of the expenditure, attested by the certificate of an officer or other satisfactory evidence. (Forms 21, 22, 27, and 28.) 1247. Receipts for subsistence funds disbursed or transferred shall 254 REVISED REGULATIONS